Handbook Introduction To Course Listing Notations ...... 2 Concentration Appointment Directory ...... 8 Cost and Waitlist Information ...... 3 Junior/Senior Writing Courses ...... 9 Cautionary Note on Waitlists ...... 4 Race & Ethnicity (R&E) Courses ...... 10 Policy on Attendance ...... 4 Quantitative Reasoning (QR) Courses ...... 12 Spring and Summer Half-Terms, 1998 Distribution Courses ...... 13 LS&A Calendar ...... 5 Foreign Literature and Culture Courses in Academic Advising Center ...... 6 English Translation ...... 16 Advisor Directory ...... 7

Course Descriptions Spring Summer Spring/Summer Spring Summer Spring/Summer Afroamerican & African Studies (CAAS)...... 19 48 History ...... 32 58 72 American Culture ...... 19 48 70 History of Art ...... 33 59 Anthropology ...... 20 49 70 Judaic Studies ...... 33 Asian Languages & Cultures (ALC) ...... 21 50 Linguistics ...... 33 59 Astronomy ...... 22 51 Mathematics ...... 34 59 72 Biology ...... 22 52 Music ...... 60 Chemistry ...... 23 53 70 Near Eastern Studies ...... 36 60 Classical Studies...... 25 Philosophy ...... 37 61 Communication Studies ...... 26 53 Physics ...... 37 62 72 Comparative Literature ...... 26 54 71 Political Science ...... 38 62 72 Comprehensive Studies Program ...... 54 Psychology ...... 39 62 72 Computer Science ...... 27 54 Religion ...... 42 64 Economics ...... 27 54 71 Residential College ...... 42 64 English Composition Board (ECB) ...... 28 54 Romance Languages & Literatures ...... 42 64 English Language & Literature ...... 28 55 Russian and East European Studies ...... 44 66 74 Environmental Studies ...... 56 71 Slavic Languages & Literatures ...... 44 66 Film & Video Studies ...... 30 56 Sociology ...... 45 66 Geological Sciences...... 30 56 Statistics...... 46 67 Germanic Languages & Literatures ...... 31 57 Theatre and Drama ...... 67 Great Books ...... 32 58 Women’s Studies...... 46 68 74

The Regents of the University Policy Against Discrimination race, sex, color, religion, creed, national origin or ancestry, age, marital status, sexual orienta- Laurence B. Deitch, Bloomfield Hills; Andrea The University of Michigan, as an equal oppor- tion, disability, or Vietnam-era veteran status in Fischer Newman, Ann Arbor; Daniel Horning, tunity/affirmative action employer, complies employment, educational programs and activi- Grand Haven; Olivia P. Maynard, Goodrich; with all applicable federal and state laws regard- ties, and admissions. Inquiries or complaints may Shirley M. McFee, Battle Creek; Rebecca ing non-discrimination and affirmative action, be addressed to the University’s Director of Af- McGowan, Ann Arbor; Philip H. Power, Ann including Title IX of the Education Amendments firmative Action and Title IX/Section 504 Coor- Arbor; S. Martin Taylor, Grosse Pointe Farms; of 1972 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation dinator, 4005 Wolverine Tower, Ann Arbor, and Lee C. Bollinger, President, ex officio Act of 1973. The University of Michigan is com- Michigan 48109-1281. (313) 763-0235; T.D.D. mitted to a policy of non-discrimination and (313) 747-1388; UM Information Operator (313) equal opportunity for all persons regardless of 764-1817.

1 THE UNIVERSITY OF M I C H I G A N

The Spring/Summer Term Course Guide is Information and Publications continues to ac- aced with the course number, title, published by LS&A Academic Information cept descriptions after the February 16, 1998 prerequisite(s), and other information from and Publications, LS&A Student Academic deadline, and these late descriptions will be the updated LS&A Bulletin. Affairs, College of Literature, Science, and available as received on the LS&A Student Descriptions generally begin with a statement the Arts, University of Michigan, G411 Ma- Academic Affairs Homepage at: of the subjects (topics, themes, methods, and son Hall, (734) 764-6810; Ann Arbor, Michi- http://www.lsa.umich.edu/saa/publications/ include any recommended special back- gan 48109-1027. ground that is not already listed in the course An accurate and current course description This edition contains 100- through 500-level prerequisite). Instructors usually indicate the helps students in their academic planning. course descriptions provided by the instruc- basis of student evaluation (exams, papers, Descriptions are published in the LS&A Course tors on or before February 16. While every etc.); the texts which will be required; and Guide on-line for LS&A students at least two effort is made to make the Course Guide com- the method(s) of instruction (lecture, lab, dis- week before early registration. They are pref- plete, gaps are inevitable. LS&A Academic cussion).

Introduction to Course Listing Notations Sample Course Listing: A Key Physics 1250/2Environ. Studies 353. 3Energy, Entropy, and Environment. 4Two and one–half years of high school mathematics, or any college course in mathematics or natural science. 5(3). 6(NS). 7(BS). 1. The course number. 6. Designation of the area distribution cat- the physical and natural sciences and/or 2. Indication that this is a cross–listed course egory into which the class falls. In this mathematics required for the Bachelor of with another department or program, giv- instance, Physics 250, a course which is Science degree. ing the name of the cross–listing unit and also listed and may be elected as Envi- 8. If this course were approved to meet the the course number in that unit. ronmental Studies 353, earns distribution QR requirement, the designation (QR/1) credit in the area of Natural Science (NS). 3. The course title. For cross–listed courses or (QR/2) would appear in the course Other courses may earn distribution credit header information. the course title is always the same in each in the areas of Humanities (HU), Social cross–listing unit. Science (SS), Mathematical and Sym- If this course were approved to meet the 4. Indication of a course prerequisite. bolic Analysis (MSA), or Creative Ex- language requirement, the designation Sometimes, but not in this case, this will pression (CE) or they may be designated (LR) would appear in the course header be the listing of a specific course or as Excluded (Excl) from counting toward information. courses. Remember that not all courses the distribution requirements for a Bach- If this course were approved to meet the have prerequisites; such courses are open elor of Arts or Bachelor of Science de- introductory composition requirement, to all students. gree. the designation (Introductory Composi- 5. Indication of the number of credits 7. BS indicates that this course can be used tion) would appear in the course header granted for successful completion of the in the 60 credits of approved courses in information. course. Credits, also called credit hours, are the same as Michigan Semester Hours (MSH).

2 Introduction to Course Listing Notations

COURSE NUMBERS: The University num- EXCLUDED COMBINATIONS OF ELEC- EXPERIENTIAL, INDEPENDENT STUDY, bers courses 100 through 999. This numbering TIONS are designated in the course listing of AND TUTORIAL courses are so designated. system does not always mean that courses with affected courses. For information concerning LS&A policies higher numbers are more difficult. Rather, the about counting credit earned in Experiential, In- number system reflects degrees of specialization. THE CREDIT SYMBOL denotes the official dependent Study, and Tutorial courses toward a Courses numbered on the 100 and 200 levels undergraduate credits that may be earned for the degree, see the LS&A Bulletin. are usually designed for students with little pre- course. Credit (sometimes called "credit hour") vious knowledge of a subject, and are often taken is granted in semester hours. This is a unit of REPETITION of a course that varies in con- by first-year students. In many cases such academic progress. The number of credits as- tent from term to term is permitted only under courses must be taken before more specialized signed to a course corresponds (more or less) to certain conditions. When a department or pro- courses on the 300 and 400 levels can be taken, the number of contact hours you have per week gram has a policy about the repetition of a course but this is not always true, and you should study with the instructor in the classroom. You should for credit, that policy is included in the course the requirements of different departments before note that credits are NOT a good indicator of listing. The general statement “May be repeated deciding which courses to take. how difficult a course may be or the amount of for credit with permission” usually means “With the workload in the class. For example, it's quite permission of a concentration advisor.” In all RENUMBERED COURSES have their course possible for a three-credit upper-level course to other instances, a student must get permission numbers followed by a former course number be more challenging and time-consuming than from both the department or program and the in parentheses. When renumbering or reorgani- a four-credit introductory course. LS&A stu- Academic Standards Board to repeat a course zation has left the division unchanged, only the dents ordinarily need to complete 120 credits in for credit. Generally, a course may be elected previous course number is given; if the division order to graduate. for credit once only. has also changed, the previous division name and course number appear. A reorganized or re- INSTRUCTORS for the term are indicated in LABORATORY OR OTHER SPECIAL numbered course cannot be repeated for credit parentheses at the end of the description. FEES are indicated if known, but are subject to change without notice. without special permission. THE AREA DISTRIBUTION designation is CROSS-LISTED COURSES are sponsored by approved by the LS&A Curriculum Committee. COST AND WAITLIST INFORMATION A course may be approved with the designation more than one department or program and may Information about the cost of books/materials Natural Science (NS), Social Science (SS), Hu- be elected through any of the participating de- for courses and about various course waitlist pro- manities (HU), Mathematical and Symbolic partments. Cross-listings are denoted by a slash cedures is keyed as explained below. This in- Analysis (MSA), Creative Expression (CE), Lan- appearing between departmental titles. formation can be found at the end of individual guage Requirement (LR), Introductory Compo- descriptions preceding the instructor’s name. Descriptions for cross-listed courses only appear sition (INTRODUCTORY COMPOSITION), or The cost information comes first, followed by in the “home” department, but the course title Excluded (Excl). Courses approved with the des- the waitlist information. and instructor’s name will appear under the other ignation “Language Requirement” or “Introduc- department(s). tory Composition” may not be used as part of Cost an area distribution plan. If an introductory lan- The books/materials for this course: COURSE TITLES are in bold type, and fol- guage course is designated “Excluded” (Excl), low the course number. 1 – Cost less than $50. it may not be used to satisfy the LS&A language 2 – Cost $50 or more, but less than $100. PREREQUISITES appear immediately after requirement. Courses designated “Excluded” 3 – Cost $100 or more, but less than $150. the course title. (Excl) may not be included in an area distribu- 4 – Cost $150 or more. tion plan. • Course equivalence. Unless otherwise stated, Waitlist the phrase “or equivalent” may be considered COURSES FULFILLING CERTAIN COL- If the course is closed through Touch-Tone Reg- an implicit part of the prerequisite for any LEGE REQUIREMENTS ARE SO LISTED. istration, you should: (BS) means that the course may be used toward course. When a student has satisfactorily 1=Get on the WAITLIST through Touch-Tone the 60 approved credits required for the B.S. completed a course(s) believed to be substan- Registration, and then attend the first class degree. Courses meeting or partially meeting tially equivalent to one listed as a prerequi- meeting. Policies and procedures for han- the Quantitative Reasoning requirement are des- site, the student must consult the instructor dling the waitlist will be explained there. ignated (QR/1) or (QR/2). Courses with Stan- or department. If equivalency is determined dard Approval for meeting the Race & Ethnic- 2=Go to the department office to get on a WAIT- to have been satisfied, election may be ap- ity (R&E) requirement are so indicated. Other LIST, and then attend the first class meeting. proved. courses may meet the R&E or QR requirements Policies and procedures for handling the • Permission of instructor. The phrase “or per- on a term-by-term basis and are listed in the in- waitlist will be explained there. mission of instructor” may be considered an troductory pages of the LS&A Course Guides. 3=Visit the faculty office to see the instructor implicit part of the statement of prerequisites A SPECIAL GRADING PATTERN associated about getting an OVERRIDE into the course. for any course. When permission is a stated with a particular course is indicated in the course 4=Wait until classes start, and then attend the requirement, or when a student does not have listing. Some courses offered by the College first class meeting. Policies and procedures the stated prerequisite for a course but can are offered MANDATORY CREDIT/NO CREDIT, for issuing overrides will be explained there. give evidence of sufficient background, the and the notation “Credit” or “No Credit” is 5=Other. student should obtain approval from the in- posted on the transcript. structor or department concerned.

3 Introduction to Course Listing Notations

A NOTE ON CLASS SIZE: Courses ferent instructor and meeting time. For ex- deter first-year students from trying to get numbered on the 100 and 200 level, espe- ample, sections of Introductory Composi- to know the professor. Most professors cially those which are prerequisites for tion are limited to 22 students, and language welcome contact with first-year students more advanced courses, often have large sections are limited to 25 (much smaller in and are troubled by the tendency of large enrollments. Class size in such courses can some languages, e.g., 15 in Japanese). In classes to make contacts more difficult for range as high as 500, although enrollment addition, many of the larger courses on the students. First-year students should always of 100 to 200 students is more common. 100 and 200 levels set aside a weekly class feel free to see professors during their of- To reduce size, many of these introductory or two for small discussion sections led by fice hours and should not suppose that they courses are taught in sections. Each sec- teaching assistants. The presence of teach- must have specific (and profound) question covers the same material but has a dif- ing assistants in such courses should not tions in mind before visiting.

A Cautionary Note About Touch-Tone Registration Waitlists

Touch-tone registration Waitlists that be- students added themselves to the list. No What does this mean, then, for a student gin when a course or section has filled with individual faculty member or department who is about to complete a touch-tone reg- registered students serve a number of uses is obligated, however, to issue overrides by istration? It means that having what ap- for faculty, departments, and the College. this numerical ordering. It may be felt that pears to be a very good (low) number ap- From the students' perspective, however, other criteria weigh more heavily. For ex- parently assuring a place in a class may be, there is one important fact to know about ample, class standing (senior, junior, etc.) in fact, no guarantee at all. The best ad- how waitlists work. All students should or whether the student is a concentrator in vice, then, is NOT to exit touch-tone regis- be aware that there is no general rule that the department or not may be considered tration without a full schedule of classes when overrides are issued for a class they more important than what number a stu- that could be lived with for the coming must be written for students as they appear dent is on the waitlist. In fact, the only gen- term. This may seem unnecessarily pessi- in numerical order on the waitlist. The eral guess one can reasonably make is that mistic because of the suggestion that not waitlist exists to let the faculty member the rule of strictly following the waitlist all students may end up with their preferred know who and how many students have number is pretty much restricted to lower- choices in class scheduling, but the advice waitlisted a particular section or course. level courses that largely enroll first-year is intended to be helpful because it offers And yes, the student names do appear on students (not all lower-level courses do the most protection. the list in the chronological order in which this).

Policy on Class Attendance

A. It is critical that students attend classes • the first two meetings of courses in other endangers that student's satisfactory aca- from the beginning of the term. Even departments demic progress, the instructor may send a though students may be registered officially At the same time, departments are not ob- written report on the case to the appropri- for a course, departments may give away a ligated to withdraw students officially from ate advising office. student’s place in a course if the student the course, even though the student has been Concerted absence from any appointed duty does not attend: informed that his/her place in a course has by a class or by any number of students to- • the first meeting of biology, chemistry, been taken away. gether will be regarded as improper con- and physics laboratories Students are responsible for the accuracy duct, and those participating in such action • the first meeting of English Composi- of their schedules and must be sure that shall be liable to disciplinary action. tion Board courses all drops are processed through Touch-Tone Members of athletic teams must present to • either of the first two meetings of En- Registration during the normal drop/add pe- each instructor, prior to each absence be- glish courses riod. cause of the membership on athletic teams, • the first meetings of History 396 and a written statement signed by the appropri- B. Students are expected to attend classes 397 ate authority specifying the exact date of regularly. When the instructor considers any such proposed absence. • any one of the first four meetings of lan- the number of absences excessive, that is, guage courses in the Romance Lan- when a student’s absence from a course guages department

4 Spring Half-Term, 1998 LS&A Calendar

Disenrollment and registration fees Beginning May 5, Tuesday Orientation May 3-4, Sunday-Monday Registration May 4, Monday Classes begin May 5, Tuesday Late registration fee Beginning May 5, Tuesday Last day to withdraw (100% tuition waiver less disenrollment May 18, Monday and registration fees) Last day for tuition adjustment for a reduced academic load May 18, Monday Pass/fail deadline May 18, Monday Last day for regular drop/add (no“W” for drop) May 18, Monday Touch-Tone CRISP no longer available for Spring Term; authorization Beginning May 19, Tuesday needed from Academic Advising to drop or add; ”W” posted for drops Last day to withdraw from all classes with a 50% tuition waiver May 22, Friday Memorial Day holiday May 25, Monday Spring Half-term tuition and fees due May 29, Friday Last day for approved late drop/add June 5, Friday Classes end June 19, Friday Study days June 20-21, Saturday-Sunday Examination period June 22-23, Monday-Tuesday

Summer Half-Term, 1998 LS&A Calendar

Disenrollment and registration fees Beginning June 29, Monday Orientation June 24-26, Wednesday-Friday Registration June 25-26, Thursday-Friday Classes begin June 29, Monday Late registration fee Beginning June 29, Monday Independence Day holiday July 3, Friday Last day to withdraw (100% tuition waiver less disenrollment and registration fees) July 10, Friday Last day for tuition adjustment for a reduced academic load July 12, Sunday Pass/fail deadline July 12, Sunday Last day for regular drop/add (no“W” for drop) July 12, Sunday Touch-Tone CRISP no longer available for Summer Term; authorization Beginning July 13, Monday needed from Academic Advising to drop or add; ”W” posted for drops Last day to withdraw from all classes with a 50% tuition waiver July 17, Friday Summer Half-term tuition and fees due July 31, Friday Last day for approved late drop/add July 31, Friday Classes end August 14, Friday Study days August 15-16, Saturday-Sunday Examination period August 17-18, Monday-Tuesday

This calendar is subject to change.

5 LS&A Advising Resources

Academic Advising Center undergraduate career and to get to know schools across the country as well as the 1255 AH • 764-0332 their advisor personally. latest in post graduation materials. General Advisors Residence Hall Advising The LS&A Advising Center is the focal 1255 Angell Hall • 764-0332 point within Student Academic Affairs The Academic Advising Center maintains for providing academic services, infor- Available to discuss general degree re- an advisor program in the residence halls. mation and support to students. The quirements, rules, deadlines, procedures, In most buildings, a general academic ad- Center’s mission is four pronged: first to academic plans and options, and study visor maintains regularly scheduled of- be more responsive to the growing needs skills and strategies. fice hours in the building throughout the academic year. Responsibilities include of students for academic advising; sec- Concentration Advisors ond, to be more flexible in adapting to the advising and meeting with students and Available to discuss particular require- in-residence staff on academic matters. changing needs of our students; third, to ments of each department’s concentra- provide excellent specialized services to The academic advisors also conduct tion. Appointments are generally made small group informational meetings targeted student populations; and fourth, through individual departments. to create and maintain an environment in throughout the school year on numerous the Academic Advising Center in which Bachelor in General Studies (BGS) academic topics (e.g., discussions on the students always come first. Advisors different distribution patterns, choosing 1255 Angell Hall • 764-0332 an academic concentration, and general The Advising Center consists of three Available to discuss requirements and the degree requirements for the College). service units: (1) First-Year Advising design of a Bachelor in General Studies Residence hall staff members are encour- Programs; (2) General/Level Advising; degree. aged to contact academic advisors or re- and (3) Senior Services. The service fer students to an academic advisor and units provide improved academic advis- Individual Concentration Program academic resources when they are aware ing, greater operational efficiency within (ICP) Advisors that students on their corridor may be the office, a fuller understanding of our 1255 Angell Hall • 764-0332 having academic difficulties or questions. students’ needs, and better coordination Available to discuss the Individual Con- of academic activities throughout the Col- Residence Hall Academic Peer Advi- centrations Program (a concentration spe- sors (APA) lege. cifically designed by the student). The Academic Peer Advisor (APA) Pro- The First-Year unit concentrates heavily Pre-Professional Advisors gram is another outreach effort to stu- in one-on-one advising and support for 1255 Angell Hall • 764-0332 dents in University housing from the new students as they make the sometimes Pre-law, pre-health professions, and pre- LS&A Academic Advising Center. difficult transition to college. During business advisors are available to discuss These student advisors have been trained their first year our students should learn options and entrance requirements for extensively in College policies, proce- how to navigate the University system these graduate programs. dures, and curricula and can be of valu- and where to find the answers to their able help in dealing with issues of aca- specific questions and any necessary re- Specialty Advisors demic difficulty or course planning. If sources for their individual success. The 1255 Angell Hall • 764-0332 they don’t have the answers, they are General/Upper-Level Advising unit fo- Pre-Business, pre-architecture, pre-engi- knowledgeable sources of referral. Feel cuses primarily on helping sophomores neering, School of Education, School of free to stop by during the hours listed be- and juniors as they select degree pro- Music, and Study Abroad advisors are low and get acquainted with your APA. grams and concentrations or consider pro- available to LS&A students who are in- fessional degree requirements or other terested in those programs. E-Mail Advising education beyond the bachelor’s degree Advisors communicate with their stu- or even graduation and employment. The Students’ Counseling Office (SCO) G150 Angell Hall • 763-1553 dents on a regular basis throughout the Senior Services unit focuses on auditing year via e-mail. You can contact your for completion of degree requirements, The LS&A Students’ Counseling Office academic advisor via e-mail or message: Dean’s Letters of Recommendation, and is staffed completely by undergraduates. [email protected] preparation for life beyond LS&A. Providing peer counseling, SCO presents At Orientation students are assigned an students with an opportunity to share and Student Academic Affairs Website: LS&A general advisor who will tailor receive experiences in an informal fash- http://www.lsa.umich.edu/saa/ advice to individual students’ needs. Stu- ion. The office maintains such resources On-line information on degree require- dents are encouraged to keep in close as course evaluations and examinations. ments, resources, and programs. contact with their advisor throughout their SCO also stocks graduate catalogs from

6 Academic Advising Center Advisor Directory

Academic Advising Center Academic Advisors Standards Board (1255 AH) 764-0332 Cindy Barhyte (cbarhyte) (1255 AH) 764-0311 or 764-0332 Chris Bass (cbass) The Academic Advising Center serves David Brawn (pasompe) Members of the Academic Standards LS&A undergraduates by: Jane Chung-Apley (geein) Board help students individualize their programs of study and may grant excep- 1. Helping them make informed deci- Cathy Conway-Perrin (cconway) tions to College-level academic policies sions about educational goals and the Margaret Elias (melias) and degree requirements. A student may LS&A curriculum. Louise Freymann (pomona) discuss with a member and, if necessary, 2. Encouraging them to formulate an Susan Gass (sgass) Jeffery Harrold (jharrold) petition in writing for a waiver or modi- academic program appropriate to their fication of College rules. They also ad- individual interests and abilities. Gabe Keri (gkeri) Jean Leverich (leverich) minister academic discipline. The pur- 3. Assisting them in evaluating their aca- Marty McClatchey (mmcclat) pose of academic discipline is to help fos- demic progress and performance. Toni Morales (weena) ter good performance and to protect a 4. Providing them accurate information Marsha Pumroy (mpumroy) student’s chance of graduating from the about LS&A policies and procedures. Dave Smith (davidsm) College. 5. Furnishing them an opportunity to John Stratman (jstratma) Director explore the purposes of a liberal arts Joe Summers (jsummers) Chuck Judge (cjudge) education. Wendy Woods (wwoods) Assistant to the Board General advisors maintain regular hours Specialty Academic Advisors Carolyn McCullum (cmpurple) in the Academic Advising Center. BGS, Tom Collier (tcollier) Board Advisors BGS, Chalmers Knight (thinknow) Jeffery Harrold (jharrold) Pre-professional advising assistance also ICP, Jean Leverich (leverich) Helen Olson (hio) is available to LS&A students in the Aca- Music-LS&A Joint Degrees, Robert Robin Stephens (robda) demic Advising Center. Wallin (rdwallin) Director Organizational Studies, Toni Morales Alice Reinarz (areinarz) (weena) Associate Director, First-Year Advising Pre-professional Advisors Virginia Reese (vjreese) Pre-business, Lisa Rubens (lmrubens) Associate Director, Upper-level Advising Pre-education, Ina Bell (inabell) Open position Pre-engineering, Shawn Salata (ssalata) Associate Director, Senior Services Pre-law, Karen Wittkopp (klwitt) W. Harry Marsden (hmars) Pre-health professions, Coordinator of Residence Hall Advising Nancy Anderson (stfelix) Susan Tepaske-King (stepaske) Wendy Wyte (wwyte) Administrative Assistant Jan Marten (jrmarten)

Advisors' uniqnames are indicated in parentheses. You may e-mail any advisor by attaching @umich.edu to an advisor's uniqname. General questions also may be addressed to [email protected].

7 Academic Advising Center Concentration Appointment Directory

Concentration advisors are, most often, • Communication Studies 2020 Frieze • Mathematics (Actuarial, Pure Math, faculty or staff members from LS&A de- Building, 764-0420 Mathematical Sciences) partments who help students shape and • Comparative Literature 2015 Tisch 2072 East Hall, 763-4223 focus their academic goals. They discuss Hall, 763-2351 • Medieval and Renaissance Col- with students how best to progress in a • Computer Science 1255 Angell Hall, legium 1638 Haven Hall, 763-2066 concentration program and to utilize the 764-0332 • Microbiology 1121 Nat. Sci., skills acquired in the study of a particu- • Dramatic Writing 2512 Frieze 764-2446 lar discipline both in graduate or profes- Building, 764-0147 • Middle Eastern and North African sional schools or on the job. Students • Economics 238 Lorch Hall, Studies 1080 South University Suite meet with most concentration advisors in 763-9242 4640, 764-0350 their departmental offices. • English Language and Literature • Music 1255 Angell Hall, 764-0332 3187 Angell Hall, 764-6330 • Near Eastern Civilizations • Afroamerican and African Studies • Environmental Geology 2534 C.C. 3074 Frieze Building, 764-0314 200 West Hall, 764-5513 Little, 764-0597 or 764-1435 • Oceanography 2534 C.C. Little, • American Culture G410 Mason, • Film and Video Studies 2512 Frieze 764-0597 or 764-1435 763-0031 Building, 764-0147 • Philosophy 2215 Angell Hall, • Ancient Civilizations and Biblical • French and Francophone Studies 764-6285 Studies 3074 Frieze Building, 764- 4108 Modern Languages Building, • Physics 2061 Randall Lab, 936-0659 0314 764-5344 • Physics (General) 2061 Randall Lab, • Anthropology 1020 LS&A Building, • Geological Sciences 2534 C.C. Little, 936-0659 764-7274 763-2298 or 764-1435 • Plant Biology 1121 Nat. Sci., 764- • Anthropology-Zoology 1020 LS&A • German 3110 Modern Languages 2446 Building, 764-7274 Building, 764-3227 • Political Science 7602 Haven Hall, • Arabic, Armenian, Persian, Turkish • Greek Language and Literature 764-6312 & Islamic Studies 3074 Frieze 2160 Angell Hall, 764-0362 • Psychology 1044 East Hall, Building, 764-0314 • Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies 764-2580 • Asian Studies 2099 Frieze Building, 3074 Frieze Building, 764-0314 • Religion (Studies in) 445 West Hall, 764-3399 • History 1029 Tisch Hall, 764-6305 764-4475 • Astronomy and Astrophysics • History of Art 110 Tappan Hall, • Russian 3040 Modern Languages 833 Dennison, 764-3454 764-5400 Building, 764-5355 • Biochemistry 1500 Chemistry, • Individual Concentration Program • Russian and East European Studies 647-2857 (including Organizational Studies) 1080 South University Suite 4668, • Biology 1121 Nat. Sci., 764-2446 1255 Angell Hall, 764-0332 764-0351 • Biology (General) 1121 Nat. Sci., • Italian 4108 Modern Languages • Social Anthropology 3001 LS&A 764-2446 Building, 764-5344 Building, 764-7239 • Biophysics 4204 Chemistry, • Japanese Language and Literature • Sociology 3001 LS&A Building, 764- 764-5280 3089 Frieze Building, 763-3556 7239 • Biopsychology and Cognitive • Judaic Studies 3032 Frieze Building, • Spanish (Hispanic Literature, Science 1044 East Hall, 764-2580 763-9047 Hispanic Studies) 4108 Modern • Cellular and Molecular Biology • Latin American and Caribbean Languages Building, 764-5344 1121 Nat. Sci., 764-2446 Studies 1080 South University Suite • Statistics 1439 Mason Hall, • Chemistry 1500 Chemistry, 647-2858 2607, 763-0553 764-4413 • Chinese Language and Literature • Latin Language and Literature • Theatre and Drama 2550 Frieze 3068 Frieze Building, 764-8286 2160 Angell Hall, 764-0362 Building, 764-5350 • Classical Archaeology 2160 Angell • Latina/Latino Studies G410 Mason, • Women’s Studies 234 West Hall, Hall, 764-0362 764-9934 or 763-0031 763-20473074 Frieze Bld., 764-0314 • Classical Civilization 2160 Angell • Linguistics 1076 Frieze Building, Hall, 764-0362 763-9177 or 764-0353 • Classical Languages and Literatures 2160 Angell Hall, 764-0362

8 College Requirements Junior/Senior Writing The College requires all students to complete Spring Half-Term, 1998 Summer Half-Term, 1998 the Junior/Senior component of the LS&A Writing Requirement. Students must have Afroamerican and African Studies Economics completed introductory composition and have 458. Issues in Black World Studies. (3). 360. The Developing Economies. (3). (SS). at least 55 cumulative credits toward their (Excl). Section 201. (Thompson) program before they are eligible to complete Section 101 – Countryside and City in English this requirement. Students must enroll in an African Society. (Twumasi) approved course or writing program, prefer- 325. Essay Writing: The Art of Exposition. Communication Studies ably in the student’s field of concentration or (3). (Excl). specific academic interest. Students must 371. Media, Culture, and Society. (4). (SS). Section 201. (Lenaghan) modify the course by means of the normal reg- Section 102 ONLY. (Wolfe) Section 202 – Big Ideas About Small istration procedures. The course instructor 381. Media Impact on Knowledge, Values, Talk: Looking for the Roots of Literary must certify that the student has met the re- and Behavior. (4). (SS). Narrative in Everyday Chatter. quirement at the end of the term. Section 102 ONLY. (Melanson) Each term the English Composition Board Economics International Programs provides a list of such approved courses. A 395. Topics in Economics and Economic Study Abroad 344. London Summer course approved to meet the Junior/Senior part Policy. (1-3). (Excl). Program. (Arr). (Excl). of the Writing Requirement one term is not Section 101 – Economics, Life and Section 201 – Contemporary British necessarily approved in a subsequent term. Philosophy. (3 credits). (Kimball) Women Writers. The courses approved by the ECB for this Physics term are listed below. English 325. Essay Writing: The Art of Exposition. 496. Senior Thesis, I. (2-3). (Excl). (3). (Excl). 497. Senior Thesis, II. (2-3). (Excl). Section 101-103 498. Introduction to Research for Honors Linguistics Students. (2-3). (Excl). 350. Perspectives on Second Language 499. Introduction to Research for Honors Learning and Second Language Students. (2-3). (Excl). Instruction. (2). (Excl). Psychology (Madden) 372. Advanced Laboratory in Psychopathol- Physics ogy. (3). (Excl). 496. Senior Thesis, I. (2-3). (Excl). Section 201 ONLY 497. Senior Thesis, II. (2-3). (Excl). 442. Perception, Science, and Reality. (3). 498. Introduction to Research for Honors (NS). Students. (2-3). (Excl). (Pachella) 499. Introduction to Research for Honors COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Students. (2-3). (Excl). ONLY students in the LS&A/Engineering Joint Psychology Degree Program or Computer Science concentra- 372. Advanced Laboratory in Psychopathol- tors may use these courses to satisfy the JR/SR ogy. (3). (Excl). Writing Requirement. While these courses may be Section 101 ONLY used to meet the JR/SR Writing Requirement, the credits are counted as NON-LS&A. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Technical Communication (Division 291) ONLY students in the LS&A/Engineering Joint 498. Technical and Professional Writing for Industry, Degree Program or Computer Science concentrators may use these courses to satisfy the JR/SR Government, and Business. Writing Requirement. While these courses may be Sections 220, 230, 240 ONLY. used to meet the JR/SR Writing Requirement, the credits are counted as NON-LS&A.

Technical Communication (Division 291) 498. Technical and Professional Writing for Industry, Government, and Business. Sections 110, 111, 120, 130, 140 ONLY.

9 College Requirements Race & Ethnicity

The LS&A faculty added the Race & Eth- required content. Courses may meet Studies – Social Science. (3). (SS). nicity requirement in 1991 after long and this requirement by various means 217. Introduction to Native American thoughtful discussion. The faculty does consistent with disciplines or fields of Studies – Humanities. (3). (HU). believe that because racial and ethnic in- study, and faculty members from all 240/WS 240. Introduction to Women’s tolerance has fundamentally affected the departments are urged to think cre- Studies. (4; 3 in the half-term). (HU). development of contemporary American atively about how their fields might 243/WS 243. Introduction to Study of society and because its effects will con- contribute to the requirement. Latinas in the U.S. (3). (HU). tinue to be felt well into the future, all 312/Hist. 377. History of Latinos in the students should take at least one course 2. Although it is hoped that many of U.S. (3). (Excl). that deals on a fairly sophisticated level these courses will focus on the United with topics such as the historical devel- States, it is not required that they do Cultural Anthropology opment of racism, and the social, politi- so. Courses that deal with these is- 101. Introduction to Anthropology. (4). cal, and economic effects of racism and sues in other societies, or that study (SS). other types of discrimination. them comparatively, may also meet 272/Ling. 272. Language in Society. (4). the requirement. In an article for the Spring, 1991 edition (SS). History of LSAmagazine, LS&A Dean Students who are new to the College of 377/Amer. Cult. 312. History of Latinos Goldenberg wrote that the faculty LS&A (that is, first time enrolled as an in the U.S. (3). (Excl). “agreed that racism is an urgent problem LS&A student) in the Fall Term of 1991, 448/CAAS 448. Africa Since 1850. (3). facing the University and society at large and thereafter, must (in any term before (SS). and that it is desirable that courses in the graduation) receive credit for one of the College address questions of race and approved Race and Ethnicity (R&E) Linguistics ethnicity and teach students to think ana- courses. Each term’s listing will vary as 272/Anthro. 272. Language in Society. lytically and critically about such top- courses are added or deleted by the Col- (4). (SS). ics.... The aim [of the requirement] is to lege of LS&A Curriculum Committee. Romance Languages and Literatures provide students with relevant informa- The College offers several courses taught French 469. African and Caribbean Lit- tion about an important social issue since by a number of different departments erature. (3). (Excl). the changing world and work-place the each term. Although the list of courses student will enter will require being bet- that fulfill this requirement varies from Sociology ter able to listen to and understand a di- term to term, all such courses are de- 103. Introduction to Sociology Through versity of voices.” signed to give students exposure to ques- Race and Ethnicity. (4; 3 in the half- tions focusing on the meaning of race and term). (SS). Courses approved to meet the Race & racism, racial and ethnic intolerance and 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Rela- Ethnicity requirement will address issues resulting inequality, and comparisons tions. (4; 3 in the half-term). (SS). arising from racial or ethnic intolerance. with other types of discrimination. Women’s Studies In approving the requirement, the faculty The courses that have been granted blan- 240/Amer. Cult. 240. Introduction to of the College made the following state- Women’s Studies. (4; 3 in the half- ments: ket approval for meeting the requirement are: term). (HU). Required content. All courses satisfy- 243/Amer. Cult. 243. Introduction to ing the requirement must provide discus- Afroamerican and African Studies Study of Latinas in the U.S. (3). sion, consistent with disciplinary ap- 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. (HU). (4; 3 in the half-term). (SS). proaches, of: 270. Women and the Law. (3). (SS). 448/Hist. 448. Africa Since 1850. (3). 1. the meaning of race, ethnicity, and (SS). Other courses are approved on a term- racism; by-term basis. It is most important that American Culture 2. racial and ethnic intolerance and re- you are careful to elect the section of the 212. Introduction to Latino Studies – So- course taught by the faculty member sulting inequality as it occurs in the cial Science. (3). (SS). United States or elsewhere; whose name is listed with the course. 213. Introduction to Latino Studies – Hu- Other sections of the course have not 3. comparisons of discrimination based manities. (3). (HU). been approved to meet this requirement on race, ethnicity, religion, social 214. Introduction to Asian American Stud- and may not be substituted. Courses class, or gender. ies – Social Science. (3). (SS). meeting the R&E requirement may also Required focus. 215. Introduction to Asian American Stud- help meet either distribution or concen- ies – Humanities. (3). (HU). 1. Every course satisfying the require- tration or composition requirements. 216. Introduction to Native American ment must devote substantial, but not Advanced Placement credit can not be necessarily exclusive, attention to the used to meet this requirement.

10 College Requirements Race & Ethnicity

Spring Half-Term, 1998 History Summer Half-Term, 1998 Race & Ethnicity Courses 368/Amer. Cult. 342/WS 360. History Race & Ethnicity Courses of the Family in the U.S. (3). (SS). This list is subject to change by the College of (Morantz-Sanchez) This list is subject to change by the College of LS&A Curriculum Committee. LS&A Curriculum Committee. History of Art Afroamerican and African 332/Amer. Cult. 332. Art on Trial: Afroamerican and African Studies American Public Monuments and Studies 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Rela- Political Controversy. (3). (HU). 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Rela- tions. (3). (SS). (Root) tions. (3). (SS). American Culture Judaic Studies American Culture 304/Soc. 304. American Immigration. 296/HJCS 296/Rel. 296. Perspectives 240/WS 240. Introduction to Women's (3). (SS). on the Holocaust. (3). (HU). Studies. (3). (HU). (Nysenholc) (Honeycutt) Anthropology 332/Hist. of Art 332. Art on Trial: Near Eastern Studies American Public Monuments and 298. Topics in Cultural Anthropology. HJCS 296/Judaic Studies 296/Rel. 296. (3). (SS). Political Controversy. (3). (HU). Perspectives on the Holocaust. (3). (Root) Section 203 – American Indians of (HU). Michigan: People of the Three 342/Hist. 368/WS 360. History of the (Nysenholc) Fires. (Jackson) Family in the U.S. (3). (SS). Sociology (Morantz-Sanchez) Religion 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Anthropology, Cultural 296/HJCS 296/Judaic Studies 296. Perspectives on the Holocaust. (3). Relations. (3). (SS). 101. Introduction to Anthropology. (4). (HU). Women's Studies (SS). (Nysenholc) 240/Amer. Cult. 240. Introduction to 298. Topics in Cultural Anthropology. Sociology Women's Studies. (3). (HU). (3). (SS). Section 101 – Racism and 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Violence in Cross-Cultural Relations. (3). (SS). Perspective. (Lakein) 304/Amer. Cult. 304. American 299. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology. Immigration. (3). (SS). Section 101 – Storytelling in (Honeycutt) Cross-Cultural Perspective. Women's Studies (Dickinson) 360/Hist. 368/Amer. Cult. 342 History of the Family in the U.S. (3). (SS). (Morantz-Sanchez)

11 College Requirements Quantitative Reasoning

All students admitted to the College for the Spring Half-Term, 1998 Quan- Summer Half-Term, 1998 Fall Term of 1994 and thereafter must meet the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) requirement. titative Reasoning Courses Quantitative Reasoning Courses The goal of this requirement is to ensure that This list is subject to change by the College of This list is subject to change by the College of every graduate of the College achieves a cer- LS&A Curriculum Committee. LS&A Curriculum Committee. tain level of proficiency in using and analyz- Astronomy Astronomy ing quantitative information. Students may 111. Introductory Astronomy: The Solar System. 112. Introductory Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, fulfill this requirement either by: (4). (NS). (QR/2). and the Universe. (4). (NS). (QR/2). • successfully completing one course (of 112. Introductory Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, Economics 3 credits or more) designated for full QR and the Universe. (4). (NS). (QR/2). 101. Principles of Economics I. (3). (SS). (QR/2). credit (QR/1); or Chemistry 102. Principles of Economics II. (3). (SS). (QR/ • successfully completing two courses (at 130. General Chemistry: Macroscopic 2). least one of which must be of 3 credits Investigations and Reaction Principles. (3). Mathematics or more) designated for half QR credit (NS). (QR/2). (QR/2). 105. Data, Functions, and Graphs. (4). (MSA). Economics (QR/1). QR courses may come from a wide range of 101. Principles of Economics I. (3). (SS). (QR/2). 115. Calculus I. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). disciplines representing the natural and social 102. Principles of Economics II. (3). (SS). (QR/ sciences, as well as some areas of the humani- 116. Calculus II. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). 2). ties. 215. Calculus III. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). 401. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. (4). Sociology Quantitative reasoning is first and foremost (SS). (QR/1). reasoning. It is not mathematical manipula- 402. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. (3). 210. Elementary Statistics. (3). (MSA). (QR/1). tion or computation, but rather the methodol- (SS). (QR/1). Statistics ogy used to analyze quantitative information 404. Statistics for Economists. (4). (Excl). (QR/ to make decisions, judgments, and predic- 100. Introduction to Statistical Reasoning. (4). 1). tions. It involves defining a problem by means (MSA). (QR/1). of numerical or geometrical representations Mathematics 402. Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis. of real-world phenomena, determining how 115. Calculus I. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). (4). (NS). (QR/1). to solve it, deducing consequences, formulat- 116. Calculus II. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). ing alternatives, and predicting outcomes. 215. Calculus III. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). Advanced Placement (AP) courses may not Physics be used to satisfy the Quantitative Reasoning requirement. Courses transferred from an- 125. General Physics: Mechanics, Sound, and other college or university do not generally Heat. (4). (NS). (QR/1). carry QR credit, except in the following cir- 126. General Physics: Electricity and Light. (4). cumstances: (1) QR is considered fulfilled (NS). (QR/1). for all science, math, and computer science 140. General Physics I. (4). (NS). (QR/1). concentrators who transfer in the prerequi- 240. General Physics II. (4). (NS). (QR/1). sites; (2) Transfer credit for Physics 125, 126, 140, 240 and any statistics course receive Statistics (QR/1) credit. Courses used to satisfy the QR 100. Introduction to Statistical Reasoning. (4). requirement may also serve to satisfy other (MSA). (QR/1). College requirements; e.g., students who are 402. Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis. working towards an A.B. or B.S. degree may (4). (NS). (QR/1). elect a QR course that also counts toward meeting the Area Distribution, Concentration, or other College requirement.

12 A.B/B.S. Requirements Distribution Courses

Spring and Summer Half- Judaic Studies Cultural 299. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology. Terms, 1998 Distribution 270/HJCS 270. Introduction to Rabbinic (3). (SS). Courses Literature. (3). (HU). Communication Studies 296/HJCS 296/Rel. 296. Perspectives on the 101. The Mass Media. (4). (SS). Below, you will find courses that may be used Holocaust. (3). (HU). 102. Media Processes and Effects. (4). (SS). to meet the distribution requirements in the Near Eastern Studies 371. Media, Culture, and Society. (4). (SS). areas of Humanities, Social Science, Natural Science, Mathematical and Symbolic Analy- Ancient Civilizations and Biblical Studies 121/ 381. Media Impact on Knowledge, Values, and sis, and Creative Expression. These lists show Rel. 121. Introduction to the Tanakh/Old Behavior. (4). (SS). you that your choices are many and that some Testament. (3). (HU). 485/Soc. 463. Mass Communication and Public of your choices exist in not so obvious places. Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies 270/Judaic Opinion. (3). (SS). Use these lists, along with the descriptions in Studies 270. Introduction to Rabbinic Economics the Course Guide section, to begin planning Literature. (3). (HU). 101. Principles of Economics I. (3). (SS). (QR/2). the academic schedule that best meets your Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies 296/Judaic 102. Principles of Economics II. (3). (SS). (QR/ individual needs. Studies 296/Rel. 296. Perspectives on the 2). Holocaust. (3). (HU). Spring Half-Term 401. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. (4). Philosophy (SS). (QR/1). Humanities 181. Philosophical Issues: An Introduction. (2). 402. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. (3). (HU). (SS). (QR/1). American Culture 340. Mind, Matter, and Machines. (2). (HU). History 201. American Values. (3). (HU). 344. Ethics and Health Care. (2). (HU). 110. Medieval, Renaissance, and Reformation 204. Themes in American Culture. (3). (HU). 359. Law and Philosophy. (2). (HU). Europe. (3). (SS). 332/Hist. of Art 332. Art on Trial: American Religion Public Monuments and Political Contro- 161. United States, 1865 to the Present. (3). (SS). versy. (3). (HU). 121/ACABS 121. Introduction to the Tanakh/Old 319. Europe Since 1945. (3). (SS). Testament. (3). (HU). Asian Languages and Cultures 368/Amer. Cult. 342/WS 360. History of the 225/S&SEA 225. Hinduism. (3). (HU). Family in the U.S. (3). (SS). Japanese 250. Undergraduate Seminar in 296/HJCS 296/Judaic Studies 296. Perspectives Japanese Culture. (3). (HU). Linguistics on the Holocaust. (3). (HU). South & Southeast Asia 225/Rel. 225. Hinduism. 112. Languages of the World. (2). (SS). (3). (HU). 119. Conversation. (2). (SS). South & Southeast Asia 240. Topics in Asian Social Science Political Science Culture. (3). (HU). Afroamerican and African Studies 101. Introduction to Political Theory. (4). (SS). Classical Studies 160. Introduction to World Politics. (4). (SS). 203. Issues in Afro-American Development. (3). Classical Civilization 372. Sports and Daily Life (SS). Psychology in Ancient Rome. (3). (HU). 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3). 111. Introduction to Psychology. (4). (SS). English (SS). (R&E). 125. Drugs, Culture, and Human Behavior. (3). 225. Argumentative Writing. (3). (HU). 327/Psych. 315. Psychological Aspects of the (SS). 239. What is Literature? (2). (HU). Black Experience. (3). (SS). 315/CAAS 327. Psychological Aspects of the 240. Introduction to Poetry. (2). (HU). 336/WS 336. Black Women in America. (3). Black Experience. (3). (SS). 319. Literature and Social Change. (2). (HU). (SS). 370. Introduction to Psychopathology. (4). (SS). Great Books American Culture 390. Introduction to the Psychology of Personal- ity. (4). (SS). 201. Great Books of the Ancient World. (4). 210. Introduction to Ethnic Studies. (3). (SS). 471. Marriage and the Family. (3). (SS). (HU). 304/Soc. 304. American Immigration. (3). (SS). History 342/Hist. 368/WS 360. History of the Family in Sociology the U.S. (3). (SS). 100. Principles of Sociology. (3). (SS). 397. History Colloquium. (3). (HU). 345. American Politics and Society. (3). (SS). 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3). History of Art Anthropology (SS). (R&E). 151. Art and Ideas East and West. (3). (HU). Cultural 101. Introduction to Anthropology. (4). 304/Amer. Cult. 304. American Immigration. 332/Amer. Cult. 332. Art on Trial: American (SS). (R&E). (3). (SS). Public Monuments and Political Contro- Cultural 296. Topics in Archaeology. (3). (SS). 447/WS 447. Sociology of Gender. (3). (SS). versy. (3). (HU). Cultural 298. Topics in Cultural Anthropology. 463/Comm. 485. Mass Communication and (3). (SS). Public Opinion. (3). (SS).

13 A.B/B.S. Requirements Distribution Courses 468. Criminology. (3). (SS). Psychology Summer Half-Term Women’s Studies 340. Introduction to Cognitive Psychology. (4). (NS). 336/CAAS 336. Black Women in America. (3). Humanities (SS). Statistics American Culture 360/Hist. 368/Amer. Cult. 342. History of the 402. Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis. Family in the U.S. (3). (SS). (4). (NS). (QR/1). 240/WS 240. Introduction to Women’s Studies. (3). (HU). (R&E). 447/Soc. 447. Sociology of Gender. (3). (SS). Mathematical and Symbolic Asian Languages and Cultures Analysis Asian Studies 121/Hist. 121. Great Traditions of Natural Science Computer Science East Asia. (3). (HU). Anthropology 183/EECS 183. Elementary Programming Chinese 250. Undergraduate Seminar in Chinese Culture. (3). (HU). Biological 297. Topics in Biological Anthropol- Concepts. (4). (MSA). ogy. (3). (NS). 270/EECS 270. Introduction to Logic Design. English (4). (MSA). Astronomy 239. What is Literature? (2). (HU). 280/EECS 280. Programming and Introductory 240. Introduction to Poetry. (2). (HU). 111. Introductory Astronomy: The Solar System. Data Structures. (4). (MSA). (4). (NS). (QR/2). 367. Shakespeare’s Principal Plays. (3). (HU). 303/EECS 303. Discrete Structures. (4). (MSA). 112. Introductory Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, 449/Theatre 423. American Theatre and Drama. and the Universe. (4). (NS). (QR/2). Mathematics (3). (HU). Biology 115. Calculus I. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). Great Books 116. Calculus II. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). 152. Introduction to Biology: Term A. (4). (NS). 201. Great Books of the Ancient World. (4). 215. Calculus III. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). (HU). 154. Introduction to Biology: Term B. (4). (NS). 216. Introduction to Differential Equations. (4). 215. Spring Flora of Michigan. (3). (NS). History (MSA). 121/Asian Studies 121. Great Traditions of East Chemistry 425/Stat. 425. Introduction to Probability. (3). Asia. (3). (HU). 125. General and Inorganic Chemistry: (MSA). Philosophy Laboratory. (2). (NS). Philosophy 130. General Chemistry: Macroscopic 180. Introductory Logic. (2). (HU). 303. Introduction to Symbolic Logic. (3). (MSA). Investigations and Reaction Principles. (3). Philosophy (NS). (QR/2). Statistics 181. Philosophical Issues: An Introduction. (2). 210. Structure and Reactivity I. (4). (NS). 100. Introduction to Statistical Reasoning. (4). (HU). 211. Investigations in Chemistry. (1). (NS). (MSA). (QR/1). 355. Contemporary Moral Problems. (2). (HU). 215. Structure and Reactivity II. (3). (NS). 412. Introduction to Probability and Statistics. 365/Rel. 365. Problems of Religion. (2). (HU). 216. Synthesis and Characterization of Organic (3). (MSA). Compounds. (2). (NS). 425/Math. 425. Introduction to Probability. (3). Religion 230. Physical Chemical Principles and Applica- (MSA). 365/Phil. 365. Problems of Religion. (2). (HU). tions. (3). (NS). Romance Languages and Literatures Geological Sciences Creative Expression 274. French and Francophone Societies and 113. Planets and Moons. (1). (NS). Culture. (4). (HU). English Physics Women’s Studies 223. Creative Writing. (2). (CE). 125. General Physics: Mechanics, Sound, and 240/Amer. Cult. 240. Introduction to Women’s Heat. (4). (NS). (QR/1). Film and Video Studies Studies. (3). (HU). (R&E). 200. Introduction to Film, Video and Television 126. General Physics: Electricity and Light. (4). Theatre and Drama (NS). (QR/1). Production. (3). (CE). 423/English 449. American Theatre and Drama. 127. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound Lab. (1). (NS). (3). (HU). 128. Electricity and Light Lab. (1). (NS). 140. General Physics I. (4). (NS). (QR/1). 141. Elementary Laboratory I. (1). (NS). 240. General Physics II. (4). (NS). (QR/1). 241. Elementary Laboratory II. (1). (NS).

14 A.B/B.S. Requirements Distribution Courses

Social Science 488/Soc. 465. Sociological Analysis of Deviant Psychology Behavior. (3). (SS). 330. Introduction to Biopsychology. (4). (NS). Afroamerican and African Studies Sociology 442. Perception, Science, and Reality. (3). (NS). 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3). 101. Person and Society: An Introduction to 447. Psychology of Thinking. (3). (NS). (SS). (R&E). Sociology Through Social Psychology. (3). Statistics American Culture (SS). 402. Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis. 100. What is an American? (3). (SS). 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3). (4). (NS). (QR/1). 206. Themes in American Culture. (3). (SS). (SS). (R&E). 304/Soc. 304. American Immigration. (3). (SS). 304/Amer. Cult. 304. American Immigration. Mathematical and Symbolic (3). (SS). Anthropology Analysis 465/Psych. 488. Sociological Analysis of Deviant Cultural 298. Topics in Cultural Anthropology. Behavior. (3). (SS). Mathematics (3). (SS). 468. Criminology. (3). (SS). 105. Data, Functions, and Graphs. (4). (MSA). Economics (QR/1). 101. Principles of Economics I. (3). (SS). (QR/2). Natural Science 115. Calculus I. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). 102. Principles of Economics II. (3). (SS). (QR/ Anthropology 116. Calculus II. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). 2). Biological 161. Introduction to Biological 215. Calculus III. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). 360. The Developing Economies. (3). (SS). Anthropology. (4). (NS). 216. Introduction to Differential Equations. (4). Linguistics Biological 297. Topics in Biological Anthropol- (MSA). 112. Languages of the World. (2). (SS). ogy. (3). (NS). 425/Stat. 425. Introduction to Probability. (3). (MSA). 211. Introduction to Language. (2). (SS). Astronomy Sociology Political Science 112. Introductory Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, 210. Elementary Statistics. (3). (MSA). (QR/1). 111. Introduction to American Politics. (4). (SS). and the Universe. (4). (NS). (QR/2). Statistics Psychology Biology 100. Introduction to Statistical Reasoning. (4). 111. Introduction to Psychology. (4). (SS). 281. General Ecology. (3). (NS). (MSA). (QR/1). 350. Introduction to Developmental Psychology. Geological Sciences 425/Math. 425. Introduction to Probability. (3). (4). (SS). 116. Introductory Geology in the Field. (8). (NS). (MSA).

Creative Expression 116. Basic Drawing II. (non-LS&A). 111. Introduction to Ballet. (non-LS&A). 121. Fibers: Introduction. (non-LS&A). 112. Introduction to Ballet. (non-LS&A). Courses in Non-LS&A Units offering 125. Basic Design I. (non-LS&A). 121. Introduction to Jazz Dance. (non-LS&A). courses with Creative Expression designa- 126. Basic Design II. (non-LS&A). 122. Introduction to Jazz Dance. (non-LS&A). tion (Credits are counted as Non-LS&A) 131. Graphic Design I. (non-LS&A). 241. Afro-American Dance. (non-LS&A). Architecture and Urban Planning 161. Photography: Introduction. (non-LS&A). Ensemble (Division 672) Architecture (Division 005) 191. Sculpture I. (non-LS&A). All Courses. (non-LS&A). 201. Introduction to Communication Skills. (non- 254. Jewelry Casting. (non-LS&A). Courses in other Music Performance divisions LS&A). 261. Photography I. (non-LS&A). (viz., other than Piano Performance) may also 202. Graphic Communication. (non-LS&A). School of Music be used for Creative Expression, but enroll- 218. Visual Studies. (non-LS&A). Performance – Piano (Division 639) ment is restricted to students of advanced ability. Request forms for performance instruc- Art and Design (Division 010) 110. Performance. (non-LS&A). tion are available at the Information Office, 111. Performance. (non-LS&A). 101. Ceramics I. (non-LS&A). Room 2249, School of Music, North Cam- 111. Painting I. (non-LS&A). Dance (Division 671) pus. 114. Drawing Mini-course. (non-LS&A). 101. Introduction to Modern Dance. (non-LS&A). 115. Basic Drawing I. (non-LS&A). 102. Introduction to Modern Dance. (non-LS&A).

15 Courses in English Translation Foreign Literature and Culture

In the College of Literature, Science, and Spring Half-Term, 1998 Summer Half-Term, 1998 the Arts, courses in foreign literature and culture are taught in a number of depart- Asian Languages and Cultures Asian Languages and Cultures ments and programs, and the courses Japanese 250. Undergraduate Seminar Chinese 250. Undergraduate Seminar work with texts in more than forty lan- in Japanese Culture. (3). (HU). in Chinese Culture. (3). (HU). guages. These departments and programs also offer literature and culture courses South & Southeast Asia 225/Rel. 225. Great Books which use texts translated into English Hinduism. (3). (HU). 201. Great Books of the Ancient World. in order to make these works available Classical Studies (4). (HU). to all students. The LS&A Office of the Associate Dean Classical Civilization 372. Sports and for Undergraduate Education has pre- Daily Life in Ancient Rome. (3). (HU). pared the following list to assist students Great Books interested in electing courses that focus on foreign literature and culture in En- 201. Great Books of the Ancient World. glish translation. What follows is a list (4). (HU). of such courses offered in LS&A for the Religion Spring and Summer Half-Terms, 1998. Courses that earn Humanities credit are 225/S&SEA 225. Hinduism. (3). (HU). so designated. Please consult the departmental and program listings in this Residential College Course Guide for course descriptions and Humanities 485. Special Drama Topics. further information. (1-2). (Excl). This list is subject to change by the As- sociate Dean for Undergraduate Educa- tion.

16 Notes

17 18 / Spring 1998

LS&A Course Guide Spring Half-Term, 1998

College of Literature, Science, and the Arts Spring 1998 / 19

Courses in Afroamerican and African Studies (Division 311) Historical Perspectives futuristic, utopian, or dystopian. There will be one 410. Supervised Reading and Research. main book and a course pack. The course also Permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). 333. Perspectives in Afro-American History. (3). includes weekly film screenings. Cost:1 WL:1 (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with (Excl). (McQuirter) permission of the concentration advisor. Section 101 – Affirmative Action, Historically For students who can show appropriate preparation Considered. Our goal in this course is to examine, in in courses previously taken, the Center for historical perspective, the current national debate on Individual Behavior, Cultural Systems, and Social Organization Afroamerican and African Studies offers course credit affirmative action. The course includes four main for independent study. A full-time faculty member parts. First, we advance the proposition that today’s 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. An must agree to supervise the undertaking and to meet affirmative action debate is the most recent phase of introductory course in sociology or CAAS. (3). (SS). with the student during the term. The proposed a centuries long debate over power, position, and (R&E). course of study may not duplicate the material of any access in American society. Next, we trace the See Sociology 303. (Kim) course regularly offered by the Center. The reading concept historically beginning with its roots in post- and writing requirement should be comparable to that Civil War Reconstruction. We continue by charting 327/Psych. 315. Psychological Aspects of the required in a regular course for the same number of the legal contours of affirmative action from its New Black Experience. One course in psychology or credits; and all the work must be completed by the Deal precursors to its emergence as federal policy in Afroamerican and African Studies. (3). (SS). final day of class in the term. After consultation with the 1960s, and identify the components of the Section 101 – African American Women. This course and approval from a CAAS faculty member, broader debate regarding it. We conclude the course provides an historical exploration of the changing applications for independent study along with by assaying the limitation of affirmative action as representations of womanhood over the past 200 statements describing the schedule of readings and metaphor for race in America today, and by years. Particular emphasis is placed on examining of writing assignments must be filled out. Such considering the implications of this debate for our the ways in which those shifting ideas about Black applications must be signed by the faculty member understanding of power, marginality, and community womanhood have manifested in the media, in popular involved and turned in before the end of the second in American life and culture. WL:1 (Woods) culture as well as within the private lives of many week of the term. It is therefore advisable to submit women. The impact of historical forces on women’s applications (available in 200 West Hall) in advance 336/WS 336. Black Women in America. (3). (SS). relationships, their notions of motherhood, and their This class will explore the history of African American of the beginning of the independent study term and, experiences of political activism, safety, sexuality, upon approval, an electronic override will be issued. women in the twentieth century. Covering the period and spirituality/religiosity are explored. Course of 1890 to the present, we will look at the social, requirements: Weekly journal, midterm and final 458. Issues in Black World Studies. (3). (Excl). May economic, political, and community lives of African paper, final presentation. No exams. Cost:1 WL:1 be repeated for a total of six credits. American women. Through examining the variety of (Mattis) Section 101 – Countryside and City in African Black women’s experiences, we will investigate the Society. This course attempts to illuminate the intersection of race and gender in American life to Independent Study and Special Topics dynamics of politics in sub-Saharan Africa through a show the particularities of Black women’s critical analysis of the nature and the changing experiences and to challenge the masculinizing of the 206. Issues in African Studies. (3). (Excl). patterns of the relationship between city-based elites Black experience and the whitening of the female Section 101 – Colonial Power and African and peasant producers. In the immediate post- experience in U.S. history and historiography. Cost:2 Resistance. For almost a century, most of sub- independence years, African leaders strove to WL:1 (Theoharis) Saharan Africa was ruled by European countries. consolidate their power and to extend the authority of This course will consider the history of Africa under the state over populations scattered in the Politics, Economics, and Development colonialism: the responses of peoples facing alien countryside. Much of the literature on African politics, governments, transformations in African societies, therefore, tended to focus on ruling classes and the 203. Issues in Afro-American Development. (3). what European countries hoped to gain through formal institutions of the state. One of the main (SS). colonization, and the consequences of colonial rule. objectives of this course is to seek to broaden the Section 101 – History of Blacks and Cities. This The societies conquered by the colonialists varied analytical focus of post-colonial politics to include course is an interdisciplinary exploration of Blacks in dramatically, from hunter-gatherers like the !Kung peasant producers as relevant historical actors cities from the 1920s to the present. Using a range of San and the pygmies to huge empires like the Sokoto involved in complex relationships with city-based ‘texts’ – music, poems, novels, films, photographs, Caliphate and Asante. The consequences of ruling coalitions. Texts include: Jonathan Baker, autobiographies, paintings, and architecture – we will colonization also varied, and forms of resistance Peasant Farmers and the State in Africa; Goran investigate representations of Blacks in cities from the ranged from strikes and protests across much of Hyden, Beyond Ujamaa in Tanzania. Cost:2 WL:4 Harlem Renaissance to contemporary ‘ghettos’. We West Africa to full-scale wars in Kenya, Zimbabwe, (Twumasi) will also map the migrations of African Americans Angola, and Mozambique. The course supposes no from the rural south to southern, northern, previous familiarity with African history. Readings 510. Supervised Research. Graduate standing or midwestern, and western urban centers, paying close include work by historians, anthropologists, and permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). attention to demographic and economic shifts. This novelists. Students will be assigned the following (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with course will be conducted in a lecture/discussion written assignments: weekly commentaries on the permission of the concentration advisor. format. Full class participation is expected. Students reading, a map quiz, and a final paper. Students will Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared will be required to write short (1-3) page synopses of also be expected to make an in-class presentation. students to undertake individual study under the the materials we discuss each week. As a final Cost:2 WL:1 (Pierce) direction of a departmental staff member. Students project, students will offer their own analyses or are provided with the proper section number by the representations of Black urban life – past, present, staff member with whom the work has been arranged.

Courses in American Culture (Division 315) Unless otherwise stated, the permission required for the various ways Americans of different races, encourage them to articulate their own the repetition for credit of specifically designated ethnicities, classes, genders, and religions, living in understandings of them through a variety of in-class courses is that of the student's concentration or BGS different time periods and regions, and under specific and take-home group and individual assignments. As advisor. historical conditions, have formulated, understood, a 200-level survey, it is intended to offer students a championed, transformed, and contested these broad-based understanding of the place of these core 201. American Values. (3). (HU). values. Drawing on interdisciplinary sources and values in American society and to help them This course is designed to explore a set of linked but methods and framed by multi-cultural and feminist understand historical relationships between them, distinct core “American Values,” those ideas that theoretical approaches, the course will offer students rather than focusing in depth on any one set of have acted as foundational notions and that continue the opportunities to explore their own relationships to values, only one time period, or only one approach. to be reflected in emergent ideas of what “America” these historically-core American values and will The materials for the course encompass a wide range and “Americans” are about. It does this by examining 20 / American Culture

of primary and secondary sources from every period 210. Introduction to Ethnic Studies. (3). (SS). May responses to each week's assigned readings and a in American history and from across a number of be repeated with permission for a total of six credits. longer take-home essay exam. Students will lead textual, visual, and audio genres. Course Martin Luther King, Jr. leading marches in some discussions. (Ackermann) requirements will include attendance at and Birmingham; armed Black Panthers patrolling the participation in lectures and discussion sections, one streets of Oakland; American Indians occupying 383. Junior Honors Reading and Thesis. Junior group project, one 5-7 page analytical paper, a Alcatraz; Asian Americans protesting the Vietnam standing and grade point average of at least 3.0. (2). mixed-format in class midterm exam, and a take- War; Chicano students shutting down high schools (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). home-essay final exam. As well, there will be and colleges. This course will examine the diverse Reading of selected works on American Culture. multiple short in-class individual response and group ways that people of color built social movements for Conferences, written reports, and term papers. collective writing assignments, and occasional racial justice in the United States during the Civil 388. Field Study. Sophomore standing. (1-4). (Excl). quizzes. (DuPuis) Rights Era. Throughout the course, we will explore Offered mandatory credit/no credit. (EXPERIENTIAL). questions such as: What were the movements' key May be repeated for credit with permission. 204. Themes in American Culture. (3). (HU). ideas, strategies, actions, and demands? How were Laboratory fee ($10) required. May be repeated for Field experience in organizations, institutions, and movements similar to and different from each other, service agencies under such University of Michigan credit with permission of concentration advisor. and how did they evolve? We will also examine how Section 101 – Main Street U.S.A.: Small-Town programs as the Washington and New York these social movements created oppositional cultures Internship Program and Project Community. America and its Idioms. Main Street occupies an that redefined the meaning of “race” in the U.S. important place in the national symbolic order of the Students must make individual arrangements with Readings will consist of personal, historical, and these programs. United States. In 1920 Sinclair Lewis quipped literary accounts. In addition to readings, we will view sarcastically that, “Main Street is the climax of and discuss selected videos. Written assignments 389. Reading Course in American Culture. civilization…such our comfortable tradition and sure will include daily reading responses, a midterm essay Permission of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). faith. Would he not betray himself an alien cynic who exam, and a final paper. (Maeda) (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with should otherwise portray Main Street, or distress the permission. citizens by speculating whether there may not be 304/Soc. 304. American Immigration. (3). (SS). An independent study course available to other faiths?” In this we will be faithful cynics by See Sociology 304. (Honeycutt) undergraduates who are interested in designing a questioning not the importance of Main Street, but its 332/Hist. of Art 332. Art on Trial: American Public reading list for the purpose of exploring new areas in multivalent meaning in the history, literature, and the field of American studies. Each student makes geography of America. In this course we will examine Monuments and Political Controversy. (3). (HU). See History of Art 332. (Root) individual arrangements with a faculty member in the a number of different kinds of social texts from a student's area of interest. broad cross section of intellectual traditions, 342/Hist. 368/WS 360. History of the Family in the academic disciplines, literary genres, and U.S. (3). (SS). 489. Senior Essay. Senior concentrators and Amer. representational forms. Readings will include See History 368. (Morantz-Sanchez) Cult. 350. (3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). Master’s Spoon River Anthology, Anderson’s This course is designed for concentrators who desire Winesburg, Ohio, Main Street by Sinclair Lewis, 345. American Politics and Society. (3). (SS). a more directed research experience with individual Morrison’s Sula, as well as Jane Smiley’s A As 2000 looms, U.S. voter participation is at an all- faculty at the end of their undergraduate career. It Thousand Acres. We will explore the American time low and political cynicism abounds. Yet, allows a senior concentrator in American Culture the historical archive for representations of life in small- understood as the distribution and exercise of power, opportunity to write a research paper under the town America of the past and present. Assignments politics in fact permeates our private lives as well as direction of a particular faculty member. will include at least on short piece of analytical writing our public institutions. Seminar participants will read and a loosely defined final project, the form of which an extensive course pack of history, social science, 493. Honors Readings and Thesis. Senior standing will be decided upon by students in individual and current events. We’ll first consider the apparent and a grade point average of at least 3.5 in honors consultation with the instructor. This final project may political “malaise.” Subsequent weeks will probe the concentration. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be a substantial term paper (10-15 pages), although political dimensions of such issues as poverty and be repeated for a total of six credits. students are encouraged to take some creative welfare, immigration and affirmative action, Independent interdisciplinary study supervised by two license when proposing their particular project. homelessness and urban development. We'll also or more tutors leading to an original paper. This is a Projects dealing with literature, history, cultural consider how “private” concerns such as health, two-term course with 3 hours of credit each term; a geography, or the visual arts are all strongly marriage, and parenthood become politically grade is not posted until the end of the second term. encouraged. (Johnson) contentious. The course requires meaty written

Anthropology

Courses in Biological Anthropology (Division 318)

297. Topics in Biological Anthropology. (3). (NS). in general. Grades will be based on two short the senior honors program should consult with the (BS). May be repeated for a total of twelve credits. reaction papers, laboratory worksheets, one departmental honors advisor for biological Section 101 – Neandertals: Brutish Cave People or laboratory quiz, and a final project. The three anthropology. Previous participation in the college One of Us? Since the recognition of the Neandertals scheduled labs are intended to give students a honors program is not a prerequisite for joining the as a distinct fossil population, they have been a concrete basis for understanding the readings and senior honors program. continuous source of intrigue and controversy. This lectures. Cost:1 WL:3 (Ahern) class is an introduction to the study of Neandertals. It 471. Undergraduate Reading and Research in focuses on the fossil and archaeological records and 398. Honors in Biological Anthropology. Senior Anthropology. Permission of instructor. (1-3). (Excl). how they are interpreted. Emphasis is placed on standing and permission of instructor. (2). (Excl). A maximum of three credits of independent reading hands-on experience with fossil and tool casts. The (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit twice. may be included in a concentration plan in main topics to be covered are: (1) the historical and Seniors who choose to enter the honors program anthropology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for social foundations of the Neandertal debate; (2) their undertake a senior project under the supervision of a a total of six credits. biological and cultural adaptations (e.g., language member of the faculty. Most often this takes the form Laboratory training and work in the techniques used ability, diet, adaptations to cold and aridity); (3) their of an original paper of greater scope than is possible in various aspects of research in biological evolutionary origin and fate (e.g., are Neandertals our in an ordinary term paper, and it gives the student anthropology. ancestors?); and (4) how the Neandertal debate is experience in conducting and writing up his or her relevant to our understanding of science and society own research. Students who are interested in joining Spring 1998 / 21

Courses in Cultural Anthropology (Division 319)

Courses are arranged by groups: Introductory Lectures will be supplemented by films and Section 101 – Honors Ethnology. This honors course Courses, Ethnology-Regional Courses, Ethnology- discussions. Grades will be based on three short sequence in cultural anthropology is designed for Theory/Method, Ethnology-Topical Courses, exams, a 4-6 page paper, and class participation. undergraduate anthropology concentrators who are Linguistics, Archaeology, and Museum and Reading There will be two required textbooks and a course specializing in cultural anthropology and have applied and Research Courses. pack. There are no prerequisites. Cost:2 WL:4 for senior honors in the Department of Anthropology. (Rainville) This course is divided into two parts. During this Introductory Courses term, the students will meet once a week in seminar 298. Topics in Cultural Anthropology. (3). (SS). to read and discuss a selection of significant 101. Introduction to Anthropology. Primarily for May be repeated for a total of twelve credits. monographs and papers in ethnology, and a selection first- and second-year students. No credit granted to Section 101 – Racism and Violence in Cross-Cultural of writings on fieldwork methods and research those who have completed or are enrolled in 222 or Perspective. The course will be divided into three strategies in ethnology. This seminar provides 426. (4). (SS). (R&E). sections: one on nation-building, political rights, and background for the students to define their own senior This introductory course exposes and explores the ‘racial’ violence in the United States in the 1880s- honors thesis project. By the end of the term, the structures of inquiry characteristic of anthropology 1920s; a second on WWII and National Socialism; students will have decided on a project, and begun and surveys the field’s four subdisciplines (biological, and a third on contemporary issues, like the preliminary work on it. In consultation with the honors archaeological, cultural, and linguistic anthropology), representation of the past in the present and the rise advisor the student may request any member of the providing a first glimpse of the field’s overall context, of right-wing violence in Germany and the U.S. in the Anthropology Department to serve as a main thesis history, present status, and importance. The principal 1980s and 1990s. The readings (relevant articles advisor or second reader. In 399, the students will aim of the course is to help students develop a and book chapters), lectures and discussions will convene periodically in seminar with the honors coherent view of the essential concepts, structures, consider how questions of national identity, class, advisor to discuss their research projects and get and intellectual methods that typify the discipline. It gender, and sexuality are interrelated to issues of feedback from the group, as well as staying in contact stresses unifying principles that link the subdisciplines ‘race.’ Furthermore, the class will examine the with the honors advisor and second reader. By the and thereby create anthropology’s comprehensive, relationship between violent racial practices and other end of the term, each student should have completed holistic world view. It teaches students various ways expressions of prejudice/racism. Requirements for the research and write-up for their thesis so that they of learning and thinking about the world’s many the course will be weekly commentaries (1-2 pages) can make a formal summary presentation of it for the designs for living in time and space. It prepares them based on the readings, and a final paper (8-10 group. Original field research or library work may be to integrate and interpret information, to evaluate pages). Evaluation will be based upon class used for honors projects. conflicting claims about human nature and diversity, participation, commentaries, and final paper. WL:4 and to think critically. Topics covered include: the (Lakein) Section 102 – Honors Archaeology. This honors nature of culture and ethnicity, human genetics, course sequence in archaeology is designed for evolution, and the fossil record, the concept of race, 299. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology. (3). (SS). undergraduate anthropology concentrators who are primate (monkey and ape) behavior, language and May be repeated for a total of twelve credits. specializing in archaeology and who have applied for culture, systems of marriage, kinship and family Section 101 – Storytelling in Cross-Cultural senior honors in the Department of Anthropology. In organization, sex and gender roles, economics, Perspective. In this course we will examine the social 398, the students will meet in seminar to discuss the politics, and religion in global perspective, the cultural and linguistic importance of stories and storytelling in construction of analytical models appropriate for dimension of economic development and different cultures, drawing on such diverse materials archaeology and to analyze methods for solving contemporary social change, and globalization. as myths and fairy tales, court testimony, jokes, life problems. This seminar provides the intellectual and Required readings may include an introductory text stories, and stories in conversation. Among the historical background to enable a senior honors and various paperbacks. Lectures and discussion. questions we will discuss are: What are stories, and thesis. In 399, students work on an original thesis Two objective exams (multiple choice and true or what activities constitute storytelling? Are stories told topic. A student, in consultation with the honors false questions) cover the two halves of the course. in every culture? How are stories and storytelling advisor, may request any Department of The second exam is given on the last day of class. similar or different across cultures? Can storytelling Anthropology faculty member to serve as a thesis There is no final exam and no term paper. Section play a role in the building of group and individual advisor. Periodically students convene to discuss leaders require quizzes and perhaps a short paper. identities? Course materials analyze storytelling by their research progress. At the end of the term, each Cost:2 WL:1,3,4 (Caspari) children and adults from numerous ethnic groups, in student completes a written honors thesis and rural and urban settings from the U.S. and throughout presents a seminar summarizing it. Original field 296. Topics in Archaeology. (3). (SS). May be the world, including Appalachia, Mississippi, New research, library sources, or collections in the repeated for a total of twelve credits. York, Arizona, Italy, Mexico, Ukraine, and Samoa. Museum of Anthropology may be used for honors Section 101 – The Archaeology of Everyday Life. Class meetings will balance lectures, active projects. Prior excavation or archaeological This class will use archaeological, textual, and discussion, group activities, and student laboratory experience is not required for participation. ethnographic evidence to reconstruct the daily life of presentations. Requirements for the course include the inhabitants of ancient Near Eastern cities and five short field assignments in which students will 499. Undergraduate Reading and Research in villages. Instead of the traditional archaeological collect and analyze stories, and two exams. Cost:1 Anthropology. Permission of instructor. (1-3). (Excl). focus on elites and their palaces and tombs, we will WL:4 (Dickinson) A maximum of three credits of independent reading look at daily life and death for the non-elites in two may be included in a concentration plan in ancient civilizations. Topics of study include the Museum, Honors, Reading, Research, and Field anthropology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for patterning of household activities (family life, craft and Courses a total of six credits tool production, child rearing, diet, and furnishing), Independent reading and research under the direction social interactions (between men and women and 398. Honors in Cultural Anthropology. Permission of a faculty member. Ordinarily available only to different social classes), and settlement composition of instructor. (2). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be students with background in anthropology. (within villages, and cities). The geographical focus repeated for a total of six credits with permission of of the course will be Egypt and Mesopotamia. concentration advisor.

Asian Languages and Cultures Note: The Department Waitlist policy for all courses Japanese at the first-, second-, and third-year levels Southeast Asia courses 365, 366, 369, 373, and 374 is 2 – Go to the department office to get on a waitlist, (Japanese 361, 362, 411; and Chinese 361, 362, will run from June 26 until August 19. and then attend the first class meeting. Policies and 411, 421). These language courses are part of the procedures for handling the waitlist will be explained Asian Summer Language Institute. They are officially See Summer Term section of this Course Guide for there. listed as Summer Term courses, but PLEASE NOTE course descriptions. All students must apply for that they start several weeks before normal Summer admission to the program. Contact the department at The Department of Asian Languages and Cultures Term courses (June 9 to August 15). South and 936-3915 for more information. offers intensive language instruction in Chinese and 22 / Asian Languages and Cultures

Courses in Japanese (Division 401)

Culture Courses/Literature Courses city’ (the area of the elites) on the west side and a entertaining plays ever written), then move on to such ‘low city’ (the area of the less powerful) on the east modern writers as Higuchi Ichiyô, Tanizaki Jun’ichirô, 250. Undergraduate Seminar in Japanese Culture. side. We will pursue this geographical dichotomy in a and Nagai Kafû. We will read two recent novels, and No knowledge of Japanese language is required. (3). variety of ways as we take up such themes as Tokyo also watch several films. Materials are all in English, (HU). May be repeated with department permission. as an artistic setting, the literary treatment of the so knowledge of Japanese is not necessary. Section 101 – High City / Low City: Tokyo in pleasure quarters, Japan’s encounter with Western Requirements: participation in discussions, three 2-3 Literature & Film. The purpose of this course is to culture, modernization, bureaucratization, crime, and page essays, and a short take-home final. (Van explore Tokyo through its representation in literature nostalgia for a vanishing culture. We will begin with Compernolle) and film from the early seventeenth century to the Ihara Saikaku and his erotic tales of the pleasure present. Tokyo has always been divided into a ‘high quarters, read Chûshingura (one of the most

Courses in South and Southeast Asia (S&SEA) (Division 483)

Culture Courses reading materials, lectures, discussions, and audio 240. Topics in Asian Culture. (3). (HU). and video resources. Students will be expected to Section 101 – Yoga: Philosophy and Practice. An 225/Rel. 225. Hinduism. (3). (HU). read selections from Hindu religious literature in introduction to the theory and practice of India’s Hinduism is a major world religion practiced by over a translation as well as read modern studies of the greatest achievement in the area of physical, mental, billion people, primarily in South Asia, but it also was various aspects of Hindu beliefs, practices, social and spiritual awareness. Topics include: psychology the precursor of Buddhism, and along with Buddhism systems, et cetera. The overall approach will be and philosophy of Yoga, postures, breathing it had a major impact on the civilizations in East and more in the direction of a general history of this practices, relaxation techniques, diet, concentration Southeast Asia. We will cover its origins and religion and the people who adhere to it. Students and meditation, Kundalini, Bhakti Yoga, and Karma development, its literature, its belief and practices, its will be graded on the basis of a set of in-class written Yoga (Ways of Devotion and Social Action). (Mehta) unique social structures and doctrines, its interactions exams as well as term papers. (Deshpande) with other religions, and finally its confrontation with and accommodation of “modernity”. We will use

Asian/Pacific American Studies (see American Culture)

Courses in Astronomy (Division 326) Introductory Courses and Courses for Non- and the origin of life will also be discussed. This quasars. The present state of knowledge or Concentrators course is intended for non-science concentrators with speculation regarding the origin and ultimate fate of a basic high school math and science background. our universe will also receive special attention. It all Astronomy 111 discusses our explorations of the Astronomy 111 has an evening laboratory section came from somewhere, but where...and why? solar system. Astronomy 112 deals with stars and the every week. Course requirements include assigned Course grades will be derived from scheduled rest of the Universe beyond the solar system. reading, section meetings, homework, observations, quizzes or exams, and laboratory exercises. Students in Astronomy 111 and 112 actively quizzes, midterm, and a final examination. Laboratory Laboratory sections will include planetarium participate in a laboratory which meets in the evening sections include observations with telescopes. demonstrations and observations with telescopes each week. Neither of these courses is a prerequisite Cost:2 WL:4 (Sears) (weather permitting). Cost:2 WL:4 (MacAlpine) for the other. High school mathematics through plane geometry is useful. All students in each course will 112. Introductory Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, 389. Individual Studies in Astronomy. Permission have opportunities for a planetarium visit and for and the Universe. No credit granted to those who of instructor. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be evening observations with telescopes. have completed or are enrolled in 102, 130, or 160. repeated for credit. (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/2). Individual reading and study in astronomy under the 111. Introductory Astronomy: The Solar System. This course is intended primarily for non-science guidance of the instructor. No credit granted to those who have completed or are concentrators, who wish to understand the enrolled in 101, 130, or 160. (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/2). phenomena and properties of the universe beyond 399. Introduction to Research. Permission of This course presents an introduction to the field of our solar system. There are no astronomy instructor. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be astronomy and astrophysics with an emphasis on the prerequisites, and a basic high school math repeated for credit. discoveries from space exploration. The first third of background (e.g., not calculus) will suffice. Students For students in astronomy who are prepared to the course deals with understanding the history of examine the widest possible range of interrelated undertake a limited research project under the astronomy, orbits, gravitation, optics and the natural phenomena, from sub-atomic particles to the guidance of a member of the staff of the Department properties of light and matter. The rest of the course Universe as a whole. Lectures inventory the different of Astronomy. Open to qualified students in other explores the properties, origin and evolution of the types of stars and examine how red giants, white departments subject to approval by concentration major planets, asteroids, comets, the Sun and other dwarfs, black holes, supernovae, and people all fit advisors and members of the staff of the Department components of the Solar System with particular together in one grand, remarkable scheme. The of Astronomy. emphasis on comparative aspects with respect to the larger picture includes our Milky Way galaxy, less Earth. The origin and formation of the Solar System hospitable exploding galaxies, and enigmatic

Courses in Biology (Division 328) 152. Introduction to Biology: Term A. Chem. 130, (152/154) intended for concentrators in biology, other integrated overview of modern biology; and (4) to or Chem. 210 placement. No credit granted to those science programs or preprofessional studies. Other develop thinking and writing skills. Topics in Biology who have completed or are enrolled in Biol. 195. suitably prepared students wishing detailed coverage 152 are divided among four areas: (a) cellular and Credit is granted for a combined total of 12 credits of biology are also welcome. The aims of Biology molecular biology, (b) genetics, (c) evolution, and (d) elected in introductory biology. (4). (NS). (BS). 152/154 are: (1) to provide factual and conceptual ecology. Students MUST: (1) attend three 2-hour Laboratory fee ($32) required. knowledge; (2) to afford experience in obtaining and lectures and two 3-hour lab/discussion sections each First term of a two-term introductory sequence interpreting biological hypotheses; (3) to give an week; (2) ATTEND THEIR ASSIGNED LAB/DISC Spring 1998 / 23

MEETINGS EACH WEEK STARTING WITH THE expected to know the diagnostic characteristics of the structure and function, enzyme kinetics, nucleic acids, FIRST WEEK OR THEIR SPACE MAY BE GIVEN plants learned, interpret structures of the vegetative intermediary metabolism, photosynthesis, and TO SOMEONE ON THE WAITING LIST; and (3) body, flowers, fruits, and seeds, and learn some of regulation of metabolism. This is a lecture based RESERVE the times and dates for the midterm and the characteristics of exposure, soil moisture, and course with supplementary discussion sections. final exams (as specified in the Time Schedule) topography that help predict the occurrence of plant (Nolta) before enrolling. There are usually two midterm species in our area. Classes on Tuesdays and exams and a final exam. Students usually purchase Thursdays will consist of a lecture followed by a lab; 381. General Ecology. Biol. 152-154 or 195; and a a textbook, lab manual and course pack consisting of on Wednesdays the whole afternoon will be devoted laboratory course in chemistry. (6 in Ann Arbor; 5 at a syllabus and lecture notes. No other study guides to a field trip to a local natural area. Grades will be Biol. Station). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology or supplementary materials need be bought. For based on several exams plus frequent quizzes in the laboratory requirement. Laboratory fee ($50) further information contact the Biology 152/154 office, lab and the field. (Anderson) required. 1039 Chem Bldg (764-1430). Cost:3 WL:2, but go to Section 711. (May 17 to June 11 at the Biological 1039 Chem. 305. Genetics. Biol. 152 or 195. Prior or concurrent Station) .The study of the factors influencing the enrollment in Biol. 310, 311, or Biol. Chem. 415, or distribution and abundance of organisms in nature. 154. Introduction to Biology: Term B. Biol. 152. No Chem. 451. (4). (Excl). (BS). Course topics include individual ecology (abiotic and credit granted to those who have completed or are Open to students concentrating in the natural biotic limiting factors), population ecology (population enrolled in 195. Credit is granted for a combined total sciences or intending to apply for graduate or dynamics, competition, predation, and other species of 12 credits elected in introductory biology. (4). (NS). professional study in basic or applied biology. This interactions), community ecology (species diversity, (BS). Laboratory fee ($32) required. introduction to genetics includes the following island biogeography, and succession), and This course is a continuation of Biology 152, and sections: gene transmission in eukaryotes and ecosystem ecology (nutrient cycling and global covers the following topics: (a) plant biology; (b) prokaryotes, linkage and recombination, gene climate change). Lecture and discussion will be development; (c) animal structure and function; and expression, mutation and recombination, DNA and supplemented by field laboratory exercises designed (d) animal behavior. The aims and format are the chromosomes, recombinant DNA, gene regulation, to test ecological questions in a variety of terrestrial same as those for Biology 152. Students MUST: (1) developmental genetics, and population genetics. and aquatic habitats. Students will conduct group attend 3 lectures and one 3-hour lab/discussion There are six hours of lecture each week and two research projects and present their results in a section each week; (2) ATTEND THEIR ASSIGNED discussion sections of one and a half hours each, symposium at the end of the term. (Karowe and LAB/DISC MEETINGS EACH WEEK STARTING directed by Graduate Student Instructors. The Heinen) WITH THE FIRST WEEK OR THEIR SPACE MAY discussion sections introduce relevant new material, BE GIVEN TO SOMEONE ON THE WAITING LIST; expand on and review lecture material, and discuss 455. Ethnobotany. Two college-level biology and (3) RESERVE the times and dates for the problem assignments. Grading is based on three courses. (5). (Excl). (BS). midterm and final exams (as specified in the Time exams covering lectures, discussions, reading Section 711. (May 17 to June 11 at the Biological Schedule) before enrolling. There will be two assignments; exams include problems that test Station). Ethnobotany is the direct interaction midterm exams and a final exam. Students usually applications of basic concepts and genetic between people and plants. Culturally, people name purchase a textbook, lab manual and course pack techniques. A practice problem set is available and is plan, classify, and use plants. Behaviorally, they consisting of a syllabus and lecture notes. No other covered in discussion sections. Two demonstrations collect, harvest, manipulate, and domesticate plants. study guides or supplementary materials need be of living material and genetic tools are given during Plants impose limitations because of their ecology, bought. For further information contact the Biology the term. Cost:2 WL:1 (Jeyabalan) reproductive biology, population dynamics, 152/154 office, 1039 Chem (764-1430). Cost:3 physiology, anatomy, and biochemistry. Ethnobotany WL:2, but go to 1039 Chem. 310. Introductory Biochemistry. Biol. 152 or 195; considers the human-plant equation as an integrated and organic chemistry. No credit granted to those system. We will draw examples in lecture world-wide 215. Spring Flora of Michigan. Biol. 152, 195, or who have completed or are enrolled in Biol. 311, Biol. but concentrate on Native American cultures for our 102. (3). (NS). (BS). Satisfies a Biology laboratory Chem. 415, or Chem 451. (4). (Excl). (BS). laboratory research problems and numerous field requirement. Introductory Biochemistry is designed to be a general trips. In particular, we will consider their methods of In this field-oriented course students will learn to introduction to the chemistry of biological systems. plant management, critical aspects of indigenous sight-identify selected families, genera, and species This course will furnish basic information concerning knowledge for conservation and applied problems, of flowering plants common in Michigan during the the organization of chemical reactions in cells and will and ethical issues of intellectual property rights as we spring. Conifers, ferns, and primitive vascular plants include information on the enzymes that catalyze explore the ethnobotany of particular cultures. Native may also be covered. Students will learn to use keys these reactions as well as on the interactions Americans from Northern Michigan will be class for identification, a skill that will be useful anywhere between different pathways. Topics covered include: guests. (Ford) the student goes in the future. Students will be amino acid structure and nomenclature, protein

Courses in Chemistry (Division 334) The Chemistry Department has three types of 125. General and Inorganic Chemistry: is done as a member of a team. Student groups each courses available for students starting out toward Laboratory. To be elected by students who are explore the same problem with each group using careers in any of the sciences, engineering, or eligible for (or enrolled in) Chem. 130. No credit different reagents and/or conditions. A networked medicine. Students are placed into these courses granted to those who have completed Chem. 211. computer system is used to collect, pool, and according to the results of the tests in chemistry and (2). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee ($60) required. summarize the largely qualitative class data. Student mathematics that they take during orientation. This laboratory course can be elected with, or groups address questions which require them to following, Chem. 130. It is intended that students organize the class data using commercial graphing For students interested in the sciences, engineering planning to enroll in Chem. 130 that have had little or software. Group answers are presented in or medicine, either Chem. 130 or Chem. 210/211 can no previous chemistry laboratory enroll concurrently discussion. be their starting point. Students who have had a in Chem. 125. The focus of this guided inquiry strong course in high school (which may include AP laboratory is to foster critical thinking that allows The format of the course is organized into three credit in chemistry) are advised to start in Chem. 210 students to design, perform, and interpret sections. Pre-laboratory reading and questions are and 211, the laboratory course that accompanies it. experiments. In addition, the student acquires completed prior to each multi-period project Chem. 130 is recommended for all other students. technical skills that are required for further laboratory. A one-hour lecture provides support for Section 400 of Chem. 130 is reserved for students advancement in experimental sciences. Although an the topics and problems that will be investigated in who would benefit from a smaller lecture section and ability to collect and analyze data in a quantitative the laboratory. The second component is more frequent contact with both senior faculty and manner is developed, the emphasis of the course is performance in the laboratory where team data are teaching assistants. to provide a qualitative understanding of the basic shared, analyzed, and evaluated. The third begins in concepts of chemistry. This is accomplished by the first hour following the completion of each multi- Students who have had little or no laboratory work in period project lab where groups communicate their high school should plan to elect Chem. 125 with demonstrating that chemical principles are derived from experimental data. The goal is to provide findings during a student led discussion. There is one Chem. 130. Other students electing Chem. 130 may two-hour written examination that constitutes 30% of postpone laboratory to a subsequent term. students both with a more accurate picture of the scientific process and also with skills that are relevant the grade. The remaining 70% of the grade is based to solving real life problems. Much of the course work 24 / Chemistry

on the points acquired in laboratory. Cost:2 WL:2 professor. Students keep laboratory notebooks, faculty supervisor. For a student to receive (Kerner) which also serve as laboratory reports. Grades are biochemistry credit for Chem 218, the student must based on performance in the laboratory and the work on a research project supervised by a member 130. General Chemistry: Macroscopic laboratory notebooks. Cost:1 WL:2 (Nolta) of the biochemistry concentration research faculty Investigations and Reaction Principles. Three and the project must be approved by a biochemistry years of high school math or Math. 105; one year of NOTE: This course is linked to Chemistry 210. The advisor. Final evaluation of the research effort and high school chemistry recommended. Placement by recitation sections for Chemistry 210 and the the report, as well as the grade for the course, rests testing, or permission of Chemistry department. corresponding laboratory sections for Chemistry 211 with the biochemistry research faculty member. Intended for students without AP credit in chemistry. are listed together in the Time Schedule under Cost:1 WL:3 (3). (NS). (BS). (QR/2). Chemistry 210. Students must elect both Chemistry This General Chemistry course is intended to fulfill 210 (for 4 credits) and Chemistry 211 (for 1 credit). 219. Independent Study in Chemistry. Permission the one term chemistry requirement for students of instructor. For students with less than junior interested in science, or as a natural science elective 215. Structure and Reactivity II. Chem. 210/211. To standing. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be for non-science concentrators. This course may also be taken with Chem. 216. (3). (NS). (BS). repeated for a total of four credits. be used as the first term in a four or more term The emphasis on thinking about structure and Research in an area of interest to, and supervised by, chemistry sequence (probably 130, 210/211, reactivity started in Chemistry 210 is continued in a departmental faculty member. The Chemistry 215/216, 260, 241/242, etc.) for science Chemistry 215. A major part of the course deals with Department encourages students to get involved with concentrators and pre-professional students. carbonyl compounds (aldehydes, ketones, and undergraduate research as early as possible. The carboxylic acid derivatives) and aromatic compounds. Advising Office, 1500 Chemistry Building, provides Chemistry 130 provides an introduction to the major Emphasis is placed on functional-group information and help to students in meeting with concepts of chemistry, including the microscopic transformations, mechanism and synthesis. If time faculty members to discuss research opportunities. picture of atomic and molecular structure, periodic permits, large molecules of biological importance Exact details such as nature of the research, level of trends in the chemical reactivity, the energetics of such as carbohydrates and proteins will be covered. involvement of the student, credits awarded and chemical reactions and the nature of chemical The course has three examinations and a final criteria for grading are individually determined in equilibria. Students will be introduced both to the examination. Cost:1 WL:2 (Ashe) consultation with the faculty member. The student is fundamental principles of modern chemistry, the expected to put in at least six hours a week of actual descriptive chemistry of the elements, and to the NOTE: This course is linked to Chemistry 216. Laboratory sections for Chemistry 216 are listed in work for the 7-week term for each credit elected. At underlying theories that account for observed the end of each term, three copies of a written report macroscopic behavior. In Chem. 130, students will the Time Schedule under Chemistry 215. Students must elect both Chemistry 215 (for 3 credits) and are submitted, one for the Advising Office, one for the learn to think critically, examine experimental data, student, and one for the faculty supervisor. and form generalizations about data as chemists do. Chemistry 216 (for 2 credits). Chem. 130 will meet three times each week in two 216. Synthesis and Characterization of Organic For a student to receive Chemistry credit for hour lecture sections with senior faculty, and twice a Compounds. Chem. 210/211. Must be taken with Chemistry 219, the student must work on a research week in small group discussion classes led by Chem. 215. (2). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee ($62.50) project supervised by a faculty member of the graduate teaching assistants. Lecturers and teaching required. Chemistry Department, either alone, or in assistants will have scheduled office hours for outside Chemistry 216 builds on the experimental approach collaboration with a colleague within the department, of class help, and computerized study aids will be started in Chemistry 211. Students participate in from another department, or from another school. available to all students. Course grades will be planning exactly what they are going to do in the This collaboration must be an ongoing one, and the determined from discussion class evaluation, writing laboratory by being given general goals and student must receive direct supervision by all of the assignments, and three term examinations. Cost:4 directions that have to be adapted to fit the specific faculty who have agreed to sponsor the project. Final WL:2 (Weathers) project they will be working on. They use microscale evaluation of the research effort and the report, as well as the grade for the course, rests with the faculty 210. Structure and Reactivity I. High school equipment, which requires them to develop manual dexterity and care in working in the laboratory. They member from the Chemistry Department. Cost:1 chemistry. Placement by examination during WL:3 Orientation. To be taken with Chem. 211. (4). (NS). also evaluate the results of their experiments by (BS). checking for identity and purity using various 230. Physical Chemical Principles and Chemistry 210 is the first course in a two-term chromatographic and spectroscopic methods. Applications. Chem. 215/216. No credit granted to sequence in which the major concepts of chemistry Students will be expected to keep a laboratory those who have completed or are enrolled in Chem. are introduced in the context of organic chemistry. notebook that will serve as the basis for their 260. No credit granted to those who have completed Emphasis is on the development of the capacity of laboratory reports. Cost:2 WL:2 (Koreeda) Chem 340. (3). (NS). (BS). students to think about the relationship between NOTE: This course is linked to Chemistry 215. The This General Chemistry course is intended as the structure and reactivity and to solve problems in a laboratory sections for Chemistry 216 are listed in the fourth term in chemistry for science concentrators and qualitatively analytical way. This course is a Time Schedule under Chemistry 215. Students must pre-professional students, completing the two-year particularly good first course for students with AP elect both Chemistry 215 (for 3 credits) and chemistry sequence required by, for example, the credit in chemistry, Honors students, and other Chemistry 216 (for 2 credits). medical, dental, and engineering programs. Students students with a strong interest in chemistry and who plan to continue beyond a fourth term in biology. The course has three 2-hour lectures with 218. Independent Study in Biochemistry. chemistry would typically enroll in Chemistry 340 the professor and two one-hour discussion sections Permission of instructor. For students with less than instead of Chemistry 230; credit will not be given for with a teaching assistant per week. There are three junior standing. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be both of these courses. Chemistry 230 explores the hour examinations and a final examination. Cost:3 repeated for a total of four credits. physical principles underlying some of the major WL:2 This course provides an introduction to independent topics of inorganic and analytical chemistry: the biochemistry research under the direction of a faculty gaseous, liquid, and solid states of matter, phase NOTE: This course is linked to Chemistry 211. The member whose project is in the biochemistry area. transitions, solutions, electrochemistry, coordination recitation sections for Chemistry 210 and the The Chemistry Department encourages students to complexes, spectroscopy and the principles of corresponding laboratory sections for Chemistry 211 get involved with undergraduate research as early as thermodynamics that explain observed chemical are listed together in the Time Schedule under possible. The Advising Office, 1500 Chemistry reactions and their equilibria. These topics will be Chemistry 210. Students must elect both Chemistry Building, provides information to help students in treated from the viewpoint of the experimental 210 (for 4 credits) and Chemistry 211 (for 1 credit). meeting with faculty members to discuss research scientist, with an emphasis on the application of 211. Investigations in Chemistry. To be taken with opportunities. Chemistry 218 is for biochemistry chemical principles to a wide range of professions. Chem. 210. (1). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee ($67.50) concentrators and research projects must be Chemistry 230 will meet three times each week in 2- required. approved by a biochemistry advisor. Exact details hour lecture sections with senior faculty and once a Chemistry 211 is a laboratory introduction to methods such as nature of research, level of involvement of week in small 2-hour group discussion classes led by of investigation in inorganic and organic chemistry. the student, and criteria for grading are individually graduate teaching assistants. Lecturers and teaching Students solve individual problems using microscale determined in consultation with the faculty member. assistants will have scheduled office hours for after equipment and a variety of techniques such as thin The student is expected to put in a minimum of six class help, and computerized study aids will be layer chromatography, titrations, and spectroscopy. hours per week of actual work for the 7 week term for available to all students. Course grades will be The course consists of a four-hour laboratory period each credit elected. At the end of each term, three determined from discussion class evaluation, 3 one- with a teaching assistant under the supervision of the copies of a written report are submitted, one for the hour examinations and a final examination. Cost:2 Advising Office, one for the student, and one for the WL:2 (Rasmussen) Spring 1998 / 25

398. Undergraduate Research in Biochemistry. Elected starting in the junior or senior year, this thermodynamics will be developed, including Junior standing, and permission of a biochemistry course is a requirement for B.S. Chemistry students, applications to entropy, heat engines, solution concentration advisor and the professor who will who must elect it for a total of four credits spread out properties, and phase and chemical equilibria. supervise the research. (1-4). (Excl). over two or more terms. The student is expected to Modern statistical thermodynamics will be introduced. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of four put in at least six hours a week of actual work for Modern theories of fundamental reaction rates will be credits during junior or senior year. each credit elected in the half-term. At the end of used built on the phenomenological kinetics Elected starting in the junior or senior year, this each term, a written report evaluating the progress of introduced in Chemistry 260. Methods for course is an optional requirement for Biochemistry the project is submitted; one copy to the faculty determining and understanding solid state structures students and a requirement for Honors Biochemistry member, one copy for the Chemistry Advising Office, will be discussed, building on group theory introduced students, who must elect it for a total of four credits and one copy for the student. Interim reports need in Chemistry 461. spread out over two or more terms. The student is not be lengthy, but the final report for Chemistry 399 expected to put in a minimum of six hours a week of is expected to be more detailed and longer than the 498. Undergraduate Honors Thesis in actual work for each credit elected in the half-term. reports in 219. Biochemistry. Chem. 398 and permission of At the end of each term, a written report evaluating instructor. To be elected in the term in which an the progress of the project is submitted; one copy to For a student to receive Chemistry credit for Honors student presents a thesis on undergraduate the faculty member, one copy for the Chemistry Chemistry 399, the student must work on a research research. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). Advising Office (1500 Chemistry), and one copy for project supervised by a faculty member of the To be elected in the term in which an Honors the student. Interim reports need not be lengthy, but Chemistry Department, either alone, or in biochemistry student presents a thesis on the final report for Chemistry 398 is expected to be collaboration with a colleague within the department, undergraduate research. Cost:1 WL:3 more detailed and longer than the reports in 218. from another department, or from another school. This collaboration must be an ongoing one, and the 499. Undergraduate Thesis. Chem. 399 and For a student to receive biochemistry credit for Chem student must receive direct supervision by all of the permission of instructor. To be elected in the term in 398, the student must work on a research project faculty who have agreed to sponsor the project. Final which an Honors student presents a thesis on supervised by a member of the biochemistry evaluation of the research effort and the report, as undergraduate research. (1). (Excl). concentration research faculty and the project must well as the grade for the course, rests with the faculty (INDEPENDENT). be approved by a biochemistry advisor. Final member from the Chemistry Department. Cost:1 To be elected in the term in which an Honors evaluation of the research effort and the report, as WL:3 biochemistry student presents a thesis on well as the grade for the course, rests with the undergraduate research. Cost:1 WL:3 biochemistry research faculty member. Cost:1 WL:3 463. Physical Chemistry II. Chem. 461/462. No credit granted to those who have completed Chem. 575. Chemical Thermodynamics. Chem. 461 (or 399. Undergraduate Research. Junior standing, and 396 or 468. (3). (Excl). (BS). 469). (3). (Excl). (BS). permission of a chemistry concentration advisor and This is the third of the three term physical chemistry For Spring Term, 1998 this course is jointly offered the professor who will supervise the research. (1-4). sequence Chemistry 260/461/463 and builds on with Chemistry 463. (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total material presented in both previous courses. The of four credits during junior or senior year. rigorous mathematical theory of classical

Classical Studies

Classical Civilization (Division 344)

Courses in this division do not require a knowledge of translation and from recent scholarship on topics in athletic events of chariot racing, gladiator fights, and Greek or Latin. They are intended for students who Roman history and society available in a course pack wild beast hunts, and also includes activities at the wish to acquire knowledge of ancient literature, life, obtainable from AccuCopy at the corner of Maynard baths. Grades will be based upon midterm and final and thought, and of the debt modern civilization owes and East William, and books available from Shaman examinations and upon computer assignments and the Greeks and Romans. Drum. In the lectures we begin with some participation in class. (Potter) background on Roman religion and history and then 372. Sports and Daily Life in Ancient Rome. (3). consider the different social classes and their (HU). lifestyles; the second half of the course deals with the Readings include selections from ancient writers in

Latin Language and Literature (Division 411)

Elementary Courses or no previous Latin. A placement examination will quizzes, hour examinations, and a final. Cost:1 determine the appropriate course for other students WL:3 (Pennell-Ross) Two convictions are basic to the Elementary Latin who enter the elementary sequence. Students with Program of the Department of Classical Studies: (1) questions about which course to elect are Advanced Courses it is possible for every able-minded person to master encouraged to visit Professor Knudsvig in 2147 the basic facts of a foreign language and (2) the Angell Hall, 764-8297. 421/EducationD 421. Teaching of Latin. Junior learning experience leading to such a mastery is a standing in Latin and permission of instructor. (2). privilege that is very specifically human and ought to 504. Intensive Latin. Permission of instructor. No (Excl). be most satisfying. Essential facts of morphology, credit granted to those who have completed 102, A workshop-type course designed to provide syntax, semantics, vocabulary, history and culture are 193, or 502. (4). (LR). prospective secondary and college teachers with the taught, and a knowledge of these facts enables Intensive Beginning Latin. This course is designed to skills necessary to analyze structures and texts and students to understand Latin written by the famous provide the student having little or no prior Latin with to design instructional materials and class authors of the Golden Age. Since at least 50% of the the skills necessary for reading Classical Latin. It presentations. The course will also introduce the vocabulary of an educated speaker of English is Latin covers the material presented in Latin 101 and 102, students to those aspects of modern linguistic in origin, English vocabulary improves as Latin stems using Knudsvig, Seligson, and Craig, LATIN FOR theories that have practical application to teaching and derivatives are learned. The program normally READING. It is primarily intended for graduate and learning Latin. Cost:1 WL:3 (Knudsvig) takes four terms to complete. A placement test may students and upperclass undergraduates in fields be taken at the beginning or end of a term, and a requiring reading knowledge of Latin. For students 426. Practicum. Junior or senior standing, and student may succeed in placing out of one or more seeking to meet a language requirement, successful permission of instructor. (2). (Excl). courses in the introductory sequence. completion of this course will permit entry into Latin Permission of the instructor is required to elect Latin 231. Grading is based on class participation, 426. Students must submit a plan for a project In the Elementary Latin Program, the department is related to the teaching of Latin. The course is offering Latin 504. Latin 101 is for students with little 26 / Classical Studies

designed for students who wish to continue work begun in Latin 421. Cost:1 WL:3 (Knudsvig)

Courses in Communication Studies (Division 352) 101. The Mass Media. (4). (SS). credit is not retroactive and must be pre-arranged. Critically evaluates scholarship focused on the impact This course is designed to provide an introductory Internship credit cannot be used to satisfy of mass communication across a variety of topics. overview of contemporary mass media systems and Communication Studies electives in the concentration Media impact is treated in both theoretical and an examination of the various factors – historical, plan. No more than 3 credits can be earned in a applied (research) terms. The research examined economic, political, and cultural – that have shaped single semester, and no more than 6 credits total can spans levels of analysis, including effects on their development. The course begins with a be received through any combination of internships individuals as well as society at large. Topics to be description of present print and electronic media and (CS 321) or practica (CS 322). Registration is by covered include media impact on: beliefs about the examines their evolution. Attention is given permission of instructor only. Cost:1 WL:3 world, social values and norms, political thought and throughout to the legal and ethical implications of behavior, violence and aggression, race and sex mass communication systems and to comparisons 322. Practicum. Permission of department. stereotyping, mood, health, and self-esteem, social between American media systems and those Practicum credit is not retroactive and must be behavior, and children as a special audience. elsewhere in the world. Finally, it considers the prearranged. No more than eight credits combined of Research on the use of mass communication in probable future course of the media and examines Comm. Studies 321 and 322 may be elected. (1-3). public information campaigns is also reviewed, as is possible alternatives. Cost:2 WL:1 (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. May not be the role of media research in providing guidance for used to satisfy communication studies electives in a social policy makers and media professionals. 102. Media Processes and Effects. (4). (SS). communication studies concentration plan. This course introduces students to the contemporary (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of six 439. Seminar in Journalistic Performance. (1-4). research on mass communication processes and credits. (Excl). May be repeated for a total of eight credits. effects. Basic processes involved in the production, The practicum is designed to provided Section 101 – Media Coverage of the Supreme Court. dissemination, reception, and impact of media Communication Studies concentrators limited credit (3 credits). This course will evaluate media coverage messages are examined. The course investigates a for appropriate practical experience gained in other of the U.S. Supreme Court, in the context of long- variety of effects on individuals’ knowledge, attitudes, than an employment setting. Student evaluation is range factors affecting the ability of news media to and behaviors, as well as influences on the based on satisfactory completion of an analytical function in a democracy. This seminar will examine functioning of larger social systems. It proceeds in evaluation (e.g., research-based paper) of the the scope and content of news reporting on major general from investigations of individual-level to experience, under direction of the practicum cases before the court. How accurately, fairly and societal-level impact. Critical reading and evaluation supervisor. Practicum credit is not retroactive and adequately do news organizations cover the cases as of research on media processes and effects, and of must be pre-arranged. Practicum credit can not be they proceed through the legal system? Do the media its application to social policy debates, is encouraged used to satisfy communication electives in the help the American public gain a broad public impact and developed. Cost:2 WL:1 concentration plan. No more than 6 credits total of of each case? In addition to an overview of media combined internship/practicum course work is coverage of the major current and recent cases, each 111. Workshop on Managing the Information permitted. Registration is permitted only with student will select one new case under consideration Environment. (1). (Excl). approved faculty supervision. Registration is by the court this term and study in detail how well it is Hands-on workshop intended to develop student permitted only with approved faculty supervision. being covered by the different media. Cost:2 WL:1 mastery of the rapidly developing and expanding Cost:1 WL:3 (Collings) electronic information environment. Skills developed include the use of electronic communication systems, 371. Media, Culture, and Society. Comm. Studies 441. Independent Reading. Permission of data base searching, word processing, data 101 or 102 strongly recommended. (4). (SS). department. (1-8). (Excl). No more than four credits management, and various research uses of public This course focuses on the historical origins and may be included in a Communication concentration. computer networks and the information evolution of the relationships between the mass (INDEPENDENT). Comm. 441 and 442 may be superhighway. The course introduces students to a media, cultural practices and values, and society. We repeated for a combined total of eight credits. range of campus computing resources, including local will read a range of work by media historians and Comm. 441 and 442 may be repeated for a combined area networks and available software, and remote critics who have sought to analyze and explain how total of eight credits. Intended for individualized access to the Internet and the World Wide Web. media imagery and messages shape our “common instruction in subject areas not covered by scheduled Problem-solving assignments are designed to teach sense” notions about identification and behavior, courses. Must be arranged with the faculty member. strategies used in finding information and evaluating including one’s sense of self, attitudes towards Cost:2 WL:1 its validity and utility. Cost:2 WL:1 success and happiness, gender identification, racial stereotypes, and youth culture. We will review 442. Independent Research. Permission of 321(450). Undergraduate Internship. Junior different theoretical conceptions of the audience and department. (1-8). (Excl). No more than four credits standing, concentration in communication studies, of the powers of the mass media. We will consider may be included in a Communication concentration. and permission of instructor. Internship credit is not the debates over whether mass culture has been a (INDEPENDENT). Comm. Studies 441 and 442 may retroactive and must be prearranged. No more than negative or positive influence in American culture. be repeated for a combined total of eight credits. eight credits combined of Comm. Studies 321 and Examples of the mass media that we will study Comm. 441 and 442 may be repeated for a combined 322 may be elected. (1-3). (Excl). Offered mandatory include advertising, the news, television total of eight credits. Intended for individualized credit/no credit. May not be used to satisfy programming, and popular music. Our goal is to instruction in subject areas not covered by scheduled communication studies electives in a communication provide you with a sense of the history of the mass courses. Must be arranged with the faculty member. studies concentration plan. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be media in America, and to provide you with the critical Cost:2 WL:1 repeated for a total of six credits. tools and language to deconstruct their assumptions 485(463)/Soc. 463. Mass Communication and Communication Studies concentrators who have and techniques. Cost:2 WL:1 (Wolfe) reached junior standing may receive some amount of Public Opinion. Comm. Studies 361 or 381 strongly experiential course credit for an internship. Student 381. Media Impact on Knowledge, Values, and recommended. (3). (SS). assessment will be based on the academic merit of Behavior. Comm. Studies 101 or 102 strongly See Sociology 463. the work and evaluation of the final paper. Internship recommended. (4). (SS).

Courses in Comparative Literature (Division 354) 496. Honors Thesis. Comp. Lit. 495 and Honors longer, more thorough study under the auspices of a 498. Directed Reading. Permission of instructor. (1- concentration in comparative literature. (3). (Excl). faculty thesis director. Students who need help in 4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). (INDEPENDENT). arranging for a thesis director should contact the This course is intended for Comparative Literature In the Honors Thesis course the Honors student Comparative Literature office, 2015 Tisch, 763-2351. concentrators. It offers a student the opportunity to typically develops the seminar work done in work closely with a faculty member associated with Comparative Literature 495 (Senior Seminar) into a Comparative Literature on a comparative topic Spring 1998 / 27 chosen by the student in consultation with the which the student will execute with the tutorial contact the Program in Comparative Literature, 2015 professor. Together they will develop a reading list; assistance of the instructor. The student will be Tisch. establish goals, meeting times, and credit hours required to submit a written proposal of his or her (within the range); and plan papers and projects course to the Program office. For further information,

Courses in Computer Science (Division 353) Introduction to Computing Courses experience. Half the course is devoted to experience in computers or programming is assumed. computer hardware components and the second Students will write and debug several computer CS 100 is an intro class intended for students who half to the basics of programming using C. If you programs. plan to concentrate in Computer Science, Computer take EECS/CS 183 or Engineering 101 and then Engineering, or Electrical Engineering. It is not a decide later you want to be an Electrical 270/EECS 270. Introduction to Logic Design. CS class for students who are looking for a good general Engineering, Computer Engineering, or 100. (4). (MSA). (BS). introduction to computing. Computer Science concentrator, you can take a Binary and non-binary systems, Boolean algebra bridge course to pick up the hardware half of digital design techniques, logic gates, logic Computer Science does offer two classes intended minimization, standard combinational circuits, for non-concentrators: CS 181, Introduction to EECS/CS 100 for one credit; you do not have to take all of EECS/CS 100. sequential circuits, flip-flops, synthesis of Computing and CS 183, Elementary Programming synchronous sequential circuits, PLAs, ROMs, RAMs, Concepts. These classes are much more appropriate 5. If you already have C experience and want to arithmetic circuits, computer-aided design. for entering LS&A students who plan on concentrat- jump to the next programming course, you need Laboratory includes hardware design and CAD ing in areas other than Computer Science. to take the EECS/CS 100 bridge course (for Fall experiments. What should I take for my first computing 1997 it is listed as EECS/CS 284 – Section 003), and then enroll in EECS/CS 280. 280/EECS 280. Programming and Introductory course? Data Structures. Math. 115 and CS 100. Two credits 1. CS 181 – learn how to use basic computer QUESTIONS? granted to those who have completed CS 283. (4). software packages like word processors, (MSA). (BS). If you are interested in becoming an Electrical Techniques and algorithm development and effective spreadsheets, simple graphics and databases, Engineering or Computer Engineering concentrator, etc. (not programming). Does not count for the programming, top-down analysis, structured contact the EECS Counseling Office at 763-2305, programming, testing, and program correctness. computing requirement in Electrical 3415 EECS Building. Engineering or Computer Engineering – free Program language syntax and static and runtime elective only. If you are interested in becoming a Computer Science semantics. Scope, procedure instantiation, recursion, concentrator, contact the LS&A Academic Advising abstract data types, and parameter passing methods. 2. CS 183 – learn the fundamentals of C++ Center at 764-0332, 1255 Angell Hall. Structured data types, pointers, linked data programming (including C programming). structures, stacks, queues, arrays, records, and trees. Usually taken by LS&A students who do not plan If you are undecided about which of these three (Sayler) to concentrate in computer science (CS) or options to choose, please contact the College of computer engineering (CE). Assumes no prior Engineering Freshman Counseling Office at 647- 303/EECS 303. Discrete Structures. Math. 115. (4). programming experience. Does not count for 7106, 1009 Lurie Engineering Center. (MSA). (BS). the computing requirement in Electrical Fundamental concepts of algebra; partially ordered Engineering or Computer Engineering – free Questions about the concentration program in sets, lattices, Boolean algebras, semi-groups, rings, elective only. Computer Science should be addressed to: polynomial rings. Graphical representation of algebraic systems; graphs, directed graphs. 3. Engineering 101 – learn the fundamentals of C Undergraduate Counseling Office Application of these concepts to various areas of programming plus engineering applications of EECS Department computer engineering. computing, including MATLAB. Usually taken by 3415 EECS engineering students who do not plan to concen- University of Michigan 476/EECS 476. Foundations of Computer Science. trate in Electrical Engineering, Computer Ann Arbor, MI 48109-2122 CS 280 and 303. (4). (Excl). (BS). Engineering, or Computer Science. This course telephone: (313) 763-2305 An introduction to computation theory: finite replaces the former Engineering 103, 104, 106, electronic mail: [email protected] automata, regular languages, push-down automata, 107 courses. Assumes no prior programming web: http://www.cs.umich.edu. context-free languages, Turing machines, recursive experience. languages and functions, and computational 183/EECS 183. Elementary Programming complexity. (Compton) Note: this course is counted as non-LS&A credit. Concepts. This course is not intended for computer (There is a limit of 12 credits in the 120 required science, electrical engineering, or computer 598/EECS 598. Special Topics in Electrical for an LS&A degree.) engineering concentrators. Credit is granted for only Engineering and Computer Science. Permission of one course among CS 183, Engin. 103, and Engin. instructor or advisor. (1-4). (Excl). (BS). May be 4. CS 100 – recommended first course for those 104. (4). (MSA). (BS). repeated for credit. who intend to concentrate in electrical Introduction to a high-level programming language, Topics of current interest in electrical engineering and engineering, computer science or computer top-down analysis, and structured programming. computer science. Lectures, seminar, or laboratory. engineering. It assumes no prior programming Basic searching and sorting techniques. No previous Can be taken more than once for credit.

Courses in Economics (Division 358) A. Introductory Courses wealth; the public sector; socialism; and related topics interest. The major concerns of this course are the of current interest. Grades are based largely on determinants of GNP, unemployment, inflation, 101(201). Principles of Economics I. No credit course-wide hour tests and the final exam, but there international trade, and economic growth. The granted to those who have completed or are enrolled will also be quizzes in the sections. section meetings are limited to 35 students. in 400. (3). (SS). (QR/2). Economics 101 is the first part of the two-term 102(202). Principles of Economics II. Econ. 101. introduction to economics. Both 101 and 102 are No credit granted to those who have completed or are B. Economic Theory and Statistics required as prerequisites to the concentration and to enrolled in Econ. 400. (3). (SS). (QR/2). 401. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Econ. upper-level courses in economics. Economics 101 Economics 101 and 102 are required as prerequisites 101 and 102, and Math. 115. (4). (SS). (QR/1). concentrates on the microeconomics of the modern to the concentration and to upper-level courses in This course deals with the theoretical analysis of economy: how markets function under competitive Economics. In Economics 102, the fundamental consumers, firms, markets, and price determination. conditions as well as with various other types of concepts and theories of macroeconomics are The analysis is rigorous, using the tools of algebra, market organization; the distribution of income and developed and used to analyze problems of current 28 / Economics

geometry, and elementary calculus in constructing interpretation of quantitative results will be But technology and preferences are themselves models. Prerequisites include one term of calculus. emphasized. There are three lectures and one determined by economic and historical forces. Economics 401 is a prerequisite for many other problem session per week. Grades are based on Economics 395, “Economics, Life and Philosophy” courses offered in Economics. Concentrators in problem sets and exams. The course is self- explores the determination of technology by the economics are required to elect this course and are contained and does not serve as a prerequisite to history of invention and the determination of encouraged to complete it early in their concentration Economics 406. Cost:2-3 WL:1 (Howrey) preferences by Darwinian selection of human genes program. It is not recommended that 401 and 402 be and human ideas. In addition to at least two exams, taken in the same term. Main lecture will meet twice E. Industrial Organization and Public Control the course has a number of short papers and a week. Sections will meet twice a week. Cost:2 extensive reading. Dennett’s book Darwin’s WL:1 (Gerson) 431. Industrial Organization and Performance. Dangerous Idea will be studied thoroughly, along with Econ. 401. (3). (Excl). Dawkin’s The Selfish Gene and two books chosen by 402. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. Econ. The course consists of microeconomic and game- each student on evolutionary psychology and the 101 and 102, and Math. 115. (3). (SS). (QR/1). theoretic analyses for describing the structure and evolution of ideas. (Kimball) This course in macroeconomics deals with the performance of industries. The first part introduces determination of broad economic aggregates such as the student to a wide variety of noncompetitive national income, employment, the price level, and the M. Honors Program, Seminars, and Independent market structures (such as various types of Research balance of payments in both the short run and the monopolies, Cournot, Bertrand, sequential moves, long run. Rigorous analysis is used to understand the and location) for analyzing markets for homogeneous 498. Honors Independent Research. Open only to forces that determine these economic variables, and and differentiated products; the first part concludes students admitted to honors concentration in how they are affected by public policies. It is with the analysis of entry barriers, entry deterrence economics. (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be predominantly a lecture course, with grades based on and mergers. The second part analyzes repeated for a total of eight credits. hour test(s) and final exam. Prerequisites include technological issues, such as innovation, research This course is for undergraduates writing senior one term of calculus. Economics 402 is a and development, and the effect of the patent system. honors theses. Each student's grade for the course prerequisite for many other courses offered in The third part is devoted to a wide variety of and levels of honors achieved will depend entirely on Economics. Concentrators in economics are required marketing and pricing techniques, such as the quality of the thesis, as evaluated by the thesis to elect this course and are encouraged to complete it advertising, durability, warranties, two-part tariffs, advisor with whom the student has arranged to work. early in their concentration program. It is strongly nonuniform pricing, bundling and tying, and recommended that students take Economics 401 dealerships. The last part analyzes special 499. Independent Research. Written permission of before 402. Cost:3 WL:3 (Johnson) industries. (Reimer-Hommel) staff member supervising research, and permission of the economics concentration advisor. (1-4). (Excl). No 404. Statistics for Economists. Econ. 101 and 102 more than four credits may be used in an economics and Math. 115. No credit granted to those who have L. Other Topics in Economics concentration program. (INDEPENDENT). May be completed or are enrolled in Econ. 405 or Stat. 265, repeated for a total of eight credits. 311, 402, 405, or 412. (4). (Excl). (BS). (QR/1). 395. Topics in Economics and Economic Policy. Econ. 101 and 102. (1-3). (Excl). May be repeated for Student and instructor agree on a substantial piece of This course is designed to enable students to read work involving reading or research. Evaluation is critically empirical literature in economics and other a total of six credits. Section 101 – Economics, Life and Philosophy. (3 based on the written work, either papers or social sciences. Topics covered include descriptive examinations. statistics, elementary probability theory, statistical credits). Technology, preferences, and strategic or inference, and regression theory. Data analysis and market interactions determine economic outcomes.

Courses in English Composition Board (Division 360) Assessment Students are welcome to visit the ECB office at 1111 Junior/Senior Writing Requirement Angell Hall to schedule an appointment to discuss Placement in ECB Writing Practicum is determined by their writing assessment or to ask for course See the introduction to this Course Guide for portfolios, which students are required to submit prior information. information about the LS&A Junior/Senior Writing to their orientation. All entering LS&A students and Requirement and for a list of those courses approved all students required by their program must submit a Writing Practicum by the ECB for satisfaction of that requirement. portfolio. After evaluating the portfolio, the ECB notifies academic units of their students’ placements, Those students placed in Writing Practicum courses 104. Writing Practicum. ECB Assessment. (2). and the academic unit counselors convey the must enroll in an ECB Writing Practicum as the first (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. information to the students. Students may receive part of their writing requirement. No substitute will (TUTORIAL). May be elected for a total of four credits the following placements: Writing Practicum, satisfy the College writing requirement. for any combination of ECB 100-105. ECB Practicum 104 is a two (2) credit course. Introductory Composition, Introductory Composition ECB Practicum courses meet for 4 hours a week in with Writing Workshop, Exempt with Writing Students place into Practicum on the basis of their sections of 18 students. In addition, each student has portfolio. The writing instruction is designed to meet Workshop or Exemption. Students who receive a required weekly half hour conference with the placements that include Writing Workshop must come individual needs. At the end of the Practicum, each instructor. Any student who fails to attend the first student prepares a portfolio of his/her writing which is to the ECB Writing Workshop, 1111 Angell Hall, class meeting and has not notified the instructor or during their first term of enrollment to receive writing read and evaluated by at least two ECB lecturers. On department in writing may be dropped from the class the basis of writing skills demonstrated in the instruction before being certified. No student with a by action of the instructor or department. At the same Writing Workshop placement may graduate without portfolio, Practicum students are assigned to the time, students are responsible for their own appropriate level of the College writing program. certification. schedules and must process all drops through Touch Tone Registration.

Courses in English Language and Literature (Division 361) A complete up to date listing of English Department observances, contact the instructor or leave a expository and argumentative prose. English 325 course descriptions can be found on the World Wide message for the instructor with the department (764- offers the opportunity for work in argumentative and Web at http://www.umich.edu/~engldept. 6330). expository prose at a more advanced level.

For all English classes, registered students must be WRITING COURSES: Several sections of English 223, the beginning course present at each of the first two meetings to claim in creative writing, are available each term. The work their places. Any student who does not meet this After taking or placing out of Introductory is multi-generic, and two of the following will be requirement may be dropped from the course. Composition, students may elect either English 224 covered in each section: fiction, poetry, and drama, NOTE: If you must miss a class due to religious or 225 for further practice in the fundamentals of or you may take English 227 (Introductory Spring 1998 / 29

Playwriting). A more advanced course for creative through analysis and rhetorical articulation. The observing, reading, and listening, the writing will be writers is English 323 (Fiction or Poetry), which is course will also focus on considerations of style, based on a diverse array of materials. To clear up available after completion of the prerequisite, English formal strategy techniques, and revision as integral to any lingering grammatical and mechanical problems 223. More experienced writers may apply for precision in making points and developing with students’ work, each class will feature a brief admission to specialized sections of English 327 argumentative ideas for the purposes of both lecture on an issue such as comma usage, sentence (Playwriting), English 423 (Fiction), English 427 individual reflection and of audience persuasion. variety, or pronoun agreement. (Advanced Playwriting), and English 429 (Poetry). Admission to these advanced courses is by 239. What is Literature? Prerequisite for 319. Literature and Social Change. (2). (HU). May permission of the instructor, who may require writing concentrators in the Regular Program and in Honors. be repeated for credit with department permission. samples. (2). (HU). Section 101 – The Beat Generation. I saw the best This class is designed to stimulate your thought about minds of my generation destroyed by/madness, INDEPENDENT STUDY: issues that should prove central to all your starving hysterical naked,/dragging themselves subsequent engagements with literature, inside and through the negro streets at dawn/looking for an Independent study in English must be elected under outside the classroom. The course is designed to angry fix . .. That's how Allen Ginsberg described his one of the following numbers: 226 (Directed Writing, help you formulate productive questions about the Beat Generation. The innovations of the 1950s Beat 1-3 hours), 299 (Directed Reading, 1-3 hours), 426 nature of literary study and the changing meanings of writers were paralleled by Action Painters and Bebop (Directed Writing, 1-4 hours), 499 (Directed Reading, "literature" itself. Often ranging over a wide variety of jazz musicians. We will explore these three outsider 1-4 hours). There is a limit to the total hours that may genres and historical periods, sometimes including art worlds, listen to recorded jazz, poetry and fiction, be taken under any one number. Students interested the study of film or other visual arts, 239 asks and look at documentary photographs of the major in independent study should obtain an application students to consider texts in a comparative, analytical players – while reading On the Road, Howl, Naked from the English Department office on the third floor light. Sections of 239 often devote some time to Lunch, etc., and viewing slides of Abstract of Angell Hall. Independent study proposals must be talking about the social and historical forces that Expressionist paintings. Students are encouraged to approved by a supervising professor and by the shape a culture's ideas of what constitutes literature. attend a live jazz performance. This course Undergraduate Chair of the department. The Students in 239 also often address questions of incorporates multimedia video and audio deadline for Independent Study in the Spring Term literary value and evaluation. Though discussions presentations. Designed to appeal both to non-con- 1998 is May 15. often prove theoretical in nature, they are usually tied centrators and to students who think they might dig 125. College Writing. ECB writing assessment. (4). to particular texts. 239 is designed to help students being English majors. This course meets the (Introductory Composition). develop skills that will be crucial to further work in the American Literature requirement for English No one ever finishes learning to write, so this course English concentration: discussion, writing papers concentrators. (Tillinghast) focuses on helping students further develop their about texts, reading critically and with an eye for detail. 325. Essay Writing: The Art of Exposition. (3). unique potentials as writers, readers, and thinkers. (Excl). By analyzing texts from a variety of academic "What is literature?" It's what we study in literature This is an upper-level composition course for disciplines, students will come to understand the departments. As you read, discuss, and write about students interested in improving their writing. All conventions writers follow to present their ideas works by Flannery O'Connor, Nathaniel Hawthorne, classes will proceed on the assumption that these effectively to their chosen audiences. What rhetorical Emily Dickinson, Langston Hughes, William basic principles inform good writing: that writing is strategies are common in different disciplines – and Shakespeare, and August Wilson, you can decide thinking, that writing well requires attention to issues why? How and when might we use those strategies whether my rather flip response to the question posed of audience; that revision is a necessary part of the in our own writing? For instance, what writing by this course's title holds up. You'll also get to ask writing process; and that all writing reflects the strategies would we call upon for a lab report, and many more questions about literature and try on a writer’s view of the world. Class discussion will would we use any of those strategies for a number of critical personas. While we'll focus on the include a consideration of student writing. To focus philosophical speculation, a history exam, a love work of the authors listed above and a few others, discussion and to provide subject matter for writing letter? Throughout the term, students will work to you'll have a considerable amount of freedom to assignments, readings by professional writers will be identify the writing skills they most need to develop, choose what you read during the term as you select assigned. You will write one paper (4-5 pages) per and they’ll invent and refine a personal style of from among the many other writers in the course text week. expression that can be adapted to different audiences and/or "bring in" the work of writers not included in and purposes. Course requirements include at least the text. Expect plenty of reading – but it's great (I English 370, 371, & 372 40 pages of writing, including at least 20 pages of mean this subjectively) stuff – and regular "in-class" revised, polished prose. Each of these courses will range over the materials of assignments. Also, I'll ask you to write two short the periods indicated below in one or more of a 223. Creative Writing. Completion of the Introductory papers. (Kassner) variety of ways. Some may be multi-generic surveys; Composition requirement. (2). (CE). May not be 240. Introduction to Poetry. Prerequisite for some may focus on the development during the repeated for credit. concentrators in the Regular Program and in Honors. period of specific genres; some may be topical, All sections of 223 teach the writing of two of the (2). (HU). others formal in their principle of organization. All following three genres: fiction (including personal Poetry? Poe-tree. Everything we love and hate sections will emphasize the development of student narrative), drama, and poetry. Different sections will about it. It stores the language of the heart, the skill in writing essays analyzing the materials and emphasize the individual genres to varying degrees. psyche, the mind in dreaming contact with every evaluating the approaches in question. Classwork involves the discussion of the process of living thing. What is sacred, what endangers, what writing and the word of a few published authors. 372. Studies in Literature, 1830-Present. (3). (Excl). voices carry us across time? We’ll read poetry from a May be repeated for credit with department Students will do exercises meant to develop a wide historical range to discover its power to speak in sensitivity to language and a facility with evocative permission. all languages of what matters, its tendency to shape We will focus on three distinct historical/cultural detail, voice, form, and so forth. Most classroom shift and spill into new forms, and its capacity for time, however, is devoted to reading and discussion periods – Victorian, modern, and postmodern – and infinite beauty and strife. We will meet live poets and explore the dominant ideas about individualism, of student writing. A final portfolio of revised finished dead ones, too. We will read, write, talk, and perform work of 35-50 manuscript pages may be required. gender difference, and aesthetic form that poetry. There will be several short papers. (Agee) characterize each of these periods in radically 225. Argumentative Writing. Completion of the different ways. Our goal is to define the fundamental Introductory Composition requirement. (3). (HU). Primarily for Juniors and Seniors shifts that have shaped cultural development over the This course furthers the aim of English 124 and 125 last century and a half. Course materials will include in helping writers to analyze the various claims of a 301. The Power of Words. (3). (Excl). both novels and films. Probable texts include novels given issue and to develop ways of exploring and Students will explore various uses of words in writing by Donald Barthelme, Charlotte Brontë, James Joyce, defending positions, ideas and beliefs. Careful descriptive, analytic, and persuasive pieces, with a Toni Morrison, Virginia Woolf, and Charles Dickens, attention will be paid to the process of reasoning, the focus on types of writing that will be useful in as well as 2-3 films. Midterm, final paper. (Kucich) testing of assumptions and claims, the questioning of professional life beyond the university. Since we beliefs, and the discovery of ideas and evidence gather vocabulary and writing patterns from 30 / Film and Video Studies

Courses in Film and Video Studies (Division 368) 200. Introduction to Film, Video and Television from these scripts. Students will also read and perspectives. The class studies: (1) the psycho- Production. (3). (CE). Laboratory fee ($50) required. discuss each other’s work. Given this “workshop” logical impact of these films (why certain motifs This course will provide students with a basic approach, attendance is critical. Students can expect continue to be popular and how they affect the introduction to hands on production in film, video, and to write between five and ten pages a week. Cost:2 viewer); (2) their cinematic techniques (how directors television. Pre-production, production, and post- WL:2 (Winsten) use certain kinds of setting, lighting, shots, and production (from basic script form to directing to editing to achieve particular effects); (3) their cultural editing) are all covered, and the differences as well as 399. Independent Study. Permission of instructor. background (the history of certain character types the similarities of these three related media are (1-4). (Excl). Does not count toward concentration and subject matter in fiction, poetry, and painting); (4) explored. Cost:3 WL:2 (Sarris) requirements. Laboratory fee required. their social background (variation and change (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. according to the contemporary scene); and (5) their 300. Filmmaking I. Film-Video 200. (3). (Excl). Independent study on a subject to be determined by place in the history of the genre. These films are a Laboratory fee required. student in conjunction with a faculty member. Does starting point for an examination of what people fear This is the introductory 16mm motion picture not count toward concentration requirements. Must and how they handle their fears through ritual, production course. This laboratory-workshop course be approved by Program in term prior to enrollment. religion, and art. The class will view such classics of is designed to give students a solid understanding of In exceptional cases, students can petition for the genre as The Haunting, King Kong, Bride of how film technique can be used to communicate enrollment during current term. Frankenstein, Horror of Dracula, Psycho, The ideas in narrative, documentary, and experimental Exorcist, Halloween, and Alien, while reading the expression. Working in small groups, students script, 455. Topics in Film Studies. (3). (Excl). Laboratory fee ($35) required. May be repeated for a total of nine novels, Castle of Otranto, Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, shoot and edit exercises built around these three Frankenstein, and Dracula. (Konigsberg) types of film. In creating their short motion pictures, credits. students learn master-shot/coverage procedures, Section 101 – Sexual Politics in Film Noir. Through 480. Internship. Concentration in Film and Video screen direction continuity, and artificial and available screenings, lectures, and in-class discussion, this Studies. (2). (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no lighting techniques. Lectures and exercise critiques course will examine the sexual politics in film noir, its credit. May not be included in a concentration in engage students in theoretical/ aesthetic discussions figuration of fantasy and the perverse tenor of its Film/Video. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a of the relationship between film idea and film form. vision of hetero- and homo-social and sexual total of six credits. Evaluation: production assignments, midterm test, relations. Emerging in American films most forcefully This course is restricted to Film/Video concentrators final project. Text: Cinematography by Kris during the 1940s, film noir is associated with an who work, under careful supervision, in some part of Malkiewicz. Cost:4 WL:2 (Beaver) elaborate visual style and cynical world view, but also the film or video industry. Students will work in some by an explosive sexuality that emerges as the catalyst aspect of preproduction, production, or 310. Screenwriting. Film-Video 200. Completion of for crime or psychotic behavior. We will explore how postproduction, in the creative or business areas of the introductory composition requirement. (3). (Excl). and why sexual paranoia animates this genre and film and video, documenting their experiences and Laboratory fee required. why it continues to influence “neo-noir” filmmaking learning in a journal that must be submitted for final This course teaches students to write a feature-length into the 1990s. Films to be screened will likely credit. screenplay in acceptable format. Students will learn include White Heat, Kiss Me Deadly, Kiss the Blood to develop an idea first into a written “concept,” then Off My Hands, The Big Combo, Murder My Sweet, 500. Directed Study in Film and Video. Permission into a “treatment,” “step outline,” and finally into a full The Maltese Falcon, Pitfall, Taxi Driver, Raging Bull, of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). Laboratory fee required. script. The class will focus on such subjects as Angel Heart, In a Lonely Place. Readings will include (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six screenplay structure, plot and subplots, two novels from which films are adapted. There will credits. characterizations, shots, scene, sequence, dialogue, be a midterm exam, final exam, and one paper. Advanced course permitting intensive study of film thinking visually, and soundtrack. Students will also Cost:3 (Studlar) and/or video subject under supervision of a learn the importance of rewriting their work. As part Film/Video faculty member. of the process, the class will study select Section 102 – The Horror Film. This course focuses screenplays, then view the films which were made on the horror film as a specific genre of motion picture, discussing a number of films from diverse

Courses in Geological Sciences (Division 377) A. Introductory Courses and Courses for Non- include history of planetary science, formation of the review of important basic geologic principles and concentrators solar system, Earth as a planet, differences and uses this foundation to illustrate more advanced similarities between Earth and other planets, and geologic concepts in the context of the geologic G.S. 100-115 are short (half-term) courses. They modern planetary exploration. The approach to this evolution of the Great Lakes region. This approach consist of detailed examinations of restricted geologic topic will be descriptive and no previous knowledge of permits the course to deal with problems that are of topics. The department lists the specific courses from geology is required. The grade is determined by a present research interest to geoscientists, such as this series in the Time Schedule. These courses are number of quizzes and a final multiple-choice processes of formation of the early crust, evolution of designed primarily for students with no prior geologic examination. Cost:1 WL:3 (Van Keken) important crustal features such as the Michigan Basin training and they are open to all interested persons. and its oil reserves, and the Mid-Continent Rift and its G.S. 100-115 are offered on the graded pattern 411. Geology of Michigan. No credit granted to copper deposits, as well as preservation of evidence (optional pass/fail). those who have completed or are enrolled in GS 283. of glaciation in the recent and distant past. The (3). (Excl). (BS). course consists of lectures and take-home exercises 113. Planets and Moons. No credit granted to those This course surveys the geologic evolution of who have completed or are enrolled in GS 204 or involving map interpretation that are designed to Michigan and the surrounding Great Lakes region in illustrate the points being made in class. A book is 278. (1). (NS). (BS). the context of modern geologic theory. The course This minicourse provides an overview of the evolution recommended for the course and a course pack is can be taken by students with no background in required. Cost:2 WL:4 (Kesler) of the solar system and the present day geology and geology, although a background in high-school level climates of the planets and their moons. Topics science and math is necessary. It begins with a Spring 1998 / 31

Germanic Languages and Literatures

Courses in Dutch (Division 357)

339. Independent Study. (2-4). (Excl). readings with reports, or it may be a research project supervised by a faculty member and the student must (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. and long paper. Courses in the past covered different have the faculty member’s agreement before electing This course serves the needs of students who wish to areas like Dutch-Indonesian literature, the language the course. Cost:1 WL:2 develop special topics not offered in the Dutch of Rembrandt and his contemporaries, Dutch Studies curriculum. It may be a program of directed between English and German, etc. Courses must be

German Courses (Division 379)

100. Intensive Elementary Course. No credit passages without the aid of a dictionary. The course German. Students are expected to increase the level granted to those who have completed or are enrolled does not satisfy the LS&A foreign language of accuracy at which they can understand German in 101, 102 or 103. (8). (LR). requirement. This course is offered as part of the texts and express themselves in their area of interest. This is an intensive introductory course equivalent to University’s Summer Language Institute (SLI). There The language of instruction is German. The special the first two terms of college German. The course will are no special enrollment procedures for University of topic and course requirements for this term’s section systematically introduce students to the basic Michigan students. Cost:1 WL:1 are listed below: grammatical and communicative structure of German, focusing on the development of the four fundamental 206. Conversation Practice. German 102 or 103. Section 101 – German Crime Stories: Literature and language skills (listening, speaking, reading, and Students previously enrolled in a 300- or 400 -evel Popular Culture. We will examine the representation writing), as well as the development of analytic skills conversation course may not register for 205 or 206. of crime in various texts and genres, with a view to and strategies crucial to language learning and (1). (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. establishing some characteristic features of these success in other academic fields. The course will The unwritten German class! In this course, you will genres. In particular, we will try to establish what sets include guest lectures on topics in German culture dramatize everyday situations that ask for “serious” crime “literature” apart from “popular” crime aimed at the cognitive and intellectual level of adult spontaneously expressing an opinion or formulating fiction and crime journalism, so that this course will language learners. As part of the “intensive” an argument. The topics that nourish our discussions constitute a serious and entertaining introduction to experience, students will be expected to participate in are both inclusive and inconclusive: current cultural the question “What is literature?” Friedrich activities such as regular language tables, movie events, German etiquette, popular magazines. By Dürrenmatt’s novel Der Richter und sein Henker will screenings, and excursions. Regular attendance is cross-analyzing various resources, you will hone your constitute the main part of this course. We will read imperative. Cost:2 WL:1 conversation skills while you learn simultaneously stories by other “serious” and “popular” writers from about German cultural institutions. Although far from Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. We will read 102. Elementary Course. German 101. No credit being exclusive, this class may address in particular newspaper articles and compare their approaches to granted to those who have completed or are enrolled those of you who are currently enrolled in German crimes that caught people’s attention. Towards the in 100 or 103. (4). (LR). 231 or 232 and those who intend to participate in the end, we will discuss several movies. Be prepared to German 102 is the continuation of German 101. The junior-year-abroad program. Course requirements read, write, and talk a lot. Two brief presentations, course continues to focus systematically on the are: active clan participation, thorough preparation, three short essays, one midterm, one final, some development of the four basic language skills and oral presentations. Cost:1 WL:1 grammar, some fun. Please note that the subject (listening, speaking, reading, and writing), while matter of this course requires us to deal with emphasizing content and meaning at all levels of the 231. Second-Year Course. German 102 or 103, or material that has violent and sexual content. language acquisition process. The course will include the equivalent (placement test). No credit granted to Cost:1 WL:1 guest lectures on topics in German culture aimed at those who have completed or are enrolled in 230 or the cognitive and intellectual level of adult language 221. (4). (LR). 306. Conversation Practice. German 232; learners. Students will practice conversational skills, In this course, grammar and vocabulary from the first concurrent enrollment in a 300-level course is drill grammar, discuss reading selections in German, year will be reviewed and extended. Greater encouraged but not necessary. Students who have and participate in a variety of activities that stretch emphasis will be placed on reading German texts and previously participated in a 400-level conversation linguistic ability, as well as intellectual curiosity. By talking and writing about them in German. The course may not register for 305 or 306. (1). (Excl). the end of the term students have a firm foundation in textbook will be supplemented by a course pack Offered mandatory credit/no credit. the fundamentals of German grammar and are able containing additional exercises and readings, and by The goal of this course is to increase students’ to understand and respond appropriately to a variety a series of videos. Readings include both short confidence in speaking on any topic and, therefore, of texts and conversational situations. Cost:2 WL:1 literary works and non-fictional texts from a variety of the course will focus on a variety of topics ranging fields ranging from history to science and the arts, from practical language situations to current cultural 111. First Special Reading Course. Undergraduates intended to get students prepared for and interested events to areas of students’ academic interests. must obtain permission of the department. (4). (Excl). in the special-topics 232 courses, LAC courses and Students will work on expanding vocabulary, finding The objective of this course is to teach students to the expanding German Studies program. Course synonyms and understanding/using varying spoken read simple German expository prose. Students are requirements include daily homework assignments styles, which are necessary to appreciate life in introduced to the essentials of German grammar, (reading, writing, learning vocabulary, etc.), regular German-speaking communities. The materials for the syntax, and vocabulary, both in class lectures and in attendance, video assignments, regular quizzes, and class will come from German websites as well as texts. The class is taught in English, and students midterm and final examinations. Cost:2 WL:1 various materials from the instructor. Course are required to read but not write and speak German. requirements are: energetic class participation, This is a fast-paced course with a substantial 232. Second-Year Course. German 221 or 231 or thorough preparation, e-mail in German with the workload, intended for students with some experience the equivalent (placement test). No credit granted to instructor and fellow students, and oral presentations. in language learning, and is therefore recommended those who have completed or are enrolled in 230 or Cost:1 WL:1 only to graduate students who wish to meet a 236. (4). (LR). All sections of German 232 address German foreign language requirement and to special topics, e.g., music, philosophy, science, 329. Independent Study. Permission of chairman. advanced undergraduates who have already met the current political issues, etc. (1-2)(Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for LS&A foreign language requirement. Course Second course of a two-term sequence in credit. requirements include daily assignments, quizzes, a intermediate German. The second-year program is Independent study for students who need work in a midterm on grammar and vocabulary, and a final designed to increase students’ proficiency in certain area to complete their degrees and are unable examination requiring the translation of sight understanding, speaking, writing, and reading to acquire it from a regularly scheduled course.

Scandinavian Courses (Division 471) 32 / Germanic Languages and Literatures

100. Elementary Swedish. No credit granted to language, focusing on the development of skills in 349. Independent Study. Permission of instructor. those who have completed or are enrolled in Swedish reading, writing, speaking, and grammar. More (2-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for 104. (8). (LR). specifically, this course is designed to teach the credit. For students with no or very little previous knowledge students genuine communication in basic situations, This course serves the needs of students who wish to of Swedish. By the end of the term you will be able to including the ability to read and write what they are develop special topics not offered in the Scandinavian carry on a simple conversation with a native Swede. able to say. They will also be able to read short Studies curriculum. It may be a program of directed The course is inter-active using various materials; a articles or excerpts of genuine language. Students readings with reports, or it may be a research project Swedish textbook with tapes, easy-to-read will also be taught basic knowledge of the sound and long paper. Either must be supervised by a newspapers, Swedish movies, etc. Extra-curricular structure (phonetics and phonology), morphological faculty member, and the student must have the activities will supplement regular instruction. Grades structure (verbal and nominal paradigms), and the faculty member’s agreement before electing the will be based on classroom participation, written tests syntactic structure of Danish at an elementary level. course. This course is also used by concentrators for and oral presentations. Successful completion of this Additionally, students will be introduced to the context developing preliminary research and a prospectus for course allows students to enroll in the 3rd-term fall and setting of modern Danish language in term of its the senior thesis. course, Swedish 233. Cost:2 WL:1 (Olvegård) current use, relevant issues and concerns, political and religious institutions, and the background of 101(105). Elementary Danish. (4). (Excl). cultural referents shared by all Danish speakers. This course offers an introduction to the Danish Cost:2 WL:1 (Lane)

Courses in Great Books (Division 382) 201. Great Books of the Ancient World. No credit Readings in the major works of Western civilization Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, granted to those who have completed or are enrolled from the Greek and Roman period. Readings Aristophanes, Thucydides, Plato, and Vergil. in Gt. Bks. 191 or Classical Civ. 101. (4). (HU). typically include works chosen from among those by

Courses in History (Division 390) 100-Level Courses are Survey Courses and politics since the Second World War. Lectures and 397. History Colloquium. History concentrators are Introductory Courses for First- and Second-Year readings will cover both Eastern and Western required to elect Hist. 396 or 397. Only 12 credits of Students Europe, the international arena and the national History 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, and 399 may be histories of particular countries, and social and counted toward a concentration plan in history. (3). 110. Medieval, Renaissance, and Reformation cultural life as well as political developments. The (HU). May be repeated for a total of twelve credits. Europe. (3). (SS). course aims to explore the shaping of the Section 101 – Poverty in Modern America. This What civilization did our European ancestors create? contemporary world and to introduce students to course will examine the changing profile of poverty in How did they render it so powerful? And why is it so societies and political cultures which are both modern America and it will analyze the ways in which different from its neighbors? This course, with structurally similar and fundamentally different from poverty has been responded to by those with power lectures, slides, cinema, and class discussion, their own. Instruction will be via lectures and ad hoc in society and those without. Students will meet twice addresses these matters topically. You may expect discussion, evaluation via midterm exam and end-of- weekly to critically discuss the assigned readings. to read and view a number of original sources term essay. No special background is required; Students are also expected to consider how different (biographies, travel accounts, monumental art, and prejudices and preconceptions about European readings may be connected. There will be a series of doodles) in order to study the rise and rivalry of societies are enough. Cost:3-4 WL:4 (Eley) student presentations on the readings as well as a Christianity and Islam; changing notions of the hero five and a ten page paper assignment. (Thompson) from swordsman to scientist; comparative treatments 368/Amer. Cult. 342/WS 360. History of the Family of minorities (Jews) and majorities (women); the in the U.S. (3). (SS). Section 102 – Travel in History, Literature, and Art. In relationship between church and state; the This course aims to help students gain a perspective this seminar we shall read, look at, and discuss some management of loyalty and love; shipping, printing, on the contemporary family by studying the of the vast resources on travel, that is, the evidence and technological superiority; why Columbus reached development of this important institution in the of our ancestors and ourselves experiencing and Japan and Galileo discovered Neptune; the relation American past. Particular emphasis will be placed on reconstructing distant lands and their populations. between art and autobiography; and other topics that changing attitudes towards and experiences of sex The work for class will consist of reading original illustrate European history. There will be one hour roles, sexuality, childrearing, work patterns, and sources, beginning in the 1250s and continuing down examination in addition to the final. Cost:2 WL:4 relationships between men, women, and children. to the present. These sources include travel (Lindner) We will explore: race, ethnicity, and class; cover narratives, artistic depictions recalling sights the artist economic developments as well as shifting experienced, and a few films. Some materials will 161. United States, 1865 to the Present. (3). (SS). conceptions of the role of the state; and ask about the come from the history of discovery and exploration, This course is an undergraduate survey of American impact of these factors on family life. We will want to others from tourism, others from mountaineering, and history from 1865 to the present. It examines the examine how much the family has changed over time as an interesting control, one or two travel accounts major social, political, and economic events that and try to project, on the basis of historical evidence, from the genre of science fiction. This seminar shaped America after the Civil War (Reconstruction, whither the family is going. Cost:3 (Morantz- requires a good deal of reading and is not for those Industrialization, Progressivism, the New Deal, WWI Sanchez) who seek entertainment alone. (Lindner) and II, McCarthyism, Feminism, the Civil Rights Movement, the Turbulent Sixties, Great Society 394. Reading Course. Open only to history Liberalism, Reagan Republicanism, etc.). This concentrators by written permission of instructor. Section 103 – U-M Contributions to Communty survey acquaints students with the urban, labor, Only 12 credits of History 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, Building. Harvard, Yale, and Princeton take great African-American, and women's history of this period and 399 may be counted toward a concentration plan pride in what their alumni, faculty, students and staff through both primary and secondary sources. Cost:3 in history. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be have contributed to the making of the American (Thompson) repeated for credit only with permission of the nation. The University of Michigan, in contrast, tends Associate Chairman. not to salute such efforts by those associated with it. 300-Level Courses and Above are for Juniors and This is an independent 1-3 credit course open only to This course, after some readings on the evolution of Seniors history concentrators by written permission of the volunteerism and into the history of U-M, thus invites instructor. It may be repeated for credit only with students to do primary research into efforts at 319. Europe Since 1945. (3). (SS). permission of the Associate Chairman. community-building. (Achenbaum) The aim of this course is to provide a comprehensive critical introduction to European society, culture, and Spring 1998 / 33

Courses in History of Art (Division 392) History of Art 101, 102, 103 and 108, while covering in the Image Study Gallery, G026 Tisch Hall. nostalgic WASP pioneer fantasy. Students will different areas, are all considered equivalent Examinations usually include short essays and slides investigate these sculptures (which have not yet been introductions to the discipline of art history. These which are to be identified, compared, and discussed. published analytically) via their specific historical four introductory survey courses consider not only art context first of initial design and second of ultimate objects as aesthetic experiences but also the Open to All Undergraduates; Not Open to casting and installation – with reference to interactions among art, the artist, and society. The Graduate Students. biographical features of the artist as well as lecture and discussion sections explore the circumstances of the commission by the University of connections between the style and content of works 151. Art and Ideas East and West. (3). (HU). Michigan. Skills of first-hand analysis and archival of art and the historical, social, religious, and Laboratory fee ($15) required. research will be emphasized in Unit I. In Unit II, the intellectual phenomena of the time. Attention is also In this course a comparative study is made of eastern course will view the “Dream Plaques” in the context of given to the creative act and to the problems of vision and western cultural forms, ideas, and values as issues of race, class, and gender in American public and perception which both the artist and his/her these are reflected in examples of painting, sculpture, art of the 1930s and 1940s much more broadly. public must face. and architecture as well as in poetry, music, and Here, skills of critical reading of historical case other forms of creative expression. This course also studies will be emphasized along with skills of Although it would be logical to move from History of compares western and eastern attitudes toward comparative analysis of stylistic, narrative, and Art 101 to History of Art 102, this is not required. One significant cultural themes such as time, nature, symbolic features of various New Deal art works that course in European/American art (101 or 102) and death, God, love, and action. Cost:2 WL:4 (Spink) raise focal issues of race, class, and gender. In Unit one course in Asian or African art (103 or 108) serve III the class explores selected readings on recent as a satisfactory introduction to the history of art for 332/Amer. Cult. 332. Art on Trial: American Public public art controversies in the U.S. relating non-concentrators (concentrators should see the Monuments and Political Controversy. (3). (HU). particularly to the focal issues of the course. Site and department’s handbook for more information on This course probes political controversy in American museum visits within Ann Arbor as well as to Chelsea requirements). The introductory courses are directed public art, particularly around representations of and Detroit, lively class discussion, slide lectures, toward students interested in the general history of gender and race. Unit I introduces the set of issues films, and guest speakers will all play an important culture and are especially valuable cognates for at stake through study of a monument close to home: part in this experience. Basis of Evaluation: Short students in the fields of history, philosophy, literature, the bronze “Dream Plaques” by Michigan sculptor paper in Unit I; Midterm in Unit II; Group project to and musicology as well as the creative arts. Marshall Fredericks adorning the LS&A Building. devise, deploy, and interpret a public opinion poll on These sculptures have been the subject of heated Course requirements and texts vary with individual the Dream Plaques in Unit III. Participation in campus debate periodically since their installation discussions. Books (paperback) for purchase and on instructors, but an effort is always made to introduce shortly after World War II. Much concern has focused students to works of art in the collections of the course reserve in Fine Arts Library. Cost:2, Lab fee: on the perceived male-chauvinist essentializing $20 WL:4 (Root) university as well as in the museums of Detroit and characterization of the “girl” and her dream and the Toledo. Photographic material is available for study perceived racist ethno-class exclusivity of the

Courses in Judaic Studies (Division 407) 270/HJCS 270. Introduction to Rabbinic Literature. 296/HJCS 296/Rel. 296. Perspectives on the (3). (HU). Holocaust. (3). (HU). See Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies 270. See Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies 296. (Steinfeld) (Nysenholc)

Latina/Latino Studies (see American Culture)

Courses in Linguistics (Division 423) 112. Languages of the World. (2). (SS). 119. Conversation. (2). (SS). 350. Perspectives on Second Language Learning Language is a central concern of humankind and with At the core of contact between humans is face-to- and Second Language Instruction. Ling. 210 or good reason. As the conduit for most communicative face interaction. In recent years there has been 211. (2). (Excl). and expressive needs as well as other tasks, it substantial scholarly interest in conversation from The purpose of this course is to explore past and pervades virtually every aspect of human existence. scholars in anthropology, communication, education, current directions in both theoretical and practical Few realize, however, how truly rich the linguistic linguistics, psychology, and sociology. This grows aspects of second/foreign language learning and universe is until they consider the variety of distinct out of the recognition that conversation is not merely teaching. The course will examine a number of linguistic devices and practices employed by a conduit for information but a site for the expression language learning and teaching paradigms and focus speakers of the 5000+ individual languages that have of institutional identities, gender, and power. This on the changing forms and functions of methodology, been identified to date. Appreciating and being able course introduces students to principles for the study technique and approach as the emphasis of language to explain the range of variety of spoken and written of conversation. The course will cover such topics as pedagogy has shifted from teacher directed, drill and language among various peoples of the world is an cultural uses of silence and talk, politeness, how we pattern practice to learner focused, task based essential key to understanding human culture and save face through talk, gender, race, and ethnicity as instruction. Students will have an opportunity to diversity. This course systematically addresses many factors in communication, talk in institutions (doctors reflect upon and analyze their own language learning of the questions which most fascinate us about and patients, the classroom and the court) and experiences and begin to critique and understand the language, thus widening our intercultural horizons causes and consequences of miscommunication. We instructional needs of varying language learning and enhancing our sophistication about our own will also consider how research on conversation has populations. Undergraduates should register for 350 language and culture. It therefore serves those who been translated into advice on how to catch a man or and graduates for 450. Both courses will meet wish to learn about both our own and other societies, keep a mate. The course incorporates the regular together, with additional work for 450 credit. particular languages or regions of the world, and the use of video data and film for the analysis of (Madden) nature of the human mind. (Lindemann) conversation. (Keller-Cohen) 385. Experiential Practice. Permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. 34 / Linguistics

(EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for credit. usually be expected to involve either one-on-one academic preparation in core linguistic concepts is Students will participate in (and, if necessary, be tutoring (in literacy, English as a Second Language, assumed. Each project will have a faculty supervisor, trained for) a service project, through the Program in or linguistics, for instance) or formal teaching outside whom students should contact for specific Linguistics and/or the English Language Institute. the University, or some mix of these. The course is information, and to determine eligibility and any Though projects will vary from term to term, they may designed for linguistics concentrators, and good special requirements. (Madden)

Courses in Mathematics (Division 428) Elementary Courses. In order to accommodate The sequences 156-255-256, 175-176-285-286, 185- (Introduction to Differential Equations) – these two diverse backgrounds and interests, several course 186-285-286, and 295-296-395-396 are honors courses may be taken in either order. Students options are available to beginning mathematics sequences. All students must have the permission of intending to take more advanced courses in students. All courses require three years of high an Honors advisor to enroll in any of these courses, mathematics, however, must follow the sequence school mathematics; four years are strongly but they need not be enrolled in the LS&A Honors 116-215-217-316. Math 217 (or the honors version, recommended and more information is given for Program. All students with strong preparation and Math 513) is required for a concentration in some individual courses below. Students with interest in mathematics are encouraged to consider Mathematics; it both serves as a transition to the College Board Advanced Placement credit and these courses; they are both more interesting and more theoretical material of advanced courses and anyone planning to enroll in an upper-level class more challenging than the standard sequences. provides the background required for optimal should consider one of the Honors sequences and treatment of differential equations in Math 316. Math discuss the options with a mathematics advisor. Math 185-285 covers much of the material of Math 216 is not intended for mathematics concentrators. 115-215 with more attention to the theory in addition Students who need additional preparation for calculus to applications. Most students who take Math 185 NOTE: WL:2 for all courses. are tentatively identified by a combination of the math have taken a high school calculus course, but it is not placement test (given during orientation), college required. Math 175-176 assumes a knowledge of A maximum total of 4 credits may be earned in admissions test scores (SAT or ACT), and high calculus roughly equivalent to Math 115 and covers a Mathematics courses numbered 110 and below. A school grade point average. Academic advisors will substantial amount of so-called combinatorial maximum total of 16 credits may be earned for discuss this placement information with each student mathematics (see course description) as well as calculus courses Math 112 through Math 396, and no and refer students to a special mathematics advisor calculus-related topics not usually part of the calculus credit can be earned for a prerequisite to a course when necessary. sequence. Math 175 and 176 are taught by the taken after the course itself. discovery method: students are presented with a 115. Calculus I. Four years of high school Two courses preparatory to the calculus, Math 105 great variety of problems and encouraged to and Math 110, are offered. Math 105 is a course on mathematics. See Elementary Courses above. experiment in groups using computers. The Credit usually is granted for only one course from data analysis, functions and graphs with an emphasis sequence Math 295-396 provides a rigorous on problem solving. Math 110 is a condensed half- among Math. 112, 115, 185, and 295. No credit introduction to theoretical mathematics. Proofs are granted to those who have completed Math. 175.(4). term version of the same material offered as a self- stressed over applications and these courses require study course through the Math Lab and directed (MSA). (BS). (QR/1). a high level of interest and commitment. Most Background and Goals. The sequence Math 115- towards students who are unable to complete a first students electing Math 295 have completed a calculus course successfully. Election of Math 110 is 116-215 is the standard complete introduction to the thorough high school calculus course. The student concepts and methods of calculus. It is taken by the by recommendation of a Math 115 instructor and who completes Math 396 is prepared to explore the override only. A maximum total of 4 credits may be majority of students intending to concentrate in world of mathematics at the advanced undergraduate mathematics, science, or engineering, as well as earned in courses numbered 110 and below. Math and graduate level. 103 is offered exclusively in the Summer half-term for students heading for many other fields. The students in the Summer Bridge Program. Students with strong scores on either the AB or BC emphasis is on concepts and solving problems rather version of the College Board Advanced Placement than theory and proof. All sections are given two Math 127 and 128 are courses containing selected exam may be granted credit and advanced placement uniform exams during the term and a uniform final topics from geometry and number theory, in one of the sequences described above; a table exam. Content. The course presents the concepts respectively. They are intended for students who explaining the possibilities is available from advisors of calculus from three points of view: geometric want exposure to mathematical culture and thinking and the Department. In addition, there are two (graphs), numerical (tables), and algebraic (formulas). through a single course. They are neither courses expressly designed and recommended for Students will develop their reading, writing, and prerequisite nor preparation for any further course. students with one or two semesters of AP credit, questioning skills. Topics include functions and No credit will be received for the election of Math 127 Math 119 and Math 156. Both will review the basic graphs, derivatives and their applications to real-life or 128 if a student already has received credit for a concepts of calculus, cover integration and an problems in various fields, and definite integrals. 200- (or higher) level mathematics course. introduction to differential equations, and introduce Text: Calculus by Hughes-Hallett and Gleason. Students will need graphing calculators and should Each of Math 112, 115, 185, and 295 is a first course the student to the computer algebra system MAPLE. Math 119 will stress experimentation and check with the Mathematics Department office to find in calculus and generally credit can be received for out what is currently required. only one course from this list. Math 112 is designed computation, while Math 156 is an honors course for students of business and the social sciences who intended primarily for science and engineering 116. Calculus II. Math. 115. Credit is granted for only require only one term of calculus. It neither concentrators and will emphasize both applications one course from among Math. 116, 119, 156, 176, presupposes nor covers any trigonometry. The and theory. Interested students should consult a 186, and 296. (4). (MSA). (BS). (QR/1). sequence 115-116-215 is appropriate for most mathematics advisor for more details. Background and Goals. See Math 115. Content. students who want a complete introduction to In rare circumstances and with permission of a The course presents the concepts of calculus from calculus. One of Math 215, 285, or 395 is Mathematics advisor reduced credit may be granted three points of view: geometric (graphs), numerical prerequisite to most more advanced courses in for Math 185 or 295 after one of Math 112 or 115. A (tables), and algebraic (formulas). Students will Mathematics. Math 112 does not provide preparation list of these and other cases of reduced credit for develop their reading, writing, and questioning skills. for any subsequent course. courses with overlapping material is available from Topics include the indefinite integral, techniques of integration, introduction to differential equations, Students planning a career in medicine should note the Department. To avoid unexpected reduction in credit, students should always consult a advisor infinite series. Text: Calculus by Hughes-Hallett and that some medical schools require a course in Gleason. Students will need graphing calculators and calculus. Generally either Math 112 or 115 will satisfy before switching from one sequence to another. In all cases a maximum total of 16 credits may be earned should check with the Mathematics Department office this requirement, although most science to find out what is currently required. concentrations require at least a year of calculus. for calculus courses Math 112 through Math 396, and Math 112 is accepted by the School of Business no credit can be earned for a prerequisite to a course 215. Calculus III. Math. 116, 156, or 186. (4). (MSA). Administration, but Math 115 is prerequisite to taken after the course itself. (BS). (QR/1). concentration in Economics and further math courses Students completing Math 116 who are principally Background and Goals. See Math 115. Content. are strongly recommended. interested in the application of mathematics to other Topics include vector algebra and vector functions; fields may continue either to Math 215 (Analytic analytic geometry of planes, surfaces, and solids; Geometry and Calculus III) or to Math 216 functions of several variables and partial Spring 1998 / 35

differentiation; line, surface, and volume integrals and 399. Independent Reading. (1-6). (Excl). taken before Math 451. Content. The material applications; vector fields and integration; Green's (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. usually covered is essentially that of Ross’ book. Theorem and Stokes' Theorem. There is a weekly Designed especially for honors students. Chapter I deals with the properties of the real number lab using MAPLE. system including (optionally) its construction from the 417. Matrix Algebra I. Three courses beyond Math. natural and rational numbers. Chapter II 216. Introduction to Differential Equations. Math. 110. No credit granted to those who have completed concentrates on sequences and their limits, Chapters 116, 119, 156, or 186. (4). (MSA). (BS). or are enrolled in 217, 419, or 513. (3). (Excl). (BS). III and IV on the application of these ideas to Background and Goals. For a student who has Background and Goals. Many problems in science, continuity of functions, and sequences and series of completed the calculus sequence, there are two engineering, and mathematics are best formulated in functions. Chapter V covers the basic properties of sequences which deal with linear algebra and terms of matrices – rectangular arrays of numbers. differentiation and Chapter VI does the same for differential equations, 216-417 (or 419) and 217-316. This course is an introduction to the properties of and (Riemann) integration culminating in the proof of the The sequence 216-417 emphasizes problem-solving operations on matrices with a wide variety of Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Along the way and applications and is intended for students of applications. The main emphasis is on concepts and there are presented generalizations of many of these engineering and the sciences. Math concentrators problem-solving, but students are responsible for ideas from the real line to abstract metric spaces. and other students who have some interest in the some of the underlying theory. Diversity rather than theory of mathematics should elect the sequence depth of applications is stressed. This course is not 454. Boundary Value Problems for Partial 217-316. Content. After an introduction to ordinary intended for mathematics concentrators, who should Differential Equations. Math. 216, 286, or 316. differential equations, the first half of the course is elect Math 217 or 513 (honors). Content. Topics Students with credit for Math. 354, 455 or 554 can devoted to topics in linear algebra, including systems include matrix operations, echelon form, general elect Math. 454 for one credit. (3). (Excl). (BS). of linear algebraic equations, vector spaces, linear solutions of systems of linear equations, vector Background and Goals. This course is devoted to dependence, bases, dimension, matrix algebra, spaces and subspaces, linear independence and the use of Fourier series and other orthogonal determinants, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors. In the bases, linear transformations, determinants, expansions in the solution of boundary-value second half these tools are applied to the solution of orthogonality, characteristic polynomials, eigenvalues problems for second-order linear partial differential linear systems of ordinary differential equations. and eigenvectors, and similarity theory. Applications equations. Emphasis is on concepts and calculation. Topics include: oscillating systems, the Laplace include linear networks, least squares method The official prerequisite is ample preparation. transform, initial value problems, resonance, phase (regression), discrete Markov processes, linear Content. Classical representation and convergence portraits, and an introduction to numerical methods. programming, and differential equations. theorems for Fourier series; method of separation of This course is not intended for mathematics variables for the solution of the one-dimensional heat concentrators, who should elect the sequence 425/Stat. 425. Introduction to Probability. Math. and wave equation; the heat and wave equations in 217-316. 215, 255, or 285. (3). (MSA). (BS). higher dimensions; spherical and cylindrical Bessel Background and Goals. This course introduces functions; Legendre polynomials; methods for 333. Directed Tutoring. Math. 385 and enrollment in students to useful and interesting ideas of the evaluating asymptotic integrals (Laplace’s method, the Elementary Program in the School of Education. mathematical theory of probability and to a number of steepest descent); Fourier and Laplace transforms; (1-3). (Excl). (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for applications of probability to a variety of fields applications to linear input-output systems, analysis a total of three credits. including genetics, economics, geology, business, of data smoothing and filtering, signal processing, An experiential mathematics course for elementary and engineering. The theory developed together with time-series analysis, and spectral analysis. teachers. Students would tutor elementary (Math. other mathematical tools such as combinatorics and 102) or intermediate (Math. 104) algebra in the Math. calculus are applied to everyday problems. 555. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Lab. They would also participate in a weekly seminar Concepts, calculations, and derivations are Variable with Applications. Math. 450 or 451. (3). to discuss mathematical and methodological emphasized. The course will make essential use of (Excl). (BS). questions. the material of Math 116 and 215. Content. Topics This course is an introduction to the theory of include the basic results and methods of both discrete complex valued functions of a complex variable with 385. Mathematics for Elementary School and continuous probability theory: conditional substantial attention to applications in science and Teachers. One year each of high school algebra and probability, independent events, random variables, engineering. Concepts, calculations, and the ability geometry. No credit granted to those who have jointly distributed random variables, expectations, to apply principles to physical problems are completed or are enrolled in 485. (3). (Excl). variances, co-variances, central limit theorem. emphasized over proofs, but arguments are rigorous. Background and Goals. This course, together with Different instructors will vary the emphasis. The The prerequisite of a course in advanced calculus is its sequel Math 489, provides a coherent overview of material corresponds to most of Chapters 1-7 and essential. Differentiation and integration of complex the mathematics underlying the elementary and part of 8 of Ross with the omission of some sections valued functions of a complex variable, series, middle school curriculum. It is required of all students of 1.6, 2.6, 7.7-7.9, and 8.4-8.5 and many of the long mappings, residues, applications. Evaluation of intending to earn an elementary teaching certificate examples. Recent Text(s): A First Course in improper real integrals, fluid dynamics. Math 596 and is taken almost exclusively by such students. Probability (Ross, 3rd ed.). covers all of the theoretical material of Math 555 and Concepts are heavily emphasized with some usually more at a higher level and with emphasis on attention given to calculation and proof. The course 451. Advanced Calculus I. Math. 215 and one proofs rather than applications. Math 555 is is conducted using a discussion format. Class course beyond Math. 215; or Math. 285. Intended for prerequisite to many advanced courses in science participation is expected and constitutes a significant concentrators; other students should elect Math. 450. and engineering fields. part of the course grade. Enrollment is limited to 30 (3). (Excl). (BS). students per section. Although only two years of high Background and Goals. This course has two 561/SMS 518 (Business Administration)/IOE 510. school mathematics are required, a more complete complementary goals: (1) a rigorous development of Linear Programming I. Math. 217, 417, or 419. (3). background including pre-calculus or calculus is the fundamental ideas of calculus, and (2) a further (Excl). (BS). desirable. Content. Topics covered include problem development of the student's ability to deal with Formulation of problems from the private and public solving, sets and functions, numeration systems, abstract mathematics and mathematical proofs. The sectors using the mathematical model of linear whole numbers (including some number theory), and key words here are “rigor” and “proof”; almost all of programming. Development of the simplex algorithm; integers. Each number system is examined in terms the material of the course consists in understanding duality theory and economic interpretations. of its algorithms, its applications, and its mathematical and constructing definitions, theorems (propositions, Postoptimality (sensitivity) analysis; applications and structure. The material is contained in Chapters 1-6 of lemmas, etc.), and proofs. This is considered one of interpretations. Introduction to transportation and Krause. Recent Text(s): Mathematics for Elementary the more difficult among the undergraduate assignment problems; special purpose algorithms Teachers (Krause). mathematics courses, and students should be and advanced computational techniques. Students prepared to make a strong commitment to the course. have opportunities to formulate and solve models In particular, it is strongly recommended that some developed from more complex case studies and use course which requires proofs (such as Math 412) be various computer programs.

Native American Studies (see American Culture) 36 / Near Eastern Studies

Near Eastern Studies

Ancient Civilizations and Biblical Studies (ACABS) (Division 314)

121(ABS 120)/Rel. 121. Introduction to the 291. Topics in Ancient Civilizations and Biblical Section 102 – Paul and Revelation. Have you ever Tanakh/Old Testament. (3). (HU). Studies. (3). (Excl). wondered what the life and career of Paul, one of the This course is designed to introduce the student to Section 101 – The Age of Moses and Ramesses. first Christian missionaries, must have been like? the modern study of the Old Testament or Tanakh (no We shall discover and explore the beginnings of our Have you ever considered what challenges the early prerequisites). Lectures and readings will focus on own Western culture (the invention of the alphabet Christians faced as they spread the word of their ancient Israel's religion, literature, and history and and spread of literacy, the idea of "progress", etc.) savior throughout the Roman Empire? Have you their contribution to modern Western civilization. The and religion (Judaism, Christianity, and Islam), ever read the Revelation to John and wondered how approach will be literary, historical, and critical, using including the Bible, in the period ca. 1300-1200 BC, it relates to Paul's writings or the other books of the methods employed by scholars of different religious when the powerful Ramesses II reigned over Egypt New Testament? In this course, we will concentrate persuasions. ACABS 121 is designed to challenge and Moses the Egyptian was leader and teacher of a on the life settings of both Paul and John in an the student with a series of questions and issues group of Egyptian slaves. We shall examine topics attempt to understand their respective writings in their often ignored or neglected in spite of the widespread such as, Is the Biblical Moses a historical person?, historical contexts. To achieve this understanding, use of the Bible today. The course grade will be Did Moses and Joshua really lead slaves out from we will learn and apply modern interpretative based upon daily assignments, attendance, and Egypt?, Was there a Joshua and did he fight the techniques to these influential works. There will be quizzes (20%), two major examinations (a midterm Battle of Jericho? There will be a midterm and a final two papers (4-6 pp), a midterm and a final exam. (40%), and a final (40%); the exams are NOT examination. A primary textbook will be Hershel Cost:2 WL:4 (Sullivan) cumulative). The required texts are the “Revised Shanks, The Rise of Ancient Israel (Biblical Standard Version” of the Old Testament or the Jewish Archaeology Society: Washington, DC 1992). Other Publication Society's “Tanakh,” and a course pack. readings in photocopy will be assigned. Cost:2 WL:1 (Schmidt) (Krahmalkov)

Arabic, Armenian, Persian, Turkish, and Islamic Studies (APTIS) (Division 325)

291. Topics in Arabic, Persian, Turkish and preserving the Muslim family in a non-Muslim cultural, political, and historical influences impacted Islamic Studies. (3). (Excl). environment, and the challenge of upholding Islamic on the institutions of authority in Islam. Besides Section 101 – Islam in America, I: The Immigrant and Law in business and the workplace. American studying historical events and individual views, Expatroit Experience. This course will review the sectarian developments will also be discussed: The students will learn the "vocabulary of power," focusing history, geography, and sociology of Muslim breakdown of traditional sectarian barriers or on terms specific to the Islamic context. The course immigration and settlement in America (whether distinctions (between Sunni and Shi'i communities), will cover from the rise of Islam to the modern period, temporary or permanent). Fundamentals of Muslim the popularity of charismatic and ecumenical Islamic spending one week for each “period” (i.e., the rise of belief and practice and the nature of the Muslim teachings (such as Sufism and the Ahmadiyya), and Islam and the early caliphate, the Abbasids, the Umma or community will be surveyed. Special the development of entirely new forms of Islamic Ottoman empire, and the modern era.) Run as a attention will be given to redefinitions of the Islamic community (such as Rashad Khalifa’s United seminar, there will be brief lectures followed by Umma in America (tension between Islam as a Submitters International). Readings will be in English student discussion of the readings for each class. unified socio-economic, religious, and political entity, with some Arabic terminology, supplemented by Grading is based on participation, weekly summaries, versus the separation in the U.S. of “church” and regular presentations of Islamic musicality in America two oral presentations, and a book review. The state); Islam's changing religious and social and films on Islam in the modern world and Islam in readings are in English, and although some institutions in America (masjid or mosque and Islamic the West. (O'Connor) knowledge of Islamic history would be helpful, it is not center, Islamic educational and professional required. (Hanne) organizations, and the role of the America Imam or Section 102 – Authority in Islam: From Medieval to See: http://www-personal.umich.edu/~ehanne/ religious leader); the struggle for individual/social Modern Age. This course introduces students to the authority.html identity regarding traditional gender roles (male controversial issue of who should lead the Islamic honor/female modesty), raising children and community. Conducted as a reading course in Islamic history, students will study how religious,

Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies (HJCS) (Division 389)

270/Judaic Studies 270. Introduction to Rabbinic 291. Topics in Hebrew and Judaic Cultural Reading will include a wide selection of recent Literature. (3). (HU). Studies. (3). (Excl). scholarly works on children literature, political satires For about 2,000 years, up to the eighteenth century in Section 101 – Developing Conversational and Oral and Israeli children books. Appropriate for all class Europe and to the twentieth in Africa and Asia, the Skills in Hebrew. This course will concentrate on levels. The course requirements include a midterm, vast majority of Jews lived according to religious law development of conversational skills and vocabulary. two short (6 pp) papers and a final paper. (Sacerdoti) (halacha). This is still the way of life of many Jews. It There will be discussions on current topics of interest. is based on the “oral law,” which is an elaboration and Students will be expected to do short oral 296/Judaic Studies 296/Rel. 296. Perspectives on interpretation of the Mosaic law. The course surveys presentations on a weekly basis on a final project. the Holocaust. (3). (HU). the character and development of the oral law, (Sacerdoti) As "an event at the limits," the Holocaust has signified beginning with the activities of Anshei Knesset the bankruptcy of Western values held since the Hagdolah (Men of the Great Assembly), the Section 102 – Satire for Kids? Society and Politics in Enlightenment and has forced us to reconsider Sanhedrin and the Hillel Patriachate. We examine Israeli Children's Literature. Addressing both children comfortable assumptions about ethics, aesthetics, the literary forms, composition and redaction of the and adults, Israeli children's literature acts as a social human progress, modernity, and the positive power of Mishna, Tosefta, Babylonian and Jerusalem Talmud, and a political whip. This literature as other cultural language. In this course, we will explore questions and the Midrashei Halacha and Aggada. The course and social entities mirrors the turmoil the Israeli concerning the perpetrators' motivations, the victims' will go beyond the “classical” rabbinic period and society is going through. The lecture/discussion responses, and the forms and functions of post- examine the rabbinic schools (yeshivot) and major introduces an alternative approach to children's Holocaust remembrances. Our overarching rabbinic authorities in their geographical and historical literature and its role in the political arena while questions will be: How to understand? How to live settings. Cost:1 (Steinfeld) focusing on political satires written by two prominent after? And how best to remember? The course Israeli authors, Meir Shalev and Efraim Sidon. consists of two parts: "history" and "memory." The Spring 1998 / 37

first half is devoted to antecedents and the war years, testimony, representation and memorialization. We frequent short response papers, take-home midterm, focusing especially on (in)human behavior during the will rely on a variety of sources in our exploration – final. Cost:3 Holocaust; in the second half of the course, we will history, fiction, poetry, music, film, art, survivors’ discuss its aftermath, in particular issues of testimonies. Requirements: class participation,

Courses in Philosophy (Division 442) Philosophy is about as broad a subject as one can environment, is there any free will or moral what sometimes get called “souls”? Maybe we can fit find in a university curriculum. It addresses a wide responsibility? (3) In light of the challenges raised by minds into the scientific view by thinking of them as a array of questions, some quite familiar (Does God (1) and (2), are we forced to conclude that morality is kind of software program running on the hardware (or exist? Why be moral? What is art?), others less so nothing but a social convention, or is it still possible to perhaps “wetware”) known as the brain. How literally (What is a thing? Is space a substance?). It also ground morality in something more objective? We should we take this suggestion? Wouldn't it require falls within philosophy to examine the methods and will examine competing answers to each of these us to think of ourselves as nothing but complex practices of virtually all academic disciplines. questions, drawing from ideas proposed by both (biological) machines/computers? If this were true, Because of this breadth, a person can study contemporary and historical philosophers. The aim then the line between us and other machines would philosophy in ways involving the styles and will be for students to think critically about these be pretty thin. It might even be possible for us to techniques of thought of most other fields of inquiry. proposed answers, so that they may come to know make a non-biological computer complex enough to For example, the work of a philosopher concentrating first-hand what is required of a well-reasoned run a program that qualified as a genuine mind, an in logic is much like that of the student of response to the course’s questions. Class will artificial intelligence. Could such a machine achieve mathematics. A philosopher primarily interested in include both lecture and discussion; requirements will genuine consciousness (or self-consciousness?), or the philosophy of religion will often be doing much the include short papers and a final exam. WL:4 would it only be able to mimic consciousness? Does same things as a theologian or a student of the (Duncan) this distinction make any sense, or is there nothing history of religion. Political philosophy is regarded by more to being conscious than being an some as including political activity itself. Many other 303. Introduction to Symbolic Logic. No credit indistinguishable “mimic” of something conscious? such examples exist. In addition, philosophy granted to those who have completed or are enrolled (Woodbridge) examines the practices of other activities, such as the in Phil. 203, 296 or 414. (3). (MSA). (BS). fine arts, that are sometimes thought of as different One particularly good form of reasoning is a “valid 344. Ethics and Health Care. Inteflex 101, 201, or from typical academic disciplines. However, for the inference”: if an inference is valid, the conclusion is 301, or an introductory philosophy course. (2). (HU). most part the activities characteristic of philosophy guaranteed to be true if the premises are true. In this This course is an introduction to philosophical are peculiar to the discipline. The only way to know course, we shall use formal, mathematical techniques reasoning about central topics in contemporary what it's really like is to give it a try. to determine which forms of inference are valid. In medical ethics. We will begin by exploring several particular, we shall use two systems of formal logic: standard theories in normative ethics (including In the Spring Term, the Department offers a number first, the propositional calculus will be employed to utilitarianism and deontology) and then consider their of courses that do not carry prerequisites – assess inferences involving the sentence operators application to questions arising in the practice of Philosophy 181, 303, 340, 344, and 359. Philosophy “not”, “or”, “and”, “if ... then ...”, and “if and only if”; medicine, medical research and technology. Topics 181 is a general introduction designed to acquaint and, second, the predicate calculus will be used to will include some of the following: termination students with a representative sample of assess inferences involving the quantifiers “all” and (abortion, impaired infants, euthanasia); rights philosophical problems concerning the nature of “some.” Part of the course will concern “metatheory”: (mandatory AIDS testing, medical experimentation reality, knowledge, the self, morality, religion, and it will be proven that the propositional calculus is a and informed consent); controls (genetics, society. Philosophy 303 is an introduction to good instrument for detecting validity – the calculus reproductive control); and resources (organ symbolic logic, and meets a requirement for the classifies as “valid” all the valid inferences and only distribution, the claim to health care). Students will concentration. Philosophy 340 addresses the the valid inferences. For this part of the course, be encouraged to supplement lectures with a relationship between mind, consciousness, and students will have to master proofs by mathematical discussion of their own views on these topics intelligence to matter and the brain. Philosophy 344 induction. There will be regular homework throughout the course. There will be both papers and addresses ethical issues that arise in connection with assignments, assigned weekly, as well as a midterm exams. No previous background in philosophy is the practice of modern medicine. Philosophy 359 examination and a final. (P. Gibbard) required. (Diller) focuses on philosophical issues that arise in the law. Spring offerings are limited to 50 students, and 340. Mind, Matter, and Machines. (2). (HU). 359. Law and Philosophy. (2). (HU). sometimes enroll as few as 20. The scientific worldview seems to tell us that reality, This course aims to explore aspects of law that have, at the fundamental level, is a realm occupied by an not surprisingly, attracted considerable philosophical 181. Philosophical Issues: An Introduction. No inanimate kind of stuff – matter – whose antics are attention. We'll look closely at questions such as the credit granted to those who have completed or are governed by the laws of nature. But where do minds following: Do we have an obligation to obey the law? enrolled in 182, 202, 231, 232, 234, or 297. (2). (HU). fit into this picture? I know I have a mind since I am a (And might our answer vary depending on the This course examines problems drawn from a conscious being (I'm even self-conscious). If matter particular law we face?) Is there any necessary number of branches of philosophy. After introducing is inanimate, then where does consciousness come connection between law and morality? Can a system students to some basic tools and methods of from? Must we think of minds as composed of of sanctions be justified? We'll be reading some case philosophy, the course will consider the following something other than matter – a non-physical, non- law to frame the issues, but even then our inquiries questions: (1) Are there good reasons for believing material sort of stuff? Would that place minds will be philosophical rather than legal. Assignments that God exists or does not exist? (2) If human “outside” of the physical world, perhaps beyond the will likely consist of two short papers and a final actions are causally determined by heredity and reach of science? Are minds supernatural, perhaps examination. (Frohock)

Courses in Physics (Division 444) The Physics Department discourages students from elect or are encouraged to elect the Physics 125/126 lectures per week and no discussion sessions. The changing midstream from Physics 140 to Physics 125 sequence. Some advisors will advise all students same topics are covered in both courses, and the or from Physics 240 to Physics 126, so it is important who have had calculus to elect Physics 140/240. final exam is common for Physics 140 and Physics that students choose the first course of a physics Physics 140/240 can be elected by all students who 145. Physics 145 is primarily intended for students in sequence with care. Prospective engineers, have had calculus, but it should be elected only by the College of Engineering who have a limit on their physicists, and chemists should elect Physics students who enjoy solving difficult problems and who number of credit hours, although it is not restricted to 140/240 rather than Physics 125/126 because think that they will be good at it. Physics 145 is a Engineering students. concentration programs in these areas require the three-credit version of Physics 140. The difference Physics 140/240 sequence. In the case of some between Physics 140 and Physics 145 is that Physics Note: If the Waitlist code on a Physics course is departmental concentration programs (e.g., biology) 140 meets in two lectures and two discussion WL:5, then both sign on the waitlist through Touch- or in special individual circumstances, students can sessions per week, while Physics 145 has three tone Registration and contact the department office. 38 / Physics

125. General Physics: Mechanics, Sound, and laboratory classes, and on written laboratory reports induction, simple AC circuits; and (2) geometrical and Heat. Two and one-half years of high school and quizzes. Cost:2 WL:5 physical optics. There will be three hourly mathematics, including trigonometry. Phys. 125 and examinations (see Time Schedule for dates and 127 are normally elected concurrently. No credit 140. General Physics I. Math. 115. Phys. 140 and times) and a final examination. Cost:3 WL:5 granted to those who have completed or are enrolled 141 are normally elected concurrently. No credit in 140, 145, or 160. (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/1). granted to those who have completed or are enrolled 241. Elementary Laboratory II. Concurrent election Physics 125 and 126 constitute a two-term sequence in Phys. 125, 145, or 160. (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/1). with Phys. 240 is strongly recommended. No credit offered primarily for students concentrating in the Physics 140, 240, and 340 constitute a three-term granted to those who have completed or are enrolled natural sciences, architecture, pharmacy, or natural sequence which examines concepts in physics in 128. (1). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee ($25) required. resources; and for preprofessional students preparing fundamental to the physical sciences and Physics 241 is a laboratory course intended to for medicine, dentistry, or related health sciences. engineering. This introductory sequence uses accompany Physics 240 and provide a perspective Physics 125 and 126 are an appropriate sequence for calculus, and, while it is possible to elect Physics 140 on physics as an experimental science. Evaluation is any student wanting a quantitative introduction to the and Mathematics 115 concurrently, some students based on participation and performance in the basic principles of physics but without the will find it more helpful to have started one of the laboratory classes, and on written laboratory reports mathematical sophistication of Physics 140 and 240. regular mathematics sequences before electing and quizzes. Cost:2 WL:5 Physics 140. The introductory sequence is primarily Strong emphasis is placed on problem solving, and 415. Special Problems for Undergraduates. skills in elementary algebra and trigonometry are designed to develop a skill: the skill to solve simple problems by means of mathematics. Developing this Permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). assumed. While a high school level background in (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six physics is not assumed, it is helpful. skill requires daily practice and a sense for the meaning of statements and formulas, as well as credits. PHYSICS 125 covers classical mechanics (laws of awareness of when one understands a statement, This course emphasizes experimental or theoretical motion, force, energy and power) and mechanical proof, or problem solution and when one does not. research under the supervision of a faculty member. wave motion (including sound waves). The final Thus one learns to know what one knows in a Generally a small facet of a large research course grade is based on three one-hour disciplined way. undertaking is investigated in detail. This is an examinations, class performance and a final independent study course, and instructor permission examination. Cost:3 WL:5 The topics in Physics 140 include: vectors, motion in is required. The appropriate form is available in the one dimension, circular motion, projectile motion, Physics Student Services Office, 2061 Randall Lab. 126. General Physics: Electricity and Light. Phys. relative velocity, and acceleration, Newton's laws, 125. Phys. 126 and 128 are normally elected particle dynamics, work and energy, linear 496. Senior Thesis I. Permission of departmental concurrently. No credit granted to those who have momentum, torque, angular momentum of a particle, concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). completed or are enrolled in 240 or 260. (4). (NS). simple harmonic motion, gravitation, planetary (INDEPENDENT). (BS). (QR/1). motion, pressure and density of fluids, and Students get introductory experience and research See Physics 125 for a general description of this Archimedes' principle. Evaluation is based on work with faculty, the results of which could provide introductory sequence of courses. performance on three hourly examinations (see Time the basis for a senior thesis project. If work is not Schedule for dates and times) and a final completed in this term, student would register for 497 Physics 126 is a continuation of Physics 125; it examination. Cost:3 WL:5 in the next term. covers electricity and magnetism, the nature of light, and briefly introduces atomic and nuclear 141. Elementary Laboratory I. Concurrent election 497. Senior Thesis II. Permission of departmental phenomena. The final course grade is based on with Phys. 140 or 145 is strongly recommended. No concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). three one-hour examinations, class performance, and credit granted to those who have completed or are (INDEPENDENT). a final examination. Cost:3 WL:5 enrolled in 127. (1). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee ($25) A continuation of Physics 496. Students who do not required. complete their thesis research in Physics 496, may 127. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound Lab. Concurrent Physics 141 is a laboratory course intended to continue to 497. If continuing, a grade of Y is given election with Phys. 125 is strongly recommended. No accompany Physics 140 and provide a perspective for Physics 496 and a final senior thesis grade given credit granted to those who have completed or are on physics as an experimental science. Macintosh upon completion of the research. enrolled in Phys. 141. (1). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee computers are used for data acquisition and analysis. 498. Introduction to Research for Honors ($25) required. Evaluation is based on participation and performance Physics 127 is a laboratory course intended to Students. Permission of departmental concentration in the laboratory classes, and on written laboratory advisor. (2-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). accompany Physics 125 and provide a perspective reports and quizzes. Cost:2 WL:5 on physics as an experimental science. Macintosh Honors students get introductory experience with computers are used for data acquisition and analysis. 240. General Physics II. Phys. 140, 145 or 160; and research work with faculty, the results of which could Evaluation is based on participation and performance Math. 116. Phys. 240 and 241 are normally elected provide the basis for a thesis used to fulfill that part of in the laboratory classes, and on written laboratory concurrently. No credit granted to those who have the Honors requirement. If work is not completed in reports and quizzes. Cost:2 WL:5 completed or are enrolled in 126 or 260. (4). (NS). this term, the student would register for 499 in the (BS). (QR/1). next term. 128. Electricity and Light Lab. Concurrent election See Physics 140 for a general description of the 499. Introduction to Research for Honors with Phys. 126 is strongly recommended. No credit introductory physics sequence. granted to those who have completed or are enrolled Students. Permission of physics concentration in Phys. 241. (1). (NS). (BS). Laboratory fee ($25) The topics covered in Physics 240 include (1) advisor. (2-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). required. classical electromagnetism: charge, Coulomb’s Law, Honors students get introductory experience with Physics 128 is a laboratory course intended to electric fields, Gauss' Law, electric potential, research work with faculty, the results of which could accompany Physics 126 and provide a perspective capacitors and dielectrics, current and resistance, provide the basis for a thesis used to fulfill that part of on physics as an experimental science. Evaluation is electromotive force and circuits, magnetic fields, Biot- the Honors requirement. based on participation and performance in the Savart Law, Ampere’s Law, Faraday’s Law of

Courses in Political Science (Division 450) Primarily for First and Second Year Students democracy? The course will include both lectures critical and logical manner to the major topics of and discussions each week. Cost:2 WL:1 (Mazie) international politics. Some of the more specific topics 101. Introduction to Political Theory. (4). (SS). that we will be analyzing are the end of the Cold War An overview of some classic texts of political thought, 160. Introduction to World Politics. (4). (SS). and the new international environment, nuclear including Homer, Plato, Machiavelli, Locke, This course will introduce students to the fundamental deterrence, and the role of the United Nations in the Rousseau, Burke, Mill, Marx, and Rawls. We will issues of international relations. It will familiarize the international system. Cost:2 WL:1 (Lopez) explore and evaluate these theorists’ answers to students with the main theories that help us to questions such as: What’s the point of politics? understand the behavior of states in the international What makes state power legitimate? What is the arena. We will discuss and criticize the major Primarily for Juniors and Seniors proper relation between the individual and the state? theories, or explanations, of conflict and cooperation 412. The Legal Process. Two courses in political What's Appealing and what's lamentable about and will simultaneously apply these theories in a science. (3). (Excl). Spring 1998 / 39

Legal Process will examine a host of different issues government has largely ignored these regions in favor settings. Both what we know and how we got to pertaining to legal theory and legal organizations. of the advanced industrial democracies of Western know it are central to the course. Cost:2 WL:1 Among them, we’ll ask: (1) What is the difference Europe. Yet the less wealthy and democratic (Pahre) between law and politics and why is that distinction countries of eastern Europe and the Mediterranean worth investigating? Is politics simply an arena where arguably have more to teach us that is relevant to the 472. International Security Affairs. Two courses in the most powerful person wins whereas law exists to rest of the developing world. Second, over the last political science. (3). (Excl). Laboratory fee ($30) uncover truth? (2) How can one justify the law, in all decade these countries have been democratizing required. its myriad manifestations, as autonomous and their authoritarian governments and radically The course focuses on the process by which officials “logical”? What are the implicit assumptions in these liberalizing their economies. Because these reforms make national security decisions, and it introduces theories that allow them to justify the authority and have succeeded in some of these countries but not in complementary explanations of national security autonomy of law? By exposing these latent others, we can learn what conditions are conducive to affairs, including rational choice, bounded rationality, assumptions, can we still view law, in principle, as democracy and free markets. Third, Turkey is a U.S. and prospect theory. In the forest of East-West impartial and infallible? (3) Is law really neutral with ally, a member of the NATO, and a country with a politics, the West slew a dying Soviet bear. regard to the identities of members in society, or does predominantly Muslim population. In coming decades Thereafter, the United States perceives itself in a it reflect the individual interests of certain groups? Do Islam is projected to surpass Christianity as the jungle teeming with additional beasts – fresh threats the theoretical underpinnings of law affect the world's most practiced religion. In addition, these to the Washington-dominated post-Cold War world. marginal members of society the same way as the countries are also central to contemporary Viewed through an American prism, they are the powerful? (4) Does law differ from morality? If so, International politics. Russia possesses the world's rogue elephants of the international system. what’s at stake in such a distinction? That is, what do second largest nuclear arsenal and occupies the Students should have taken an introductory course in we gain and lose as a matter of theory by thinking of center of the "Eurasian heartland," bordering many international politics, such as PS 160. There are a the two as different? Can judges ever refrain from countries in Europe, the Middle East, and Asia. Its midterm and final paper. Students will be evaluated introducing their own personal morality into their location makes it extremely important diplomatically regarding the quality and quantity of their participation decision-making process? We'll read court cases, and militarily. Second, the region contains several in a computer conference – Conferencing on the articles, and a few books as we embark on our ethnic conflicts, most notably in Yugoslavia where the Web, (COW). The course meets at a computer site in journey to answer these questions. (Kang) U.S. has peace-keeping troops deployed. This course order to access the Internet. Cost:3 WL:1 (Tanter) will examine the Yugoslav and Bosnian civil wars in 423. Politics of the Metropolis. Two courses in See: http://www.lib.umich.edu/libhome/Docume some detail. Finally, the Russian Revolution of 1917 nts.center/frames/ps472fr.html political science. (3). (Excl). was far and away the most important event of the This course will examine the development and twentieth century. The communist form of 491. Directed Studies. Two courses in political current state of local politics in the United States. government which it created spread to much of the science and permission of instructor and the Director The course will focus upon the distribution of power world and still exists today in Vietnam, North Korea, of Undergraduate Studies. (1-6). (Excl). No more than and influence in urban America. Throughout the Cuba, and the world’s next superpower, China. four credits of directed study credit may be elected as course we will discuss the historical developments Hence, understanding twentieth-century history part of a concentration program in Political Science. and other realities that shape politics in American requires knowledge of what the Russian Revolution (INDEPENDENT). Political Science 491 and 492 may cities, including suburbanization, the global economy, created. Cost:2 WL:1 (Rivera) be elected for a total of eight credits. intergovernmental relations, and issues of race and Political Science 491 and 492 may be elected for a class. We will also consider recent attempts to 460. Problems in World Politics. Any 100-level total of eight credits. No more than four credits of increase citizen participation in local government. course in political science. (3). (Excl). May be elected directed study credit may be elected as part of a Cost:2 WL:1 (Schuckman) for credit twice with permission of the instructor. concentration program in Political Science. A Section 101. Students study both theories of World 440. Comparative Politics. Any 100-level course in directed study on any subject agreed upon by a Politics and how to theorize in general. While we student and an advising instructor that does not political science or upperclass standing. (3). (Excl). study familiar theories, such as Realism, Marxism, or Section 101 – The Other Europe: Russia, Eastern duplicate a regular course offering. Students wishing rational choice, the course emphasizes both the to enroll for a directed study course are urged to work Europe, and Turkey in the Twentieth Century. philosophy of science behind theories and hands-on Prerequisites: Political Science 101, 140, or 160 out the details of the course before the start of the experience working with them. Students write several term. Cost:1 WL:1 desirable, but not necessary. There are many good problems sets and complete in-class worksheets that reasons to study Russia, Eastern Europe, and provide practice in both inductive and deductive Turkey. For one, the study of comparative reasoning as well as hypothesis testing in several

Courses in Psychology (Division 455) The Department of Psychology offers two regular five hours outside of class participating as subjects in depressants, coca leaves and other stimulants, introductory courses: Psychology 111 and research projects. antidepressants, narcotics, psychotherapeutics, Psychology 112. Psychology 112 is offered as a This course provides a broad introduction to the field psychedelics and hallucinogens, and medicinal plants natural science and stresses experimental of psychology. During the term we will cover such and herbs. (Rose) psychology; Psychology 111 is approved for social topics as personality, development, perception, science distribution but treats both perspectives with learning, physiology, and clinical and social 204. Individual Research. Introductory psychology about equal weight. Students may not receive credit psychology. In addition, we will look at some of the and permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). May not be for both Psychology 111 and Psychology 112. Either theories and principles that have guided attempts to included in a concentration plan in psychology. of the two courses meets the prerequisite solve psychological problems in both academic and (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six requirement for concentration and serves as a applied settings. Cost:1 (Behling) credits. prerequisite for advanced courses. Honors students Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared and others with permission of the instructor may take 125. Drugs, Culture, and Human Behavior. May not students to undertake individual research under the Psychology 114 or 115. Psychology 115 is offered as be used as a prerequisite for the psychology direction of a member of the staff. Students are a natural science course and stresses experimental concentration. (3). (SS). May not be included in a provided with the proper section number by the staff psychology. In Psychology 114 the coverage of basic concentration plan in psychology. member with whom the work has been arranged. material is rapid, leaving some time for specialized An introductory survey of psychoactive drugs and Students are responsible for properly registering for topics. plants, toxins, and other chemicals that alter human this course. behavior with an emphasis on their use in various 111. Introduction to Psychology. Psych. 111 cultures. Following a historical introduction and an 206. Tutorial Reading. Introductory psychology and serves, as do Psych. 112 or 113, as a prerequisite for overview of drug action mechanisms of the nervous permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). May not be advanced courses in the department and as a system, each chemical group is discussed from the included in a concentration plan in psychology. prerequisite to concentration. No credit granted to following perspectives: history of use, specific modes (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six those who have completed or are enrolled in 112, of action, physiological and psychological effects, credits. 113, 114, or 115. (4). (SS). Psych. 111 may not be reasons for use (religious, medicinal, recreational, Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared included in a concentration plan in psychology. etc.), cultural influences, and potential hazards and students to undertake individual plans of study under Students in Psychology 111 are required to spend treatments. Topics include alcohol and other the direction of a member of the staff. Students are 40 / Psychology

provided with the proper section number by the staff use it as the 305 as an experiential lab. Cost:1 WL:3 examinations that will stress knowledge of the member with whom the work has been arranged. (Quart) material and understanding of the relationship Students are responsible for properly registering for between theory and data. Readings will be drawn this course. Section 110 – Alcoholism and Other Behavior from a text and several primary sources. The course Disorders in Community Settings, II. (3 credits). will include lecture, discussion, demonstrations, in- 305. Practicum in Psychology. Introductory Prerequisite: Psychology 372. The University of class experiments, and practice on problem-solving psychology. (1-4). (Excl). A total of six credits of Michigan Alcohol Research Center (UMARC) exercises. Cost:2 WL:1 (Patalano) Psychology letter-graded experiential courses may be provides a continuing opportunity for students to gain counted for the Psychology concentration. valuable research experience in a community setting 351. Advanced Laboratory in Developmental Psychology 305 must be taken for at least three as part of the Health Profile Project. The project will Psychology. Stat. 402 and Psych. 350. (3). (Excl). credits to count as an experiential lab in the focus on the nature and extent of alcohol problems Satisfies a Psychology research-based laboratory psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be among patients 60 years of age and older, and requirement. repeated for a total of six credits. assess specifically the effectiveness of a brief This course is designed to provide students with Section 101 – Field Work in Multicultural intervention designed to help older adults with training in the skills necessary for designing, Communities. (3 credits). This course is an drinking problems. The project provides students the conducting, evaluating, and communicating about experiential field course involving two visits per week opportunity to obtain research experience in the research on human development. The class is a to an African-American, Arab-American or Latino social and health sciences fields. Students will combination of lecture and discussion of research community in Detroit. Students will be assigned to administer brief questionnaires to elderly persons in issues and methodology, activity-based laboratory work with community-based organizations on projects primary care offices, and they also may have the sessions, and the implementation of individual and to improve the well being of children and families. opportunity to conduct telephone follow-up interviews class research projects. Students are provided with Projects involve such activities as tutoring, developing with participants in the brief intervention study. Other “hands-on” research opportunities interviewing outreach activities, assisting in child care settings, requirements include: interest in social sciences or school-age children and conducting observational and working in community education projects. health sciences; the ability to travel to project sites studies. The class meets the Psychology Laboratory Internships will be supervised by the instructor and (car preferred); excellent interpersonal skills; and course requirement. (Myers) program staff. Transportation will be provided. experience interacting with the public. Furthermore, Students will also attend a seminar meeting once a students will gain valuable research experience in the 361. Advanced Laboratory in Organizational week to integrate theory with practice. That seminar areas of geriatrics and alcohol problems. This course Psychology. Psych. 360. (4). (Excl). Satisfies a time will be arranged at a time convenient to the is the second term of a two-term practicum sequence. Psychology research-based laboratory requirement. students and the instructor. The sequence satisfies both lab requirements for This advanced laboratory will cover several psychology concentrators. Those who register for the theoretical, empirical and applied approaches to Section 102 – Community Issues in Latino/Latina course will be required to attend a research meeting, enhancing individual, group and organizational Schools. (3-credits). The purpose of the proposed a one hour lecture, and 7.5 hours of field work each effectiveness and well-being. We will focus on course is first, to expose students to Latino youth and week during the academic term. Students also are organizational research methodology, role analyses, their Southwest Detroit community (a poor multi- required to write a research paper. (Zucker) group planning and decision making, workplace ethnic neighborhood); second, to educate students diversity, leadership styles, competencies of an about cultural aspects of human development, mental 307. Directed Experiences with Children. effective consultant and examine other hot topics in health, and contrasting theoretical approaches to Introductory psychology and permission of instructor. human resource management and organizational social change; finally, to help the students analyze (3-4). (Excl). A total of six credits of Psychology letter- behavior/development. The instructor will introduce their practical experience using this theoretical graded experiential courses may be counted for the each topic to class by giving an overview of the topic, framework. The overall goals of the course are to Psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be framework and models to provide some first-hand educate students to be able to envision themselves repeated for a total of 7 credits. experience with the concepts and phenomena under working in an urban community setting and to Section 101 – Working with Children. Directed study. Subsequently, the class will reflect on the become motivated to work for social change in their experience with children aged eighteen months to five presentation, participate in simulations, review films academic and professional careers. This course will years at the University of Michigan's Children Center and discuss relevant readings and assignments. be a field course involving two visits per week to a and Children’s Center for Working Families for Finally, students will conduct field research projects, Southwest Detroit community. In this course, the approximately eight to twelve hours per week on a deliver oral presentations and complete written instructors themselves will supervise the field regular basis. Seminar relating theoretical issues to reports which will be delineated in class. The experience. Neighborhood walks will be planned and applied practice is held every two weeks. No goals/objectives of the lab are: (1) To provide a basic led by the instructors to make students aware of the prerequisites required. This course is designed to familiarity with methods of analyzing and improving cultural diversity of the neighborhood, its economic introduce students to young children in a warm and individual, group and organizational effectiveness. (2) base, and its interesting history. (José) caring classroom environment facilitated by To combine the students personal experience of professional early childhood teachers. The major group and organizational process with the opportunity Section 103 – Michigan Mentorship Program. (2-3 emphasis is on developing an understanding of to see organizational phenomena through several credits). This experiential learning course is designed young children through direct experience and theoretical and empirical models/frameworks. (3) To to provide mentoring experiences for students in the introductions to child development and education. explore the relationship between organizational Ann Arbor Public Schools who are regarded at risk for Cost:1 WL:5, Permission of instructor required for all effectiveness and the well being of organizational low achievement. We will pair college students with students. Contact at 998-7161 or [email protected]. members in the context of each major topic. (4) To elementary and high school students in order to help (Leach) provide students with the forum and feedback to students with homework, to encourage effective develop and/or refine effective written and oral skills learning strategies, to set goals, and to help them 315/CAAS 327. Psychological Aspects of the of an organizational researcher and an internal or develop appropriate coping strategies. College Black Experience. One course in psychology or external consultant with the opportunity to apply students who can relate to younger students’ Afroamerican and African Studies. (3). (SS). theoretical and empirical knowledge. (Beale) concerns are a tremendous resource for their learning See Afroamerican and African Studies 327. (Mattis) and motivation. Conversely, college students can 370. Introduction to Psychopathology. Introductory learn a great deal from children and adolescents as 340. Introduction to Cognitive Psychology. psychology. (4). (SS). they work through issues. The course will provide a Introductory psychology. (4). (NS). (BS). This course covers such problems in living as personal relationship and useful academic The topics to be covered include various aspects of substance abuse, anxiety, depression, and information in order to help grade school students the psychology of human perception, attention, schizophrenia – their psychological explanations and become more successful and more motivated in memory, thinking (including problem solving and treatments. Weekly lectures. Grades are based on school. University students will be expected to reasoning), and consciousness. The material will three multiple-choice and short-answer exams participate in mentoring a minimum of six hours per include data and theory about the relationship administered during regularly-scheduled lecture week, read related background information, keep a between cognition and brain function. The course will times. Textbook and a course pack are required weekly journal, and write a 5-10 page paper. emphasize not only the content material represented reading. Sample exams and lecture notes are Students will meet in seminar, weekly (Tues. evening) by these topics, but also the process by which available as options. Class limit: 200 students. to discuss relevant issues. Admission is by researchers develop theories and collect evidence There is no waitlist for the course. The course can be application only. Email Dr. Quart at about relevant issues. Students are required to have added via CRISP if and when students in excess of [email protected] for application procedures. taken an introductory psychology course that included the class limit drop the course. A good time will be students who take the course for two credits cannot material on psychological experimentation. had by all. Cost:2 (Peterson) Performance will be evaluated via objective Spring 1998 / 41

372. Advanced Laboratory in Psychopathology. Students may make arrangements to work in field 471. Marriage and the Family. Introductory Psych. 370. A basic statistics course (e.g., Stat 402) settings where psychological principles may be psychology. (3). (SS). is recommended although not required. (3). (Excl). observed and utilized. Information about procedures An intensive introduction to the clinical and research Satisfies a Psychology research-based laboratory for electing Psychology 404, 405, and 409 is obtained literatures on the family in contemporary American requirement. at 1044 East Hall (764-2580). society. Designed especially for students interested Section 101. This is a tentative description; in clinical work with families, the course will examine instructors not yet determined: this writing-intensive 408. Field Practicum in Research family process, assessment, and intervention from course provides an overview of the how’s and why’s Techniques/Natural Science. Psychology 330 or the conceptual vantage point of general systems of research in psychopathology. Final grades are 340 or 350 or 360 or 370 or 380 or 390. (1-4). (Excl). theory. Students will be expected to attend weekly based on “objective” exams over terms and concepts Offered mandatory credit/no credit. Credits do not lectures and discussion. (S.Olson) covered in class and readings and written count for the concentration, but the course may be assignments. Each written assignment is weighed used for an experiential lab if taken for three credits. 505. Faculty Directed Advanced Research. more-or-less by its page length. Attendance is not (EXPERIENTIAL). Credit is granted for a combined Permission of instructor and one of the following: graded but is required: A student cannot pass this total of twelve credits of Psychology 404, 405, 408 Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390. (1- course without participating in lab activities and and 409, and for a maximum of fifteen credits for 6). (Excl). May be used as an experiential lab by exercises. Class is limited to ~20 students. There is Psychology 211, 404, 405, 408 and 409. This faculty petition to the Committee on Undergraduate no waitlist for the course; do not ask for overrides! course may be taken for a maximum of two terms Studies. A combined total of six credits of Psych. 505 The course can be added via CRISP if and when and/or four credits with the same instructor. and 507 may be included in a concentration plan in students drop the course. Cost:1 This field practicum course offers an opportunity to psychology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a integrate experiential and academic work within the total of six credits. Section 110 – Alcoholism and Other Behavior context of a field setting. Students make their own Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared Disorders in Community Settings, I. This course arrangements to work in a psychology research lab; students to undertake individual research of their own offers undergraduates the opportunity to participate in meet regularly with a faculty sponsor and research design under the direction of a member of the staff. an ongoing community-based research program. The group to discuss their experiences; read materials The work of the course must include the collection project involves detailed screening for alcohol which are relevant to the research topic and and analysis of data and a written report, a copy of problems among older adults attending primary techniques being used; and create some form of which must be given to the undergraduate office. health care clinics throughout Southeast Michigan. written product that discusses the research and the Students are provided with the proper section number The study hopes to provide a better understanding of student's participation in the research process. by the staff member with whom the work has been whether brief interventions for elderly patients with Students may obtain a list of faculty sponsors offering arranged. Students are responsible for being alcohol problems are effective. Also, we will attempt research experience in the Undergraduate Office, properly registered for this course. to determine which specific characteristics of 1044 East Hall. An override from a Psychology individuals predict who will change their drinking Department faculty member is required to register. 507. Faculty Directed Advanced Tutorial Reading. behavior as a result of this intervention. In addition to Permission of instructor and approval of the 1.5 hours of class time each week, work involves 409. Field Practicum in Research Techniques. Department of Psychology Committee on participation in several aspects of the data collection One of the following: Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, Undergraduate Studies; and one of the following: phases of the project. The project requires 370, 380, or 390; and permission of instructor. (1-4). Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390. (1- approximately nine hours of time commitment per (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. This 6). (Excl). A combined total of six credits of Psych. week. Ideally, students involved in this work should course may be used as an experiential lab in 505 and 507 may be included in a concentration plan be able to enroll for a two-term sequence, taking psychology. Credits may not be used toward either in psychology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated Psychology 372 in Spring and Psychology 305 in psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be for a total of six credits. Summer. Completion of both 372 and 305 will satisfy repeated for a total of twelve credits. Credit is granted Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared the Psychology Lab requirement. For further for a combined total of twelve credits of Psychology students to further explore a topic of interest in information, contact either Dr. Zucker or Dr. Blow at 404, 405, 408 and 409, and for a maximum of fifteen psychology under the direction of a member of the 998-7952. (Zucker) credits of Psychology 211, 404, 405, 408, and 409. staff. The course requires a final paper, a copy of May be elected for a maximum of two terms and/or which must be given to the undergraduate office. 390. Introduction to the Psychology of four credits with the same instructor. Students are provided with the proper section number Personality. Introductory psychology. (4). (SS). The course provides experience and education in by the staff member with whom the work has been A selective overview of major theories of personality. research techniques. The student works with the arranged. Students are responsible for properly The orientation is systematic rather than critical. The instructor on various aspects of psychological registering for this course. goal of instruction is to provide students with a research, completes readings, keeps a journal and mastery of the various concepts and their completes a paper which integrates the readings and Independent Study/Directed interrelationships within each theory as well as with experiences in the research setting. Reading an appreciation of their empirical bases and their heuristic values and limitations. The major 417. Mind and Brain: Historical and Cultural The department of psychology offers several options applications of personality theory are presented and Issues. Introductory Psychology or Introductory for independent study/directed reading. discussed. (Larsen) Biology or Junior Standing. (3). (Excl). What are the influences now and in the past that 204. Individual Research and 206. Tutorial 404. Field Practicum. One of the following: determine an accepted view of the biological basis of Reading. Arrangements may be made for Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and “human nature”? This course examines the adequately prepared students to undertake individual permission of instructor. (1-12). (Excl). Offered interaction of historical, philosophical, sociopolitical, research or plans of study under the direction of a mandatory credit/no credit. May be used as an technological, and personal factors that determine member of the staff. Students are provided with the experiential lab in psychology. Credits may not be modern views and studies of normal and abnormal proper section number by the staff member with used toward either psychology concentration. behaviors. Contemporary issues include an analysis whom the work has been arranged. Students are (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of of genetics and behavior; psychopharmacology; responsible for properly registering for this course. twelve credits. biological explanations of crime, mental illness, race, 505. Individual Research and 507. Tutorial Students may make arrangements to work in field gender differences, etc.; bias in biology and Reading. Arrangements may be made for settings where psychological principles may be psychology and its role in determining social policy; adequately prepared students to undertake individual observed and utilized. Information about procedures and cross-cultural comparisons between Western and research or plans of study under the direction of a for electing Psychology 404, 405, and 409 is obtained Eastern illness and treatment systems. This course member of the staff. Work in 505 must include the at 1044 East Hall (764-2580). encourages you to think critically and often radically collection and analysis of data and a written report. different as an intellectual exercise. The instructor Work in 507 provides an opportunity for further 405. Field Practicum. One of the following: assumes no particular background in psychology or exploration of a topic of interest in Psychology. Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and biology and non-psychology concentrators are Faculty present a proposal for student work to the permission of instructor. (1-12). (Excl). Offered welcome. Grades will be based on a midterm, class Department's Committee on Undergraduate Studies, mandatory credit/no credit. May be used as an reports, and a term paper. (Rose) experiential lab in psychology. Credits may not be which approves projects prior to registration. used toward either psychology concentration. 418/Religion 448. Psychology and Spiritual The field practicum courses (Psych 404, 405, 408, (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of Development. (3). (Excl). and 409) offer an opportunity to integrate experiential twelve credits. See Religion 448. (Mann) 42 / Psychology and academic work within the context of a field count for the concentration although courses may be 1. A maximum 15 credits of Experiential courses setting. Students make their own arrangements to used for experiential labs. PSYCHOLOGY 409 IS may be counted toward a degree; a maximum 8 work in various community agencies and RESERVED FOR RESEARCH PRACTICA. Field credits may be earned from one project, and only organizations; meet regularly with a faculty sponsor to Practicums and Psych 505, 507 have prerequisites of one such Experiential project may be elected discuss their experiences; read materials which are one of the following: Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, each term. relevant to their experiences; and create some form 370, 380, or 390; and permission of instructor. A of written product that draws experiences together at combined total of 6 credits of Psych. 505 and 507 2. A combined total 30 credits of Experiential and the end of the term. Obtain materials as early as may be included in a concentration plan in Directed Reading/Independent Study courses possible as it generally takes students some time to psychology. may be counted in the 120 credits required for a meet requirements necessary to register for the degree. course. An override from a Psychology Department The following limitations apply to Experiential and Directed Reading/Independent Study credit: 3. Experiential and Independent courses are faculty member is required to register. Credits do not excluded from area distribution plans.

Courses in Religion (Division 457) The Studies in Religion Program provides students See Hebrew and Jewish Cultural Studies 296. initiation, through the deepening of direct experience with a basic knowledge of the history, psychology, (Nysenholc) and the formulation of a coherent spiritual path, philosophy, and anthropology of religion; promotes an including the notion of an ultimate attainment. It understanding of diverse religious traditions; and 370. History of Christianity. (3). (Excl). explores the function of spiritual groups and teachers examines religious questions which arise in all Section 102 – Paul and Revelation. For Spring Term, in facilitating this development. Of particular interest cultures. The concern of the program is not to 1998, this section is offered jointly with Ancient are: (1) the spiritual seeker's experience of “little inculcate a particular doctrine or faith but rather to Civilization and Biblical Studies 291.102. (Sullivan) death,” the mode of apparent discontinuity when the broaden and deepen a student’s knowledge and 380. Selected Topics. (3). (Excl). May be repeated “old life” is supplanted by a new identity and mode of understanding of religious traditions. for a total of six credits. Only one course from living; (2) times of crisis, adaptation, and “the dark Religion 380, 387, and 487 may be elected in the night”; and (3) the experience of “physical death,” as 121(120)/ACABS 121. Introduction to the seen from the perspective of a lifetime of Tanakh/Old Testament. (3). (HU). same term. Section 101 – Authority in Islam: From Medieval to encountering both relative and absolute reality. By See Ancient Civilization and Biblical Studies 121. means of personal narratives and fictional accounts (Schmidt) Modern Age. For Spring Term, 1998, this section is offered jointly with Arabic, Persian, Turkish, and this course explores how diverse traditions create and 225/S&SEA 225. Hinduism. (3). (HU). Islamic Studies 291.102. (Hanne) value these moments of surrender and See South and Southeast Asia 225. (Deshpande) transformation. Lectures and readings by Hesse, 448/Psych. 418. Psychology and Spiritual Jung, Hillesum, Feild, Lessing, Soygal Rimpoche, 296/HJCS 296/Judaic Studies 296. Perspectives Development. (3). (Excl). Wilber, and others will form the basis of three short on the Holocaust. (3). (HU). This course explores the stages of spiritual papers and one long final paper. There will be no development, beginning with awakening and final exam. Cost:2 WL:1 (Mann)

Residential College Courses Most RC courses are open to LS&A students and Registration and registration periods, and from Office, 134 Tyler, East Quad. When a course fills, may be used to meet distribution requirements. waitlists. RC courses which satisfy specific students should contact the RC Counseling Office Residential College graduation requirement are (647-4359) to be placed on a waitlist if one is being RESIDENTIAL COLLEGE WAIT LIST reserved for RC students only (e.g., RC language maintained. PROCEDURES courses).

Residential College students are given priority in all Waitlists of Residential College courses are Residential College courses during the Early maintained in the Residential College Counseling

Humanities (Division 865)

Drama 14th to the mid 16th century. Reading of select plays which will be taken to Toronto as part of the from this Creation-to-Doomsday Cycle (in Richard University of Toronto's presentation of the entire York 485. Special Drama Topics. Sophomore standing. Beadle's York Mystery Plays: A Selection in Modern Cycle in late June. Students in the mini-course will (1-2). (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. May Spelling), together with some scene-work and contribute in some fashion to these realizations of be repeated for a total of four credits. iconographical research within the Cycle, will lead to early English drama and may be invited to join in the Section 001 – Early English Drama: The York Cycle. a thorough dramaturgical analysis and production production and the trip to the Toronto festival. (1 credit). The course will focus on the earliest and design for a pageant-wagon staging of Abraham and most complete of the English cycles of Mystery Plays, Isaac and The Dream of Pilate's Wife – two plays that staged in the northern city of York from the late

Romance Languages and Literatures French, Italian, and Spanish Placement Tests order to register for the correct course. You must If you have already taken French, Italian, or Spanish register for the class into which you have been 101-232 on the Ann Arbor campus, or if you have If you are planning to take an elementary French, placed. already taken the placement test once, you are not Italian, or Spanish class and you are a new student, eligible to take the test again. For questions freshman or transfer student, or you have not yet If you have registered for a class prior to taking the regarding the LS&A language requirement, please begun the elementary language sequence on the Ann test, you will still be required to take the test in order see a general academic advisor or call POINT-10 Arbor campus, you must take the placement test in to verify that you are in the appropriate level class. (764-6810). Spring 1998 / 43

Courses in French (Division 371)

Elementary Language Courses listening and speaking. Authentic documents are presents intensive and comprehensive grammar used to develop reading skills and culture. Cultural review, study of finer points of French grammar Students who intend to continue a language begun in awareness and listening skills are further developed structure, and the reading of journalistic prose, short high school must take the Placement Test to through listening and video materials. Classes meet stories, and literary excerpts. Both courses include determine the language course in which they should four hours per week in sections of 20-25 students. the use of French movies and video. The proficiency enroll. French 102 is NOT open to students who Daily homework assignments involve studying gained by the end of French 232 should enable have begun instruction in high school. It is strongly vocabulary and grammar, writing exercises or short students to express themselves in French on subjects recommended that students who began French at compositions, and practice in listening of intellectual interest, to understand conversation on another college or university also take the placement comprehension. There are several quizzes and tests, such topics. Classes meet four times per week in test. Students must check with the Course as well as midterm and final examinations and sections of 20-25 students. Since communicative Coordinator for any exceptions to the Placement Test speaking tests. Class participation is graded. Cost:3 skills are emphasized daily, regular attendance and level. WL:See statement above. active participation are essential. Homework consists 100. Intensive Elementary French. No credit of grammar study, writing exercises, and laboratory 102. Elementary French, Continued. French 101. work, both audio and video. There are granted to those who have completed 101, 102, or No credit granted to those who have completed or are 103. (8). (LR). comprehensive course-wide tests as well as midterm enrolled in 103. French 102 is NOT open to students and final examinations. Introduction to French language and culture with who have begun instruction at the high school level. emphasis on communication; the content-based College or university transfer students who have 232. Second-Year French, Continued. French 231; approach integrates grammar with functional use. received credit for one term are encouraged to enroll or assignment by placement test. No credit granted to Students completing the course will speak in short in French 103. (4). (LR). those who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or spontaneous conversations involving everyday topics, See French 101. French 102 is NOT open to 230. (4). (LR). understand the gist of one-way communications like students who have begun instruction at the high In French 232, students will continue learning and radio and television, read for practical information, school level. College or university transfer students reviewing vocabulary and grammar from the second and write simple correspondence and compositions who have received credit for one term are half of the book Ensuite. There will be short weekly on familiar topics. encouraged to enroll in French 103. It is STRONGLY readings (advertisements, literary excerpts, and short 101. Elementary French. Students with any prior suggested that transfer students see H. Neu for stories). Throughout the term, students will listen to study of French must take the Placement Test. Credit advice regarding placement in the appropriate French songs, see several videos (from French is not granted for more than two courses from French course. television) as well as two French movies. Classes 101, 102, and 103. (4). (LR). meet four times per week in sections of 20-25 231. Second-Year French. French 102 or 103; or students. Since communicative skills are The sequence of French 101/102 presents the assignment by placement test. No credit granted to essential elements of French grammar, vocabulary, emphasized, daily, regular attendance and active those who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or participation are essential. In addition to the outside and culture which are needed in everyday life to 230. (4). (LR). understand French spoken at a moderate speed and reading test, there will be three course-wide tests, a Students whose last French course was NOT at midterm, and a final examination. to be understood by sympathetic native speakers. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor must take the Vocabulary and structures are practiced in class placement test. The sequence French 231/232 is primarily through communicative activities stressing built upon the work done in French 101/102. It

Courses in Italian (Division 399)

Elementary Language Courses Students completing the course will speak in short oral and written, and (4) weekly quizzes. Grading is spontaneous conversations involving everyday topics, based on quizzes, class participation, midterm, and a Students who intend to continue a language begun in understand the gist of one-way communications like final examination. high school must take the Placement Test to radio and television, read for practical information, determine the language course in which they should and write simple correspondence and compositions 231. Second-Year Italian. Italian 102, or permission enroll. Italian 102 is NOT open to students who have on familiar topics. of course supervisor. No credit granted to those who begun instruction in high school. It is strongly have completed 112 or 230. (4). (LR). recommended that students who began Italian at 101. Elementary Italian. (4). (LR). This course reviews grammar, introduces students to another college or university also take the placement This course has as its primary objective the standard modern Italian through the reading of short test. Students must check with the Course acquisition of a fundamental understanding of basic stories, plays and poetry, and increases student Coordinator for any exceptions to the Placement Test Italian grammar with parallel emphasis on facility in writing and speaking Italian. Text, level. conversation. Text, workbook and lab manual workbook, and lab manual required. Compositions required; Italian 101 covers the first half of the text. are required and are based upon reading or other 100. Intensive Elementary Italian. Credit is not Course topics include: (1) fundamental sentence topics of interest. Class discussions and oral report grated for both Italian 100 and 101 or for both Italian structure, (2) verb conjugations, (3) adjectives, center on readings or current events. Grading is 100 and 102. (8). (LR). adverbs, and sentence agreement, and (4) nouns, based on class participation, compositions, quizzes, a Introduction to Italian language and culture with pronouns, and conjunctive pronouns and other midterm, and a final examination. emphasis on communication: content-based position. Methods of instruction include (1) grammar approach integrates grammar with functional use. drill, (2) conversation exercises, (3) translation of both

Courses in Spanish (Division 484)

Elementary Language Courses Coordinator for any exceptions to the Placement Test understand the gist of one-way communications like level. radio and television, read for practical information, Students who intend to continue a language begun in and write simple correspondence and compositions high school must take the Placement Test to 100. Intensive Elementary Spanish. No credit on familiar topics. determine the language course in which they should granted to those who have completed 101, 102, or enroll. Spanish 102 is NOT open to students who 103. (8). (LR). 101. Elementary Spanish. (4). (LR). have begun instruction in high school. It is strongly Introduction to Spanish language and culture with For students with little or no previous study of recommended that students who began Spanish at emphasis on communication: content-based Spanish. Course Objectives: the first part of an another college or university also take the placement approach integrates grammar with functional use. introduction to the Spanish language and culture; test. Students must check with the Course Students completing the course will speak in short task- and content-based approach integrates spontaneous conversations involving everyday topics, grammar in a functional use through listening, 44 / Romance Languages and Literatures

speaking, reading, and writing. Language use credit for one term are encouraged to enroll in 231. Second-Year Spanish. Spanish 102 or 103; or encouraged through communicative activities rather Spanish 103. (4). (LR). assignment by placement test. No credit granted to than a sequence of linguistic units. Videos, audio Continuation of Spanish 101. Course Objectives: those who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or cassette, and computer materials incorporated. Introduction to Hispanic language and culture; task- 230. (4). (LR). and content-based approach integrates grammar in a This course is designed to improve the speaking, Goals: Students completing Spanish 101 will hear functional use through listening, speaking, reading, listening, reading, and writing skills of students; to about different sociocultural norms, can act with and writing. Language use encouraged through review the fundamentals of Spanish grammar; to awareness of such differences; speak, using communicative activities rather than a sequence of build vocabulary; and to provide some insight into the memorized phrases and some original language; linguistic units. Videos, audio cassette, and computer literature and culture of Spanish-speaking peoples. read short texts of familiar or simple structure for materials incorporated. Course grade based on a series of quizzes and detailed comprehension, less familiar materials for exams designed to assess ability to read, write, and gist and main ideas; write familiar material with Goals: Students completing Spanish 102 will speak understand Spanish plus periodic written work, and considerable accuracy. in short spontaneous conversations involving oral class participation. everyday topics, observing basic courtesy Work requirements/Evaluation criteria: Regular requirements; understand gist of one-way 232. Second-Year Spanish, Continued. Spanish attendance essential. Participation in class includes communications like radio and television; read for 231; or assignment by placement test. No credit asking and answering questions, initiating discussion, practical information; writer simple correspondence granted to those who have completed or are enrolled role playing and other situational activities. Grade and short compositions on familiar topics, with good in 230 or 112. (4). (LR). based on oral participation, homework assignments, control of basic sentence structure. This course is designed to develop fluency in in-class work, four exams, and a Final written and understanding, speaking, reading, and writing oral exam. Work requirements/Evaluation criteria: Regular Spanish and to provide a deeper understanding of the attendance essential. Participation in class includes literature, history, culture, and outlooks, of Spanish- 102. Elementary Spanish, Continued. Spanish 101. asking and answering questions, initiating discussion, No credit granted to those who have completed or are speaking peoples. Course grade is based on exams, role playing and other situational activities. Grade designed to assess ability to speak, understand, read enrolled in 103. Spanish 102 is NOT open to based on oral participation, homework assignments, students who have begun instruction at the high and write Spanish, plus periodic written work in-class work, four exams, and a Final written and (including compositions) and oral class participation. school level. Open only to students who have oral exam. completed 101 at the University of Michigan. College or university transfer students who have received

Courses in Russian and East European Studies (REES) (Division 468) 301. Directed Reading. Permission of instructor. (1- total of six credits. member, of a specialized topic in Russian, Soviet, or 3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a Independent study, under the guidance of a faculty East European studies.

Slavic Languages and Literatures

Courses in Russian (Division 466)

Language prepositional (singular), and genitive case. For verbs, (INDEPENDENT). May be elected for credit twice. students would know past, present, and future tenses See Russian 355 (Summer Term). 102. First-Year Russian, Continued. Russian 101. of imperfective and perfective aspect. In addition, No credit granted to those who have completed or are students should have covered such conversational 491. Senior Honors Course. Approval of enrolled in 103, 111, or 112. (4). (LR). topics as introductions, expressions for greetings and departmental Honors Committee. (3). (Excl). In this course, the sequel to Russian 101, students farewells and getting acquainted. The course meets (INDEPENDENT). Credit is granted for a combined complete their introduction to Russian grammar, ten hours/week and requires at least two hours/week total of six credits of Russian 491 and 492. expand their vocabulary and learn to express listening to cassettes and approx. 25 hours/week for The first half of the two-term honors course. Honors themselves in Russian about topics of interest, homework. Text: Russian Stage One, 2nd ed., students, working in consultation with the honors including Russian culture. Prior to the course, Bitekhina, Davidson, Dorofeyeva, Fedyanina. Cost:3 advisor and a thesis supervisor, conduct research on students would have covered the following topics: WL:4 an area of literary or linguistic studies. By the end of the alphabet (printed and cursive), vowel reduction, 491 the students should have a detailed bibliography intonation patterns, noun gender and adjectival and a prospectus for a thesis. Regular meetings with agreement, and hard/soft noun endings. Familiarity Literature the supervisor and participation in an informal with the following case endings for nouns, adjectives, 355. Supervised Reading of Russian Literature. seminar are expected. Studies continue with 492. and pronouns is assumed: nominative (singular and Permission of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). plural), accusative (singular and inanimate plural),

Courses in Ukrainian (Division 494)

421. Directed Reading in Ukrainian Literature. be repeated for a total of eight credits. period and includes weekly one hour discussion Open to non-concentrators. A knowledge of Ukrainian Reading of works by major Ukrainian authors. meetings and several short papers. Reading can be is not required. (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May Program can deal with either the old or the modern done in Ukrainian or English. Spring 1998 / 45

Courses in Sociology (Division 482) Introductory Courses Reeves as a person of color? Is there a difference 447/WS 447. Sociology of Gender. (3). (SS). between race and ethnicity? Why is the American This course examines social inequalities based on 100. Principles of Sociology. Open to first- and society so fascinated with race and issues around gender. It addresses competing theories of sex and second-year students. Juniors are strongly race? Does race really matter, and if so, in what gender, as well as explanations of gender inequality. encouraged to enroll in Soc. 400. Seniors must elect ways? Race is continuously defined as a category We will study women's and men's experiences of Soc. 400. No credit granted to those who have that is concrete and essential as well as conceptual unequal gender relations by focusing on several cites completed or are enrolled in 195 or 400. No credit for and contextual; through historical experiences of of gender inequality, including the family, the seniors. (3). (SS). people of color in the U.S., as well as contemporary workplace, interpersonal relations, and the state. The Section 101 – Exploration of Life Histories. The issues and debates, this course will examine the role course explores the way gender is socially primary aim of this course will be to understand the that the social construction of race has played, and constructed, as well as the extent to which other precursors to and conditions under which genocide continues to play, in shaping and organizing our social categories such as class, race, and sexuality occurs. The course will be structured around several society, structure, institutions, identities, and shape the meaning of gender. Throughout the orienting questions: What is genocide?; In what ways everyday lives. (Kim) course we ask critical questions of the scholarship we has the term, “holocaust” been adopted to address study and attempt to understand what is unique about many of the atrocities committed against humans in 304/Amer. Cult. 304. American Immigration. (3). sociological interpretations of gender. (Cunningham) modern society? What is the role of hatred, race, (SS). gender, religion, and, most importantly, POLITICS in Almost everyone in the U.S. today is either an 460. Social Change. (3). (Excl). the commission of genocide? What makes some immigrant or a descendant of immigrants – a fact This course offers a critical look at political nations remain quiet while others try to help those in often forgotten in contemporary battles over insurgencies in the Americas. We will study various imminent danger? In what ways does the media immigration policy. In this course we will explore the 20th century social movements, including the Civil perpetuate stereotypes and prejudices that inhibit experiences of various immigrant groups, including Rights Movement in the US and the Latin American aid? The course will begin with an investigation into those from Europe, Africa, Asia, and South America. Women's Movement. Our project will be to explore the sociological relationship between politics and We will also examine the impact of immigrants on the the how and why of social movement mobilization. aggression and will delve deeply into the definition of U.S. both historically (e.g., the impact on Native How did people become movement activists? How genocide in several international realms, including Americans) and in the contemporary period. We will successful were these movements? Why did people Burundi, Iraq, Israel, North America, Sri Lanka, pay particular attention to the historical context in join the movement? These questions will guide Germany (the Nazi Holocaust), Armenia, and South which immigrant groups entered America and what lecture, class discussion, and writing assignments. Africa. We will consider the roles of religion ,race, that context, as well as the resources they brought The texts will include biographies of movement culture, and gender in instigation and perpetuation of with them, meant to their success (or lack thereof). In participants, scholarly journal articles, video news genocidal activities. The second half the course will addition, we will discuss current immigration footage and film documentaries. Students will write be devoted to the nomenclature associated with controversies including California's Proposition 187, weekly memos organized around an assigned genocide, focusing specifically on the use of the term English-only laws, debates over what immigration and question or topic. Two midterms and a final exam will “holocaust”. The course will culminate with an refugee policy should be, and inter-ethnic conflict. test understanding of concepts, terms, and theories examination of the victims of genocide and the Discussion will be an integral part of the course and presented in the course. (Deerman) politics of remembrance. (Greene) will be worth 20% of the final grade. Other course requirements: in-class midterm (20%), research 463/Comm. 485. Mass Communication and Public 202. Contemporary Social Issues I. (3). (Excl). paper (30%), and in-class final exam (30%). Opinion. Comm. Studies 361 or 381 strongly Credit is granted for a combined total of eight credits (Honeycutt) recommended. (3). (SS). elected through Soc. 102, 202, 203, and 401, The term "inequality" is used often, and with many provided that the course topics are different. different meanings behind it. In this course we will Historically the question of culture and history has For Undergraduates and Graduates explore various forms of this phenomenon in the been at the center of research on Black family life 415. Economic Sociology. One of the following: social world. Obviously this must begin by attempting shedding light on such issues as the influence of introductory economics, psychology, or political to define what we mean by "social inequality". Who is African culture, Black families in slavery, and Black science. (3). (Excl). unequal to whom? Is inequality measured family structures. These themes continue to define Economic sociology is concerned with the social economically? Is it about power? How do we contemporary work, however, the current context of basis of economic behavior. It is one of the newest measure that power? this work has led to important theoretical and most vibrant areas of sociology. While the field is 467. Juvenile Delinquency. (3). (Excl). developments and methodological transitions. The in its infancy, some of the most interesting work in the political push for “a return to family values”, welfare This course is an introduction to the sociological social sciences is done by sociologists and analysis of juvenile delinquency, a multi-dimensional reform and marriage rates among Blacks have incited economists who work at the intersection of the two work on single parent households, the role of Black social problem. Emphasizing a structurally-situated fields. One goal of this course is to survey the life course approach, the course explores the men in families, male/female relationships and literature that already exists and to develop a adaptive family strategies. This course aims to focus sociological origins of “delinquency”, the politics of systematic conception of this developing field. We “punishment” and historical development of the on these, and other, recent trends in Black family shall begin the course with a discussion of the research. The goals of this course is to examine American juvenile justice system, and the problem of differences between sociological and economic recidivism among former youthful offenders. critically some of the literature published in the last approaches, followed by samples of the classic works five years in order to situate them theoretically and Throughout the course we will examine and discuss in both fields. We shall then discuss the rise of large key theoretical contributions, empirical studies, methodologically in the field. This course will attempt corporations, focusing on both sociological and to address such questions as: How has sociological juvenile offender biographies, and artifacts of popular economic explanations. In the next unit, we shall culture which can enhance our understanding of research on Black families changed in the last 20 examine the internal workings of the firm, business, years? What gaps have the recent literature filled? these and other related issues. The objective of this and society and then move toward macro-level course is to provide students with an opportunity to What issues do the recent literature leave discussions of the relationship between business and unresolved? Although there is a strong contemporary develop their “sociological imaginations” and critical society. Finally, we shall use economic sociology to thinking skills in the process of exploring the emphasis in the course, the aim is to draw address some social problems, such as ecological connections to classic research and the social- complexity of juvenile delinquency and juvenile degradation. Other topics covered n the course justice. (Ward) historical context. (Brown) include such issues as corporate control; the social meaning of money, production, and financial markets; 468. Criminology. (3). (SS). For Undergraduates Only mergers and divestitures; the role of national cultures This course will be organized around the following in shaping economic behavior; and fundamental themes: (1) how do legal and sociological definitions 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. An questions about the distribution of wealth and income, of crime differ? (2) How do race, class, and gender introductory course in sociology or CAAS. (3). (SS). particularly in the context of trade globalization. (De shape the criminal justice system; (3) What are the (R&E). Gannes) main theoretical traditions by which criminologists What do Benjamin Franklin and David Duke have in understand why people commit crimes?; (4) How can common? Would you identify Dean Cain or Keanu 46 / Sociology

we evaluate recent crime policies, such as mandatory juveniles as adults, and community-oriented policing? presentations (debates, comments on films, and minimum sentencing, “three strikes and you’re out”, The class will mix lectures, discussion of readings, comments on DPS ride-along). (Wright) the “War on Drugs”, the death penalty, sentencing analysis of FBI crime statistics, and student

Courses in Statistics (Division 489) 100. Introduction to Statistical Reasoning. No or 412. (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/1). The course will emphasize important practical credit granted to those who have completed or are In this course students are introduced to the concepts aspects of data analysis not usually taught in enrolled in Soc. 210, Stat. 265, 311, 402, 405, or 412, and applications of statistical methods and data introductory statistics courses. Students must elect or Econ. 404 or 405. (4). (MSA). (BS). (QR/1). analysis. Statistics 402 has no prerequisite and has one of several satellite laboratory sessions (on SAS, This course is designed to provide an overview of the been elected by students whose mathematics SPSS). This course will meet during the month of field of statistics. Course topics include methods of background includes only high school algebra. May. (Rothman) analyzing and summarizing data, statistical reasoning Examples of applications are drawn from virtually all as a means of learning from observations academic areas and some attention is given to 412. Introduction to Probability and Statistics. (experimental or sample), and techniques for dealing statistical process control methods. The course Prior or concurrent enrollment in Math. 215 and CS with uncertainties in drawing conclusions from format includes six hours of lecture per week and 183. No credit granted to those who have completed collected data. Basic fallacies in common statistical three hours of laboratory per week. The laboratory or are enrolled in Econ. 405, or Stat. 265, 311, or analyses and reasoning are discussed and proper section deals with the computational aspects of the 405. One credit granted to those who have methods indicated. Alternative approaches to course and provides a forum for review of lecture completed Stat. 402. (3). (MSA). (BS). statistical inference are also discussed. The course material. For this purpose, students are introduced to An introduction to probability theory; statistical emphasis is on presenting basic underlying concepts the use of a micro-computer package and the models, especially sampling models; estimation and rather than on covering a wide variety of different Macintosh computer. Cost:2 WL:3 confidence intervals; testing statistical hypotheses; methodologies. The course format is six hours of and important applications, including the analysis of lecture per week and two hours of laboratory per 407. Data Analysis – A Computer Approach. Stat. variance and regression. Cost:2 WL:3 week. Cost:2 WL:3 402. No credit granted to statistics undergraduate concentrators. (2). (Excl). (BS). 425/Math. 425. Introduction to Probability. Math. 402. Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis. This course is designed to give a student “hands on” 215, 255, or 285. (3). (MSA). (BS). No credit granted to those who have completed or are experience in implementing quantitative research by See Mathematics 425. enrolled in Econ. 404 or 405, or Stat. 265, 311, 405, using several SAS or SPSS computing packages.

Courses in Women's Studies (Division 497) 336/CAAS 336. Black Women in America. (3). (SS). commitment among future health professionals; and 441. Honors Research Tutorial. (1). (Excl). See Afroamerican and African Studies 336. (4) to encourage students to explore women's health (TUTORIAL). (Theoharis) through experiential learning. The course will include discussion, guest speakers, and readings. Prerequisite: Women's Studies 240. Prepares 360/Hist. 368/Amer. Cult. 342. History of the Requirements include active class participation, second term junior Women's Studies concentrators to Family in the U.S. (3). (SS). progress reports, midterm paper/project, final write an honors thesis. Students choose a thesis See History 368. (Morantz-Sanchez) paper/project, and a project presentation. topic before beginning this tutorial. They then work independently with an appropriate faculty member to 483. Special Topics. WS 240. (3). (Excl). Degree develop the research skills specific to their topics credit is granted for a combined total of seven credits Independent Study/Directed Reading (e.g., analytic, library, or computer skills). By the end elected through WS 481, 482, 483, and 484. of the term students should have a well-defined Section 101 – Women's Health Practicum. The field The Program in Women's Studies offers several research design and the skills to carry it out. of women's health is vast and varied. Therefore this options for independent study/directed reading. Requirement: a short written thesis prospectus. course was developed to address the many ways in which one could plan for a career in women's health. Directed Reading. Women's Studies 385, 386, 387 490 and 491. Honors Thesis. (2-4). (Excl). To allow students to gain perspectives on the fields, (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). (INDEPENDENT). the course will offer lectures from women's health professionals, discussion forums, as well as a two Offer advanced Women's Studies students an Prerequisite: Senior honors Women's Studies hour a week practicum component. The goals of this opportunity to purpose independent, interdisciplinary concentrators. Provides Women's Studies honors course are: (1) to work on a multi-disciplinary projects. concentrators an opportunity for independent study women's health topic that will have: community under close supervision from their faculty advisor 385 has prerequisites of Women's Studies 100 or outreach, advocacy, clinical research, and patient while preparing an honors thesis. 240, one 300-level Women's Studies course, and education components; (2) to place students in permission of instructor. 386 has prerequisite of hands-on learning environment to explore areas of Women's Studies 385. 387 has prerequisite of women's health; (3) to initiate community service Women's Studies 386. learning and foster community consciousness and Summer 1998 / 47

LS&A Course Guide Summer Half-Term, 1998

College of Literature, Science, and the Arts 48 / Afroamerican and African Studies

Courses in Afroamerican and African Studies (Division 311) Literature and the Arts permission of the concentration advisor. applications must be signed by the faculty member For students who can show appropriate preparation involved and turned in before the end of the second 204. Cultural History of Afro-America. (3). (Excl). in courses previously taken, the Center for week of the term. It is therefore advisable to submit Section 201 – Islam in America, II: African American Afroamerican and African Studies offers course credit applications (available in 200 West Hall) in advance Muslim Communities. For Summer Half-Term, 1998, for independent study. A full-time faculty member of the beginning of the independent study term and, this section is offered jointly with Arabic, Persian, must agree to supervise the undertaking and to meet upon approval, an electronic override will be issued. Turkish, and Islamic Studies 291.201. (O'Connor) with the student during the term. The proposed course of study may not duplicate the material of any 510. Supervised Research. Graduate standing or 303/Soc. 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. An permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). introductory course in sociology or CAAS. (3). (SS). course regularly offered by the Center. The reading and writing requirement should be comparable to that (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with (R&E). permission of the concentration advisor. See Sociology 303. (Forman) required in a regular course for the same number of credits; and all the work must be completed by the Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared final day of class in the term. After consultation with students to undertake individual study under the Independent Study and Special Topics and approval from a CAAS faculty member, direction of a departmental staff member. Students applications for independent study along with are provided with the proper section number by the 410. Supervised Reading and Research. staff member with whom the work has been arranged. Permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). statements describing the schedule of readings and (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with of writing assignments must be filled out. Such

Courses in American Culture (Division 315) Unless otherwise stated, the permission required for to a unique political culture. In this class, we will Summer Term, 1998, this section is offered jointly the repetition for credit of specifically designated examine this political culture, paying careful attention with Psychology 305.202. (Nerenberg) courses is that of the student's concentration or BGS to its historical roots. We will read sociological, advisor. historical, anthropological, fictional and poetic 383. Junior Honors Reading and Thesis. Junior accounts of the city, and will watch movies and standing and grade point average of at least 3.0. (2). 100. What is an American? (3). (SS). documentaries about Detroit. This class will provide (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). In this lecture/discussion course, we will investigate students with an interdisciplinary study of Detroit and Reading of selected works on American Culture. key episodes of this perennially contentious debate. of urban space more generally. (Miller) Conferences, written reports, and term papers. One hundred years ago, for example, politicians and social activists strove to "Americanize" the "new 240/WS 240. Introduction to Women's Studies. (3). 388. Field Study. Sophomore standing. (1-4). (Excl). immigrants" from southern and eastern Europe, often (HU). (R&E). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. (EXPERIENTIAL). while ignoring the second-class (at best) status of See Women’s Studies 240. May be repeated for credit with permission. Native Americans, Mexican-Americans, and African- Field experience in organizations, institutions, and Americans already present and rationalizing the near- 301. Topics in American Culture. (1-3). (Excl). May service agencies under such University of Michigan total exclusion of Asians. Today, we struggle over a be repeated for credit with permission. programs as the Washington and New York common definition of national identity since programs Section 201 – Hollywood Renaissance: American Internship Program and Project Community. Students affecting millions of people, Americans or not, depend Cinema, 1967–1977. (3 credits). Hollywood must make individual arrangements with these on it. Course readings will emphasize Renaissance focuses on the “New American Cinema” programs. which emerged in the late 1960s in the context of the autobiographical narratives, both contemporary and 389. Reading Course in American Culture. historical, by Americans who claim – or disown – Civil Rights Movement, Women’s Liberation, Anti-War protests and an emergent counter-culture. A primary Permission of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). such an identity; we will also study legal documents, (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with popular magazine articles, songs, photographs, and pedagogical goal of the course is to challenge students to make historical arguments about popular permission. films, as well as critical works exploring the values at An independent study course available to stake in this controversy. Assignments will include cultural texts. The syllabus integrates discussion of cinematic technique, film theory, the film industry, and undergraduates who are interested in designing a two short (2-3) page reaction papers, a midterm reading list for the purpose of exploring new areas in exam, and a 5-7 page term paper. (Daligga) historical contextualization in approaching this popular cultural medium. This is an interdisciplinary the field of American studies. Each student makes 206. Themes in American Culture. (3). (SS). May course in which students will be asked to engage with individual arrangements with a faculty member in the be repeated for credit with permission of approaches to American culture drawn from film student's area of interest. concentration advisor. studies, gender studies, African-American studies, 489. Senior Essay. Senior concentrators and Amer. Section 201 – Are Cities Obsolete?: Detroit and the and history. Readings include primary and secondary Cult. 350. (3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). Politics of History and Culture. Detroit is notorious for sources. Course themes include: the myth of the This course is designed for concentrators who desire its image as an urban disaster. Words like “tragedy” West; American notions of “freedom”; violence in a more directed research experience with individual and “decline” have come to characterize the city in cinema; masculinity; religious iconography; gender faculty at the end of their undergraduate career. It the national imagination while near-by towns and theory; gender and “gaze” theory; ideology and star allows a senior concentrator in American Culture the suburbs have worked to distance themselves from images/acting styles; documentary-style cinema; opportunity to write a research paper under the their neighbor. How does a city assume such a heroism; rock music and the new cinema; the direction of a particular faculty member. powerful national persona and what are the “carnivalesque”; and spector identification. (Brent) consequences of this kind of characterization? 493. Honors Readings and Thesis. Senior standing Clearly, Detroit is a far more complicated place than 304/Soc. 304. American Immigration. (3). (SS). and a grade point average of at least 3.5 in honors this image of urban decay would have us believe. See Sociology 304. (Dickerson) concentration. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May Residents consistently contest the meanings of the 309. Learning through Community Practice. be repeated for a total of six credits. city, some by simply living their multi-faceted lives Permission of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). Independent interdisciplinary study supervised by two inside of its borders and others through public art, (EXPERIENTIAL). or more tutors leading to an original paper. This is a music, community organizations and blatant acts of Section 001 – Farmworker Outreach. (3 credits). For two-term course with 3 hours of credit each term; a defiance. Detroit is home to over a million people and grade is not posted until the end of the second term. Summer 1998 / 49

Anthropology

Courses in Biological Anthropology (Division 318)

161. Introduction to Biological Anthropology. (4). primarily on long bones and vertebrae, and some (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit twice. (NS). (BS). portion of the bones may be burned. Skeletal Seniors who choose to enter the honors program Biological anthropology is a subfield of anthropology evidence suggesting cannibalism will be evaluated in undertake a senior project under the supervision of a dealing with human biology and evolution. This the archaeological, ethnographical, and member of the faculty. Most often this takes the form course presents a survey of the major topics in the ethnohistorical records of Africa, Europe, Melanesia, of an original paper of greater scope than is possible subfield: evolution and human genetics, human and North America. Arguments by various scholars in an ordinary term paper, and it gives the student adaptation and other aspects of human variation, and accepting and refuting this evidence, and written experience in conducting and writing up his or her the fossil record for human evolution. Special accounts on cannibalism will also be discussed. The own research. Students who are interested in joining emphasis will be placed on how all these issues time period that will be covered is from 2 million years the senior honors program should consult with the relate to both social and biological concepts of race. to recent history. In evaluating this evidence for departmental honors advisor for biological Grading will be based on two one-hour exams. No cannibalism, we’ll attempt to answer the question, anthropology. Previous participation in the college special background knowledge is required or “why cannibalism?” Is cannibalism triggered by a honors program is not a prerequisite for joining the assumed. (Merriwether) change in, what can be considered, a group's senior honors program. equilibrium? Or, is the cannibalism hypothesis totally 297. Topics in Biological Anthropology. (3). (NS). wrong and we are observing other behaviors such as 471. Undergraduate Reading and Research in (BS). May be repeated for a total of twelve credits. secondary burial/mortuary practices or witch Anthropology. Permission of instructor. (1-3). (Excl). Section 201 – Cannibalism in the Past & Present: An executions? The method of instruction is discussion. A maximum of three credits of independent reading Anthropological Analysis. Among humans, Grades will be based on a midterm and a final exam, may be included in a concentration plan in cannibalism is one of the oldest and most emotionally and participation. Texts: course pack available at anthropology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for charged topics in the anthropological literature. It is AccuCopy (at the corner of William and Maynard). a total of six credits. the consumption of human tissue, and evidence for it WL:4 (Quintyn) Laboratory training and work in the techniques used occurs when skulls are crushed or reduced to small in various aspects of research in biological fragments, long bones are broken or split, ribs are 398. Honors in Biological Anthropology. Senior anthropology. broken into small pieces, cut-marks are present standing and permission of instructor. (2). (Excl).

Courses in Cultural Anthropology (Division 319)

Courses are arranged by groups: Introductory special responsibility to protect the people with whom Museum, Honors, Reading, Research, and Field Courses, Ethnology-Regional Courses, Ethnology- they work from human rights abuses? This course Courses Theory/Method, Ethnology-Topical Courses, begins with a survey of how anthropological ethics Linguistics, Archaeology, and Museum and Reading and principles of cultural relativism have developed in 398. Honors in Cultural Anthropology. Permission and Research Courses. relation to human rights issues. We will then focus on of instructor. (2). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be specific human rights issues related to indigenous repeated for a total of six credits with permission of Introductory Courses people, children, women, fetuses/newborns, and concentration advisor. state violence. Through the consideration of high- Section 201 – Honors Ethnology. This honors course 298. Topics in Cultural Anthropology. (3). (SS). sequence in cultural anthropology is designed for May be repeated for a total of twelve credits. profile cases we will critically examine both the ethical obligations of anthropologists and the ethnocentric undergraduate anthropology concentrators who are Section 201 – Vodou and Spirit Possession. Starting specializing in cultural anthropology and have applied in the 16th-century, millions of Africans were carried biases reflected in the popular media coverage of human rights. The course will be organized around for senior honors in the Department of Anthropology. as slaves to the expanding colonies of the Americas. This course is divided into two parts. In 398, the On the plantations and in the towns of the Caribbean, class and small group discussions, short lectures, films, and group exercises. Evaluations will be based students will meet once a week in seminar to read North America, and South America, they brought and discuss a selection of significant monographs together a variety of African traditions to create new on class participation, weekly commentaries, and a final paper. Cost:2 WL:4 (Hastings) and papers in ethnology, and a selection of writings religions. These religions, forged out of slavery and on fieldwork methods and research strategies in slave resistance, have had an enduring cultural and Section 203 – American Indians of Michigan: People ethnology. This seminar provides background for the social impact and they continue to be practiced widely of the Three Fires. Long before Europeans ever students to define their own senior honors thesis throughout the Americas. This course will explore “discovered” the region that is now the State of project. By the end of the term, the students will have these religions through an examination of rituals of Michigan, American Indian societies thrived here. decided on a project, and begun preliminary work on possession. The focus of the course will be a This course introduces the Anishnaabe people it. In consultation with the honors advisor the student historical and ethnographic exploration of Haitian (Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatomi) of Michigan, may request any member of the Anthropology Vodou, but we will also examine Cuban Santeria, focusing on: the traditional culture of the indigenous Department to serve as a main thesis advisor or Brazilian Candomblé and Rastafarianism. We will peoples; the history of interactions between Native second reader. In 399, the students will convene also study the West African roots of the religions. people and people of European descent; and the periodically in seminar with the honors advisor to The course will cover the syncretism between African contemporary issues that concern present-day Indian discuss their research projects and get feedback from and Christian practices and theology, gender and people in Michigan. Furthermore, we will consider the group, as well as staying in contact with the sexuality in ritual, and the ways in which the religions how American Indians have been defined by honors advisor and second reader. By the end of the invoke and challenge past and present oppression. European-Americans in terms of “race,” and how term, each student should have completed the We will use ethnographic accounts, film, Indian people are seeking to define themselves in research and write-up for their thesis so that they can photography, and music to understand the terms of their unique cultural heritage, or “ethnicity.” make a formal summary presentation of it for the experience and meaning of rituals of possession. There are no prerequisites for this course, and no group. Original field research or library work may be Requirements will include regular class participation previous knowledge of anthropology or Native used for honors projects. in the seminar, one class presentation, and a American studies will be expected or necessary. research paper. WL:4 (Dubois) Grades will be based on a mix of quizzes, take-home Section 202 – Honors Archaeology. This honors course sequence in archaeology is designed for Section 202 – The Anthropology of Human Rights. assignments, a 10-page paper, and a final exam. WL:4 (Jackson) undergraduate anthropology concentrators who are Female circumcision, abortion, torture, the death specializing in archaeology and who have applied for penalty ... whose responsibility is it to criticize a senior honors in the Department of Anthropology. In society's practices? Are there universally agreed- 398, the students will meet in seminar to discuss the upon human rights? Do anthropologists have a construction of analytical models appropriate for 50 / Anthropology

archaeology and to analyze methods for solving student completes a written honors thesis and A maximum of three credits of independent reading problems. This seminar provides the intellectual and presents a seminar summarizing it. Original field may be included in a concentration plan in historical background to enable a senior honors research, library sources, or collections in the anthropology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for thesis. In 399, students work on an original thesis Museum of Anthropology may be used for honors a total of six credits topic. A student, in consultation with the honors projects. Prior excavation or archaeological Independent reading and research under the direction advisor, may request any Department of laboratory experience is not required for participation. of a faculty member. Ordinarily available only to Anthropology faculty member to serve as a thesis students with background in anthropology. advisor. Periodically students convene to discuss 499. Undergraduate Reading and Research in their research progress. At the end of the term, each Anthropology. Permission of instructor. (1-3). (Excl).

Asian Languages and Cultures Note: The Department Waitlist policy for all courses Japanese at the first-, second-, and third-year levels normal Summer Term courses (June 9 to August 15). is 2 – Go to the department office to get on a waitlist, (Japanese 361, 362, 411; and Chinese 361, 362, South and Southeast Asia courses 365, 366, 369, and then attend the first class meeting. Policies and 411, 421) and also offers Korean at the first-year level 373, and 374 will run from June 26 until August 19. procedures for handling the waitlist will be explained (Korean 361). These language courses are part of Contact the department office for an application and there. the Asian Summer Language Institute. They are information at 936-3915. officially listed as Summer Term courses, but The Department of Asian Languages and Cultures PLEASE NOTE that they start several weeks before offers intensive language instruction in Chinese and

Courses in Chinese (Division 339)

Culture Courses/Literature Courses discussion and literary analysis. Upperclass students competence with a vocabulary of 900 characters are also welcome. Requirements: class participation, (plus combinations) and the continuing improvement 250. Undergraduate Seminar in Chinese Culture. 2 short papers, one group project. (Nolan) of aural understanding and speaking competence. No knowledge of Chinese language is required. (3). These goals are approached through classroom drill (HU). May be repeated with department permission. Language Courses and recitation and out-of-class exercises. Texts: Section 101 – If I Were Real: Language and Self in Intermediate Reader of Modern Chinese, by C. Chou Contemporary Chinese Fiction, Drama, and Film. 361. Intensive Beginning Chinese. Permission of & D. Chao; A Great Wall, J. Ma. This course is part of Since the death in 1976 of the founder of the People’s instructor. (10). (LR). the Summer Language Institute and runs from June 8 Republic of China, Mao Zedong, under whom strict An introductory course in modern spoken and written - August 14, 1998. Application is required; if you are controls were imposed on creative writing and other Mandarin Chinese. The course is aimed at the interested please contact the department in 3070 forms of cultural expression, there has been an acquisition of basic structural skills through aural-oral Frieze Building. explosion of literary activity in China. In what has exercises, carefully graded reading practice, and the been seen as a direct challenge to the official use of videotapes. At the end of the course, students 411. Intensive Third-Year Chinese. Chinese 202 or discourse of the state, writers have experimented in will have learned 350 characters and accompanying 362, and permission of instructor. (10). (Excl). the use of language and new literary forms. At the combinations. Students should practice with A continuation of Second-Year Chinese. The four same time, we can see a search for identity and self- language tapes for two hours for each class hour. basic skills (reading, writing, listening, and speaking) expression unprecedented in the communist era, Texts: Beginning Chinese, by J. DeFrancis; continue to be stressed. Students will be expected to when the thoughts and desires of the individual were Beginning Chinese Reader, by J. DeFrancis; Video learn to read various styles of modern Chinese, suppressed in favor of the collective goals of the Skits, by H. Tao. This course is part of the Summer including essays, documentary and journalistic party. We will explore these themes in English Language Institute and runs from June 8 - August 14, materials, fiction, etc. Students will participate in translations of novels, short stories, and plays 1998. Application is required; if you are interested discussions based on the reading material. Texts: A produced in this “new era,” and watch films seen by please contact the department in 3070 Frieze Chinese Text for a Changing China, by I. Liu & X. Li. audiences in China. We will also see how writers Building. The class is conducted solely in Chinese. This course represented the political violence of the past, the is part of the Summer Language Institute and runs social issues of the present, and the concerns of 362. Intensive Second-Year Chinese. Chinese 102 from June 8 - August 14, 1998. Application is women. The class will provide underclass students or 361, and permission of instructor. (10). (LR). required; if you are interested please contact the with the chance to participate in a seminar where A continuation of First-Year Chinese. The goals of department in 3070 Frieze Building. emphasis is on developing their own skills in this course are to achieve a basic level of reading

Courses in Japanese (Division 401)

Language Courses syllabaries (katakana and hiragana) and elementary writing) for those students who have acquired basic characters (kanji) are introduced. Texts: Situational language proficiency. The reading and writing 361. Intensive Beginning Japanese. Permission of Functional Japanese Volumes 1 & 2: Notes and component emphasizes reading elementary texts, instructor. (10). (LR). Situational Functional Japanese Volumes 1 & 2: developing an expository style, and writing short In First-Year Japanese, a thorough grounding is Drills. This course is part of the Summer Language answers or essays in response to questions about given in all the language skills: listening, speaking, Institute and runs from June 8 - August 14, 1998. these texts. The social and cultural use of language reading, and writing. The oral component aims to Application is required; if you are interested please is discussed. Texts: Situational Functional Japanese provide the students with the speaking and contact the department in 3070 Frieze Building. Volumes 1 & 2: Notes and Situational Functional comprehension skills necessary to function effectively Japanese Volumes 1 & 2: Drills. This course is part in practical situations in a Japanese-speaking 362. Intensive Second-Year Japanese. Japanese of the Summer Language Institute and runs from environment. Attention is given to the social and 102 or 361, and permission of instructor. (10). (LR). June 8 - August 14, 1998. Application is required; if cultural differences in the use of the language. In the Second-Year Japanese provides further training in all you are interested please contact the department in reading and writing component, the two kana the language skills (listening, speaking, reading, and 3070 Frieze Building. Summer 1998 / 51

Courses in Korean (Division 409)

Language Courses help. Texts: College Korean, by M. Rogers; and develop the oral communication, reading and writing “Workbook” course pack. This course is part of the skills altogether, based on a broader 361. Intensive First-Year Korean. (10). (LR). Summer Language Institute and runs from June 8 - communicational environment enabled by strong This is an introductory course for those who have no August 14, 1998. Application is required; if you are grammar and vocabulary ability. Activities, such as or minimal proficiency in Korean. The course is interested please contact the department in 3070 classroom drills, skits, and short essay compositions, aimed at increasing the student’s knowledge of the Frieze Building. and materials of audio and video tapes will be used fundamental grammatical structures of Korean while for that purpose. We assume no knowledge of hanja, learning to sustain control of basic conversation. By 362. Intensive Second-Year Korean. Korean 102 or the Chinese characters, on students part but they are engaging in classroom discussion, group skits and 361.(10). (Excl). expected to learn approximately 180 basic characters viewing popular Korean movies, students will develop This course is for those who have completed during the course. Text: A set of course packs, an understanding of the Korean language and Beginning Korean or have an equivalent proficiency “Intermediate Korean” and “Workbook,” available culture. Students will have the opportunity to work in Korean. We will focus on the fortifying the through Grade A Notes at Ulrich's Bookstore. This with the College of Korean CD-ROM, a multi-media grammatical structures introduced in the Beginning course is part of the Summer Language Institute and tutoring program, in the Language Resource Lab. Korean by utilizing the grammatical skills combining runs from June 8 - August 14, 1998. Application is Students are encouraged to visit the lab as much as with expanded vocabularies and idiomatic required; if you are interested please contact the they can and to meet with instructors for additional expressions. The goal of the course is, thus, to department in 3070 Frieze Building.

Courses in South and Southeast Asia (S&SEA) (Division 483)

S&SEA Language Courses environment. This course is part of the Summer language. This course is part of the Summer Language Institute and runs from June 29 - August Language Institute and runs from June 29 - August 365. Intensive Elementary Hindi-Urdu. No credit 14, 1998. Application is required; if you are interested 14, 1998. Application is required; if you are interested granted to those who have completed or are enrolled please contact the department in 3070 Frieze please contact the department in 3070 Frieze in S&SEA 106 or 315. Four credits granted to those Building. (Siddiki) Building. (Radhakrishnan) who have completed S&SEA 105. (8). (Excl). In this course, students are taught to speak Hindi- 369. Intensive Beginning Sanskrit. No credit 374. Intensive Intermediate Tamil. S&SEA 373 or Urdu with normal speed, pronunciation, intonation, granted to those who have completed or are enrolled 114. No credit granted to those who have completed rhythm, and the appropriate body language. This in S&SEA 110. Three credits granted to those who or are enrolled in S&SEA 214. (6). (LR). course is part of the Summer Language Institute and have completed S&SEA 109. (6). (Excl). This course develops beginning basic language skills runs from June 29 - August 14, 1998. Application is In this course students will work toward developing by broadening conversational expertise, increasing required; if you are interested please contact the mastery of the tools to read and write Sanskrit. and strengthening the students capacity to use all department in 3070 Frieze Building. (Siddiki) Lessons include study of the script (Devanagari), major structures of the Tamil language. This course elementary grammar, and vocabulary). This course is aims at increasing and strengthening the students 366. Intensive Intermediate Hindi-Urdu. S&SEA part of the Summer Language Institute and runs from capacity to use all major structures of this Tamil 106 or 365. No credit granted to those who have June 29 - August 14, 1998. Application is required; if language, and increasing communicative completed or are enrolled in S&SEA 206 or 316. you are interested please contact the department in competence. Upon completion, the learners will be Four credits granted to those who have completed 3070 Frieze Building. (Deshpande) able to use the language effectively in everyday S&SEA 205. (8). (LR). situations in a native language environment. This This course develops beginning Hindi-Urdu language 373. Intensive Elementary Tamil. No credit granted course is part of the Summer Language Institute and skills by broadening conversational expertise, building to those who have completed or are enrolled in runs from June 29-August 15, 1998. This course is vocabulary, and strengthening capacities to use more S&SEA 114. (8). (Excl). part of the Summer Language Institute and runs from advanced grammatical constructions. Upon In this introductory course, students are taught to June 29 - August 14, 1998. Application is required; if completion, students will be able to function speak Tamil with normal speed, pronunciation, you are interested please contact the department in effectively in everyday situations in a native intonation, rhythm, and the appropriate body 3070 Frieze Building. (Radhakrishnan)

Asian/Pacific American Studies (see American Culture)

Courses in Astronomy (Division 326) Introductory Courses and Courses for Non- have completed or are enrolled in 102, 130, or 160. larger picture includes our Milky Way galaxy, less Concentrators. Astronomy 111 discusses our (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/2). hospitable exploding galaxies, and enigmatic explorations of the solar system. Astronomy 112 This course is intended primarily for non-science quasars. The present state of knowledge or deals with stars and the rest of the Universe beyond concentrators, who wish to understand the speculation regarding the origin and ultimate fate of the solar system. Students in Astronomy 111 and phenomena and properties of the universe beyond our universe will also receive special attention. It all 112 actively participate in a laboratory which meets in our solar system. There are no astronomy came from somewhere, but where...and why? the evening each week. Neither of these courses is a prerequisites, and a basic high school math Course grades will be derived from scheduled prerequisite for the other. High school mathematics background (e.g., not calculus) will suffice. Students quizzes or exams, and laboratory exercises. through plane geometry is useful. All students in examine the widest possible range of interrelated Laboratory sections, which meet on one night each each course will have opportunities for a planetarium natural phenomena, from sub-atomic particles to the week, will include planetarium demonstrations and visit and for evening observations with telescopes. Universe as a whole. Lectures explore the different observations with telescopes (weather permitting). types of stars and examine how red giants, white Cost:3 WL:4 (Hughes) 112. Introductory Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, dwarfs, black holes, supernovae, and people all fit and the Universe. No credit granted to those who together in one grand, remarkable scheme. The 52 / Biology

Courses in Biology (Division 328) 381. General Ecology. Biol. 152-154 or 195; and a ecosystem. Lecture and discussion will be conservation. Course topics include rarity, extinction, laboratory course in chemistry. (6 in Ann Arbor; 5 at supplemented by field projects designed to test a the meanings of "natural,” metapopulation dynamics, Biol. Station). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology variety of ecological questions in a range of terrestrial succession and disturbance, management of invasive laboratory requirement. Laboratory fee ($50) and aquatic communities. Students will conduct an species, the importance of geology and soils to required. individual research project at the end of the course. ecosystem management, watershed management, Section 201. This course introduces the basic (Jolls) ecoregionalism and issues of scale, laws affecting concepts and principles of ecology as applied to the biodiversity conservation, interactions of government study of individuals, populations and communities of 431. Ecology of Animal Parasites. Two laboratory with non-governmental organizations, and integration both plants and animals. Course topics include the courses in biology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a of human economies with conservation goals. role of physical and biotic factors influencing the Biology laboratory requirement. Coursework will include lectures, discussions, distribution and abundance of organisms, dynamics Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological debates, field trips, and group projects. Each group of single species populations, competitive, predator- Station. Various ecological aspects of animal parasite of 3-5 students will draw up a detailed site prey, and mutualistic interactions, community populations will be studied including life cycles, conservation plan for a nearby natural area. (Jules, organization, ecological succession, evolutionary species diversity, diel and seasonal periodicity, intra- Madsen) aspects of ecology, and current applications of and interspecific competition, host specificity, ecology to problems of environment and resource longevity, recruitment, pathology and parasite- 482. Limnology. Three laboratory courses in botany management. Biology 381 is a suitable prerequisite induced behavioral changes in the host. Field and or zoology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology for intermediate and advanced courses in ecology. laboratory techniques for studying these host-parasite laboratory requirement. There are four lectures a week. The laboratory meets relationships will be emphasized. (Blankespoor) Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological four days a week for three hours at the Matthaei Station. This course introduces the fundamentals of 442. Biology of Insects. Any college-level biology aquatic ecology (with an emphasis on lakes) from an Botanical Gardens, 1800 Dixboro Road. Field trips to course. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology outlying study areas are included. Free bus ecosystem-level approach. General limnological laboratory requirement. Laboratory fee ($35) principles as well as physical, chemical and biological transportation between the Main Campus and the required. Botanical Gardens is provided. Cost:3 WL:1 parameters of lakes will be studied. Biological Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological investigations include an introduction to the ecology Courses at the Biological Station (June 20-August Station. This course introduces students to and taxonomy of the algae, zooplankton, 16) entomology, emphasizing the diversity of insects, macroinvertebrates, macrophytes, and fishes. Field their life histories, ecology and behavior. It does this studies include a comparative lake survey in which 330. Biology of Birds. Two collegiate courses in through identification and natural history study of the students will gain experience in field sampling, biology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology orders and major families of insects. Field work will laboratory analysis of samples, statistical analysis laboratory requirement. include trips to major habitats of the area for study and interpretation of data for several types of lakes. Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological and collection and short class projects on ecological (Pan, Tuchman) Station. An introduction to ornithology with emphasis and evolutionary questions. Laboratory work will on field identification of the birds of northern include examining basic insect structure and 486. Biology and Ecology of Fish. Two laboratory Michigan. Field trips are to a variety of habitats in the preparation of individual collections. Lecture topics courses in biology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a region. Labs include classification, morphology, and will include coverage of insect groups, evolution and Biology laboratory requirement. identification of study specimens. Lectures cover a phylogeny, ecology, behavior and physiology. Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological variety of topics in the evolution, physiology, (Scholtens) Station. Field and laboratory studies of fish behavior, and ecology of birds. Each student communities. Field trips will sample a variety of participates in a group project. (Cuthbert) 453. Field Mammalogy. Two laboratory courses in aquatic habitats in the area, with analysis of habitat biology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology characteristics and fish community composition. 331. Natural History of Invertebrates. Two college- laboratory requirement. Laboratories and lectures will examine physiological, level courses in biology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological behavioral, and functional morphological factors that Biology laboratory requirement. Station. An introduction to the study of mammals. determine possible ("fundamental") habitat range, Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological Students will learn methods of studying mammals in and modifying organismic interactions such as Station. More than 98% of all animals – number of the field by carrying out a series of projects on the predation and competition leading to actual species, number of individuals, biomass – are wild mammals of northern Michigan. These projects ("realized") distributions. Strengths and weaknesses invertebrates, i.e., "animals without backbones." In will be designed to give familiarity with areas of active of various research approaches will be evaluated. the Biological Station area they are the insects, research on the ecology of mammals and practical (Webb) crayfish, millipedes, spiders, snails, clams, experience with the excitement and headaches of earthworms, leeches, bryozoans, tardigrades, formulating hypotheses, carrying out field work, and 492. Behavioral Ecology. Biol. 152-154 or 195, and nematodes, rotifers, planarians, sponges, etc. The analyzing data. Some familiarity with elementary one additional course in zoology. (5 in Ann Arbor; 5 at course includes recognition, ecological distribution, statistics is helpful but not necessary. (Myers) Biol. Station, which also includes Biology 493). (Excl). species diversity, behavior, and life histories of (BS). selected aquatic and terrestrial invertebrates. Field 457. Algae in Freshwater Ecosystems. Two Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological studies will include visits to various types of aquatic laboratory courses in botany. (5). (Excl). (BS). Station. Class exercises, field techniques, and an and terrestrial habitats in northern Michigan. Satisfies a Biology laboratory requirement. individual research project will be used to develop Independent projects will be conducted by students. Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological skills in taking behavioral data under field conditions *Students registering for graduate credit will be Station. A survey of the algae of northern Michigan and to test functional hypotheses about behavior from required to do additional course work. (Burch) with emphasis on taxonomy and ecology. Students current evolutionary theory. Topics will include: become familiar with the algae of streams, bogs, behavior in an evolutionary context, inclusive fitness, 381. General Ecology. Biol. 152-154 or 195; and a fens, swamps, beach pools, and the Laurentian parental care and mating systems, and sex laboratory course in chemistry. (6 in Ann Arbor; 5 at Great Lakes. Special attention is given to field differences in behavior and sex allocation. (Pruett- Biol. Station). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology investigations of periphyton and phytoplankton Jones) laboratory requirement. community ecology and their application to water Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological quality assessment. (Lowe) 556. Field Botany of Northern Michigan. A course Station. The study of the factors influencing the in systematic botany (Biol. 459). (5). (Excl). (BS). distribution and abundance of animals and plants. 475. Conservation Biology and Ecosystem Satisfies a Biology laboratory requirement. Course topics include individual ecology (abiotic and Management. Two courses in the biological sciences Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological biotic limiting factors), population ecology (population including ecology. (5). (Excl). (BS). Station. A comprehensive field approach to vascular dynamics, competition, predation, and other species Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological plants of the region, including characteristic species interactions), community ecology (species diversity Station. This course will help students synthesize of both terrestrial and aquatic habitats as well as and succession), ecosystem ecology (nutrient cycling principles of ecology with ideas from population species known for their rarity or distinctive distribution and energy flow), and human impact on the biology, geology, hydrology, law, and policy, in order patterns. Students will become familiar with the to understand both the theory and practice of Summer 1998 / 53

major plant families of the Great Lakes area, basic 585. Ecology of Streams and Rivers. A previous or interactions among algae, aquatic plants, terminology and techniques useful in plant concurrent course in limnology, aquatic ecology, invertebrates, and fish and their physical and identification, the general phytogeography and phycology, or aquatic invertebrates is recommended. chemical environments in streams and rivers. ecology of the region especially as these relate to (5). (Excl). (BS). Satisfies a Biology laboratory Emphasis will be on basic taxonomy, natural history, recent geological history of the landscape, and field requirement. growth, competition, predation, and ecosystem recognition of about 400 selected species. Designed Section 711. June 20 to August 15 at the Biological theories. Field trips are taken to streams for as a second course for students who already have Station. This course takes an integrated approach to observation and comparison. Research experiences some experience in vascular plant taxonomy, the study of population, community, and ecosystem are emphasized. (Holomuzki) including identification of common families and structure and function in flowing water. Observation species. (Voss) and experimentation are utilized to explore

Courses in Chemistry (Division 334) 218. Independent Study in Biochemistry. work for the 7-week term for each credit elected. At the professor who will supervise the research. (1-4). Permission of instructor. For students with less than the end of each term, three copies of a written report (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total junior standing. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be are submitted – one for the Advising Office, one for of four credits during junior or senior year. repeated for a total of four credits. the student, and one for the faculty supervisor. Elected starting in the junior or senior year, this This course provides an introduction to independent course is a requirement for B.S. Chemistry students, biochemistry research under the direction of a faculty For a student to receive Chemistry credit for who must elect it for a total of four credits spread out member whose project is in the biochemistry area. Chemistry 219, the student must work on a research over two or more terms. The student is expected to The Chemistry Department encourages students to project supervised by a faculty member of the put in at least six hours a week of actual work for get involved with undergraduate research as early as Chemistry Department, either alone, or in each credit elected in the half-term. At the end of possible. The Chemistry Advising Office, 1500 collaboration with a colleague within the department, each term, a written report evaluating the progress of Chemistry, provides information to help students in from another department, or from another school. the project is submitted; one copy to the faculty meeting with faculty members to discuss research This collaboration must be an ongoing one, and the member, one copy for the Chemistry Advising Office, opportunities. Chemistry 218 is for biochemistry student must receive direct supervision by all of the and one copy for the student. Interim reports need concentrators, and research projects must be faculty who have agreed to sponsor the project. Final not be lengthy, but the final report for Chemistry 399 approved by a biochemistry advisor. Exact details evaluation of the research effort and the report, as is expected to be more detailed and longer than the such as nature of research, level of involvement of well as the grade for the course, rests with the faculty reports in 219. the student, and criteria for grading are individually member from the Chemistry Department. Cost:1 determined in consultation with the faculty member. WL:3 For a student to receive Chemistry credit for Chemistry 399, the student must work on a research The student is expected to put in a minimum of six 398. Undergraduate Research in Biochemistry. hours per week of actual work for the 7-week term for project supervised by a faculty member of the Junior standing, and permission of a biochemistry Chemistry Department, either alone, or in each credit elected. At the end of each term, three concentration advisor and the professor who will copies of a written report are submitted – one for the collaboration with a colleague within the department, supervise the research. (1-4). (Excl). from another department, or from another school. Advising Office, one for the student, and one for the (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of four faculty supervisor. This collaboration must be an ongoing one, and the credits during junior or senior year. student must receive direct supervision by all of the For a student to receive biochemistry credit for Chem Elected starting in the junior or senior year, this faculty who have agreed to sponsor the project. Final 218, the student must work on a research project course is an optional requirement for Biochemistry evaluation of the research effort and the report, as supervised by a member of the biochemistry students and a requirement for Honors Biochemistry well as the grade for the course, rests with the faculty concentration research faculty, and the project must students, who must elect it for a total of four credits member from the Chemistry Department. Cost:1 be approved by a biochemistry advisor. Final spread out over two or more terms. The student is WL:3 evaluation of the research effort and the report, as expected to put in a minimum of six hours a week of well as the grade for the course, rests with the actual work for each credit elected in the half-term. 498. Undergraduate Honors Thesis in biochemistry research faculty member. Cost:1 WL:3 At the end of each term, a written report evaluating Biochemistry. Chem. 398 and permission of the progress of the project is submitted; one copy to instructor. To be elected in the term in which an 219. Independent Study in Chemistry. Permission the faculty member, one copy for the Chemistry Honors student presents a thesis on undergraduate of instructor. For students with less than junior Advising Office (1500 Chemistry), and one copy for research. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). standing. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be the student. Interim reports need not be lengthy, but To be elected in the term in which an Honors repeated for a total of four credits. the final report for Chemistry 398 is expected to be biochemistry student presents a thesis on Research in an area of interest to, and supervised by, more detailed and longer than the reports in 218. undergraduate research. Cost:1 WL:3 a Chemistry faculty member. The Chemistry Department encourages students to get involved with For a student to receive biochemistry credit for Chem 499. Undergraduate Thesis. Chem. 399 and undergraduate research as early as possible. The 398, the student must work on a research project permission of instructor. To be elected in the term in Chemistry Advising Office, 1500 Chemistry, provides supervised by a member of the biochemistry which an Honors student presents a thesis on information and help to students in meeting with concentration research faculty and the project must undergraduate research. (1). (Excl). faculty members to discuss research opportunities. be approved by a biochemistry advisor. Final (INDEPENDENT). Exact details such as nature of the research, level of evaluation of the research effort and the report, as To be elected in the term in which an Honors involvement of the student, credits awarded, and well as the grade for the course, rests with the biochemistry student presents a thesis on criteria for grading are individually determined in biochemistry research faculty member. Cost:1 WL:3 undergraduate research. Cost:1 WL:3 consultation with the faculty member. The student is 399. Undergraduate Research. Junior standing, and expected to put in at least six hours a week of actual permission of a chemistry concentration advisor and

Courses in Communication Studies (Division 352) 441. Independent Reading. Permission of instruction in subject areas not covered by scheduled (INDEPENDENT). Comm. Studies 441 and 442 may department. (1-8). (Excl). No more than four credits courses. Must be arranged with the faculty member. be repeated for a combined total of eight credits. may be included in a Communication concentration. Cost:2 WL:1 Comm. 441 and 442 may be repeated for a combined (INDEPENDENT). Comm. 441 and 442 may be total of eight credits. Intended for individualized repeated for a combined total of eight credits. 442. Independent Research. Permission of instruction in subject areas not covered by scheduled Comm. 441 and 442 may be repeated for a combined department. (1-8). (Excl). No more than four credits courses. Must be arranged with the faculty member. total of eight credits. Intended for individualized may be included in a Communication concentration. Cost:2 WL:1 54 / Comparative Literature

Courses in Comparative Literature (Division 354) 496. Honors Thesis. Comp. Lit. 495 and Honors 498. Directed Reading. Permission of instructor. (1- which the student will execute with the tutorial concentration in comparative literature. (3). (Excl). 4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). assistance of the instructor. The student will be (INDEPENDENT). This course is intended for Comparative Literature required to submit a written proposal of his or her In the Honors Thesis course the Honors student concentrators. It offers a student the opportunity to course to the Program office. For further information, typically develops the seminar work done in Comp. work closely with a faculty member associated with contact the Program in Comparative Literature, 2015 Lit. 495 (Senior Seminar) into a longer, more Comparative Literature on a comparative topic Tisch. thorough study under the auspices of a faculty thesis chosen by the student in consultation with the director. Students who need help in arranging for a professor. Together they will develop a reading list; thesis director should contact the Comparative establish goals, meeting times, and credit hours Literature office, 2015 Tisch, 763-2351. (within the range); and plan papers and projects

Courses in Comprehensive Studies Program (Division 350) 100. CSP Freshpersons Readings Seminar. (2). about the nature and history of the modern University students, faculty, researchers, and administrators. (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. as well as the roles they and others play in the There are no prerequisites and the course is taught in This course is intended for first-year students and is enterprise of higher learning. Of particular focus will seminar format. (Williams, Ortez, Robinson, an examination of the modern American University be the student's own academic and maturational Marshall, Holland) and the roles and expectations of the different people development as well as the challenges faced by the within it. The course will challenge students to learn University community which is defined to include

Courses in Computer Science (Division 353) 400/EECS 400/Math. 419. Linear Spaces and Math. 417. (3). (Excl). (BS). instructor or advisor. (1-4). (Excl). (BS). May be Matrix Theory. Four terms of college mathematics See Mathematics 419. repeated for credit. beyond Math. 110. No credit granted to those who Topics of current interest in electrical engineering and have completed or are enrolled in Math. 217 or Math. 598/EECS 598. Special Topics in Electrical computer science. Lectures, seminar, or laboratory. 513. One credit granted to those who have completed Engineering and Computer Science. Permission of Can be taken more than once for credit.

Courses in Economics (Division 358) A. Introductory Courses economic tools will be used to analyze how various especially for those worst off. A further focus is parties might respond to changes in the health care potential implications of global development in the 101(201). Principles of Economics I. No credit system. By the end of the course students should be more developed countries. The main text for the granted to those who have completed or are enrolled able to assess the potential impact of hypothetical course is Economic Development by Michael P. in 400. (3). (SS). (QR/2). changes in the health care system on costs and Todaro (1997). Written work for the course consists See Economics 101 (Spring Term). access as well as on the well-being of hospitals, of a midterm examination, a 10-15 page term paper 102(202). Principles of Economics II. Econ. 101. physicians, and insurers. Cost:2 WL:4 (Reimer- on a mutually agreeable topic, and a final No credit granted to those who have completed or are Hommel) examination. Discussion in class is strongly enrolled in Econ. 400. (3). (SS). (QR/2). encouraged. Cost:2 WL:1 (Thompson) See Economics 102 (Spring Term). H. Economic Development M. Honors Program, Seminars, and Independent 360. The Developing Economies. Econ. 101 and Research E. Industrial Organization and Public Control 102. No credit granted to those who have completed 438/Health Management and Policy 661 (Public or are enrolled in 461. (3). (SS). 499. Independent Research. Written permission of Health). Economics of Health Services. Econ. 401 Most people live in "less developed countries" with staff member supervising research, and permission of or HMP 660. (3). (Excl). much lower average incomes than the United States the economics concentration advisor. (1-4). (Excl). No This course will introduce students to the fundamental and other "developed countries" and this inequality more than four credits may be used in an economics concepts of the field of health economics. The basic continues to increase in severity. This course concentration program. (INDEPENDENT). May be framework of economics will be used to analyze the explores alternative conceptions of economic repeated for a total of eight credits. behavior of hospitals, physicians, insurers, and health development, investigates proposed explanations for Student and instructor agree on a substantial piece of care consumers. The tools of economics will be international variations, and critically examines work involving reading or research. Evaluation is applied to managerial issues such as make-or-buy competing strategies for alleviating global poverty and based on the written work, either papers or decisions or pricing decisions. Additionally these enlarging opportunities for human flourishing, examinations.

Courses in English Composition Board (Division 360) Assessment the following placements: Writing Practicum, Writing Workshop placement may graduate without Introductory Composition, Introductory Composition certification. Placement in ECB Writing Practicum is determined by with Writing Workshop, Exempt with Writing portfolios, which students are required to submit prior Workshop or Exemption. Students who receive Students are welcome to visit the ECB office at 1111 to their orientation. All entering LS&A students and placements that include Writing Workshop must come Angell Hall to schedule an appointment to discuss all students required by their program must submit a to the ECB Writing Workshop, 1111 Angell Hall, their writing assessment or to ask for course portfolio. After evaluating the portfolio, the ECB during their first term of enrollment to receive writing information. notifies academic units of their students’ placements, instruction before being certified. No student with a and the academic unit counselors convey the Writing Practicum information to the students. Students may receive Summer 1998 / 55

Those students placed in Writing Practicum courses by action of the instructor or department. At the same must enroll in an ECB Writing Practicum as the first time, students are responsible for their own part of their writing requirement. No substitute will schedules and must process all drops through Touch 105. Writing Practicum. ECB Assessment. (2). satisfy the College writing requirement. Tone Registration. (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. (TUTORIAL). May be elected for a total of four credits ECB Practicum courses meet for 4 hours a week in Junior/Senior Writing Requirement for any combination of ECB 100-105. sections of 18 students. In addition, each student has ECB Practicum 105 is a two (2) credit course. a required weekly half hour conference with the See the introduction to this Course Guide for Students are placed into Practicum on the basis of instructor. Any student who fails to attend the first information about the LS&A Junior/Senior Writing their portfolio. See ECB 104 in the Spring Term for a class meeting and has not notified the instructor or Requirement and for a list of those courses approved course description and general information about the department in writing may be dropped from the class by the ECB for satisfaction of that requirement. English Composition Board.

Courses in English Language and Literature (Division 361) A complete up to date listing of English Department why? How and when might we use those strategies this. In the final weeks of the course we will read a course descriptions can be found on the World Wide in our own writing? For instance, what writing number of poems by one poet. There will be a Web at http://www.umich.edu/~engldept. strategies would we call upon for a lab report, and midterm, a short paper or two, in-class exercises, and would we use any of those strategies for a a final. Cost:1 (Lenaghan) For all English classes, registered students must be philosophical speculation, a history exam, a love present at each of the first two meetings to claim letter? Throughout the term, students will work to Primarily for Juniors and Seniors their places. Any student who does not meet this identify the writing skills they most need to develop, requirement may be dropped from the course. and they’ll invent and refine a personal style of 325. Essay Writing: The Art of Exposition. (3). NOTE: If you must miss a class due to religious expression that can be adapted to different audiences (Excl). observances, contact the instructor or leave a and purposes. Course requirements include at least Section 201. This is a writing course and its goal, as message for the instructor with the department (764- 40 pages of writing, including at least 20 pages of you might expect, is to help you write better. To that 6330). revised, polished prose. end you will write a paper every week and the writing WRITING COURSES: cycle - preparation, writing, peer editing, revision, 239. What is Literature? Prerequisite for submission, and return - will determine how class After taking or placing out of Introductory concentrators in the Regular Program and in Honors. time is spent. To provide some common focus we Composition, students may elect either English 224 (2). (HU). will read Shakespeare's Richard III and see McKellen or 225 for further practice in the fundamentals of Our world seems less and less literate every day, as and Pacino films. The course grade will be calculated expository and argumentative prose. English 325 advertising images, video, and music become our as the average of the individual paper studies. offers the opportunity for work in argumentative and principal means of expression, but we continue to (Lenaghan) expository prose at a more advanced level. speak to one another in words, and literature is made up of words. In what ways are words relevant to your Section 202 – Big Ideas About Small Talk: Looking Several sections of English 223, the beginning course daily life and to your attempts to understand and to be for the Roots of Literary Narrative in Everyday in creative writing, are available each term. The work understood? This is another way of asking the Chatter. This course will present students with a is multi-generic, and two of the following will be question "What is literature?," and it will guide our number of challenging questions regarding the covered in each section: fiction, poetry, and drama, thinking about how language is central to everyday relationship between written language and everyday or you may take English 227 (Introductory existence. Our accent will be on storytelling and its oral narratives. What, for example, do such elements Playwriting). A more advanced course for creative basic components (ideas about narrative, character, of daily conversation as gossip, jokes, stories, writers is English 323 (Fiction or Poetry), which is and plot). Our goal will be to understand why it is modern folklore (those strange but “true” stories we available after completion of the prerequisite, English important for everyone to know what a story is. Our hear and pass on), various small talk, etc., have to do 223. More experienced writers may apply for readings will be chosen from among the writings of with the narrative structure of novels, short stories, admission to specialized sections of English 327 Isak Dinesen, Adrienne Kennedy, Gabriel Garciá- drama, film, etc.? This course will also address such (Playwriting), English 423 (Fiction), English 427 Márquez, and Jean-Paul Sartre. Requirements burgeoning issues as the current and future (Advanced Playwriting), and English 429 (Poetry). include short weekly writing assignments, two 5-7 relationship between verbal, interpersonal narratives, Admission to these advanced courses is by page papers, and exams. (Siebers) and “chatting” in cyberspace; that is, will the Internet permission of the instructor, who may require writing (still in its infancy) help human language to evolve samples. 240. Introduction to Poetry. Prerequisite for into spoken/written hybrid, or is this just wishful concentrators in the Regular Program and in Honors. thinking? Naturally, students should be prepared to INDEPENDENT STUDY: (2). (HU). do quite a bit of verbal sharing in class and be ready Section 201. The first third of this course will to postulate answers to these and other tough Independent study in English must be elected under concentrate on prosody – the techniques of verse, one of the following numbers: 226 (Directed Writing, questions, both during in-class discussion, and in how poems are put together and how they work. The several polished essays. (Melanson) 1-3 hours), 299 (Directed Reading, 1-3 hours), 426 second third will be devoted to the study of a few (Directed Writing, 1-4 hours), 499 (Directed Reading, major poems as they represent various periods/styles 367. Shakespeare's Principal Plays. (3). (HU). 1-4 hours). There is a limit to the total hours that may in English and American literature (e.g. baroque, Section 201. This is a course that will concentrate on be taken under any one number. Students interested romanticism, modernism). Finally, the last third of the the Shakespearean tragedy by focusing on "the in independent study should obtain an application course will be determined by class consensus – grand style" of Hamlet, Macbeth, Othello, and King from the English Department office on the third floor whatever you (plural) would like to read. The text will Lear. But in doing so, we will study the origins of this of Angell Hall. Independent study proposals must be be The Norton Anthology of Poetry. I will probably tragic mode in the earlier tragedies and its later approved by a supervising professor and by the assign you a short paper (2-3 pages) each week and manifestations in Antony and Cleopatra, and Undergraduate Chair of the department. The most likely will give a final exam, although if everyone Coriolanus. There will be a midterm and an final deadline for Independent Study in the Sumer Term does a super job all term long, I might forget it. exam. This course satisfies the Pre-1830 Literature 1998 is July 10, 1998. (Beauchamp) requirement for English concentrators. Cost:2 (Brater) 125. College Writing. ECB writing assessment. (4). Section 202. Work in class will be devoted to (Introductory Composition). discussion of particular poems selected The Norton English 370, 371, & 372 No one ever finishes learning to write, so this course Anthology of Poetry. The aim of the discussion will be focuses on helping students further develop their to increase your understanding and appreciation of Each of these courses will range over the materials of unique potentials as writers, readers, and thinkers. poetry. The first course objective will be to develop the periods indicated below in one or more of a By analyzing texts from a variety of academic some common questions or assumptions about variety of ways. Some may be multi-generic surveys; disciplines, students will come to understand the poetry. The second objective will be to find ways of some may focus on the development during the conventions writers follow to present their ideas answering such questions or testing such period of specific genres; some may be topical, effectively to their chosen audiences. What rhetorical assumptions, and we will spend the greater part of others formal in their principle of organization. All strategies are common in different disciplines – and the course reading poems in an effort to accomplish sections will emphasize the development of student 56 / English Language and Literature

skill in writing essays analyzing the materials and Section 201 – Introduction to Fantastic Literature. See Theatre and Drama 423. This course satisfies evaluating the approaches in question. Romanticism was a movement of poetic lyricism, the American Literature requirement for English artistic rebellion, and personal idiosyncrasy. concentrators. (Brater) 370. Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Fantastic literature enshrines differences and Literature. (3). (Excl). May be repeated for credit with peculiarities of all kinds, highlighting those aspects of 473. Topics in American Literature. (3 in IIIA, 2 in department permission. experience that venture beyond the strictly human IIIB).(Excl). May be repeated for credit with This course will introduce you to some of the best toward a supernatural realm. In fantastic literature, department permission. medieval literature from England and Western then, the visionary poetics of the Romantic generation Section 201 – Class and Money in American Fiction. Europe. Texts we will study may include Beowulf, the and the superstitious nightmares of common people This course will explore the interrelationships of class Middle English saint’s life known as Juliana, the converge, affirming idiosyncrasy, originality, and and money in some American fiction. These will Arthurian Romances of Chrétien de Troyes, Sir irrationality on all fronts. This course will descend range from the rags-to-riches success formula of Gawain and the Green Knight, the Old Norse Grettir’s into the maelstrom of fantastic violence, irrationality, Horatio Alger's Ragged Dick of the 1880's to Tom Saga, a selection of Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, and and rebellion to ask how such apparently marginal Wolfe's satire of the glitzy get-rich 1980s, Bonfire of the Book of Margery Kempe. We will read, discuss, phenomena prove to be not only central to the nature the Vanities. In between we will read W.D. Howells' and write about these works from a wide variety of of literature itself but remarkably stimulating to the A Traveler from Altruria, Henry James's The perspectives, but I will be paying special attention to modern mind. Works include the short fiction of American, Jack London's Martin Eden, Theodore the way in which they construct ethical systems by Hawthorne, Henry James, Poe, Washington Irving Dreiser's Sister Carrie, Edith Wharton's The House of means of literary conventions. Requirements include and the European writers, Nikolai Gogol, E.T.A. Mirth, F. Scott Fitzgerald's The Great Gatsby, Sinclair a willingness to participate actively in class Hoffmann, and Guy de Maupassant. Requirements Lewis' Babbitt, John Steinbeck's The Grapes of discussion, and three medium-length papers (6-8 include a few short papers, some exams, and class Wrath, and Philip Roth's Goodbye Columbus. pp.). This course satisfies the Pre-1600 requirement participation. This course satisfies the American Grades in the course will be based on three hourly for English concentrators. (Tanke) Literature requirement for English concentrators. exams and one essay (or perhaps two). This also (Siebers) satisfies the American Literature requirement for 372. Studies in Literature, 1830-Present. (3). (Excl). English concentrators. Cost:3 (Beauchamp) May be repeated for credit with department 449/Theatre 423. American Theatre and Drama. permission. (3). (HU).

Courses in Environmental Studies (Division 366) The quest for harmony between humans and the Environmental Studies 420 and 421 offer issue of the Time Schedule thoroughly, because natural world requires understanding of nature, opportunities for independent study. In these courses many appropriate courses are offered at irregular society, and our individual selves. The program in the student is responsible for defining a plan of study, intervals under unpredictable headings. Environmental Studies encourages students to enlisting others with similar interests if appropriate, supplement their training in particular academic and locating a faculty member willing to supervise the 420. Practicum in Environmental Problems. disciplines by exploring aspects of natural science, work. Environ. Studies 240 and cognates pertinent to the social science, and the humanities. The Program is study. Permission must be granted by Director prior not a concentration program, although a student may Courses on environmental issues are offered by to enrollment. (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May emphasize environmental studies in the LS&A many different departments and programs in LS&A as not be repeated for credit. Individual Concentration Program (ICP). well as in other colleges of the university. Students Directed research on critical environmental problems. interested in the environment should explore each

Courses in Film and Video Studies (Division 368) 310. Screenwriting. Film-Video 200. Completion of to write between five and ten pages a week. Cost:2 This course is restricted to Film/Video concentrators the introductory composition requirement. (3). (Excl). WL:2 who work, under careful supervision, in some part of Laboratory fee required. the film or video industry. Students will work in some This course teaches students to write a feature-length 399. Independent Study. Permission of instructor. aspect of preproduction, production, or screenplay in acceptable format. Students will learn (1-4). (Excl). Does not count toward concentration postproduction, in the creative or business areas of to develop an idea first into a written “concept,” then requirements. Laboratory fee required. film and video, documenting their experiences and into a “treatment,” “step outline,” and finally into a full (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. learning in a journal that must be submitted for final script. The class will focus on such subjects as Independent study on a subject to be determined by credit. screenplay structure, plot and subplots, student in conjunction with a faculty member. Must characterizations, shots, scene, sequence, dialogue, be approved by Program in term prior to enrollment. 500. Directed Study in Film and Video. Permission thinking visually, and soundtrack. Students will also In exceptional cases, students can petition for of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). Laboratory fee required. learn the importance of rewriting their work. As part enrollment during current term. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six of the process, the class will study select credits. 480. Internship. Concentration in Film and Video Advanced course permitting intensive study of film screenplays, then view the films which were made Studies. (2). (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no from these scripts. Students will also read and and/or video subject under supervision of a credit. May not be included in a concentration in Film/Video faculty member. discuss each other’s work. Given this “workshop” Film/Video. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a approach, attendance is critical. Students can expect total of six credits.

Courses in Geological Sciences (Division 377) A. Introductory Courses and Courses for Non- courses are designed primarily for students with no Section 721. (June 28- August 13 at Camp Davis, concentrators prior geologic training and they are open to all Wyoming). Students may earn eight credits for interested persons. G.S. 100-115 are offered on the studying Introductory Geology in the Rocky G.S. 100-115 are short (half-term) courses. They graded pattern (optional pass/fail). Mountains, including: Yellowstone National Park, consist of detailed examinations of restricted geologic Grand Tetons, Dinosaur National Monument, and topics. The department lists the specific courses from 116. Introductory Geology in the Field. Reduced Craters of the Moon. This field course is taught at this series in the Time Schedule for the terms they credit is granted for GS 116 to those with credit for an Camp Davis, a permanent facility built by the are offered (fall and winter terms only). Each course, introductory course in geology on campus (GS 117, University in 1929. Camp Davis is located on the when offered, meets twice weekly for half of the term 118, 119, 120, 205, or 206). Contact the department Hoback River near its junction with the Snake River, (first half or second half), and the specific dates for undergraduate advisor for details about reduced about 20 miles south of Jackson, Wyoming (the trout each course are printed in the Time Schedule. These credit. (8). (NS). (BS). Summer 1998 / 57

fishing is great!). This ideal outdoor classroom offers from Ann Arbor, until August 12, the day that the GS 440 is a broad, in-depth course covering all some of the most scenic and interesting geology in caravan arrives back in Ann Arbor. aspects of field geology. The thrust of this course is to the entire rocky mountain region. Mountain uplifts and train students to interpret and report on the nature of deep erosion have exposed a variety of Earth Costs, including lodging, meals, tuition, health fee, a variety of geological terrains and to improve their structures and rocks of diverse age and origin. The textbook, and transportation to and from Camp Davis skill in solving geological problems. Field projects effects of alpine glaciation, landslides, stream are $2,681 for resident lower division students and include the mapping and interpretation of glacial, erosion, and a host of other geologic phenomena are $2,868 for resident upper division students. The non- deformed sedimentary, regional metamorphic, clearly evident in this region and provide an excellent resident fees are $3,181 and $3,368 for upper and contact metamorphic, plutonic, and volcanic introduction to geology. The geological history of the lower division students, respectively. Applications are complexes. Approximately two weeks of the course Teton, Gros Ventre, and Wind River mountain ranges accepted on a first come, first serve basis contingent are spent on trips to other parts of Wyoming as well is fully recorded in a sequence of fossiliferous rocks, upon receipt of a $50 application fee (which is as to South Dakota, Montana, Idaho, Utah and which in many cases can be interpreted in terms of included in the above fees). All class-related Colorado. processes still at work today. equipment and field vehicles connected with the course are supplied by the University. For an Successful completion of courses in mineralogy (GS GS-116 is a fast-paced, comprehensive course that application form, write or email Dr. Carola H. Stearns 231), sedimentary geology (GS 305), igneous and covers all aspects of modern earth sciences. ([email protected]), the Department of Geological metamorphic petrology (GS 310), and structural Students learn about rocks and minerals, both in the Sciences, U-M, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1063. Cost:2 geology (GS 351) is required for admission to this classroom and in a variety of natural settings, which (Owen) course. GS 440 runs for 7 weeks in 1998. The leads to discussion of and understanding of topics See: http://www.geo.lsa.umich.edu/dept98/dav caravan will depart Ann Arbor on June 22 and arrive such as volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, is/116.html back in Ann Arbor on August 12. geoenvironmental problems, paleoceanography, and Costs, including lodging, meals, tuition, health fee, tectonic processes. About two weeks of the course B. Primarily for Concentrators involve field trips to other parts of Wyoming as well as and transportation to and from Camp Davis are Nevada, Montana, Idaho and Utah. You will have the 440. Field Course in Geology. Elementary $2,793 for all Michigan residents and $3,293 for all opportunity to examine rocks, minerals and fossils in trigonometry, GS 310 and 351. (8). (Excl). (BS). nonresidents. All class-related equipment and field their natural settings, many of which are considered The University of Michigan geology field course is vehicles connected with the course are supplied by "world-class" locations by professional geologists. In taught at Camp Davis, a permanent facility built by the University. For an application form, write or email the first week of classroom lectures are a key part of the University in 1929. Camp Davis is about 30 km Dr. Carola H. Stearns ([email protected]), the the course, but later most of your time will be spent in south of Jackson, Wyoming, very near the junction of Department of Geological Sciences, U-M, Ann Arbor, the field. This is an in-depth course covering all the Overthrust Belt, the Snake River Plain, the Wind MI 48109-1063. Cost:2 (Owen) aspects of geology. The dates for the 1998 summer River Range, and the Green River Basin. See: http://www.geo.lsa.umich.edu/dept98/dav course will be from June 27, when the caravan leaves is/440.html

Germanic Languages and Literatures

Courses in Dutch (Division 357)

100. Intensive First-Year Speaking and Reading. students will be presented with a variety of texts, develop special topics not offered in the Dutch Graduate students should elect the course as Dutch music, video, and simple prose, which can serve as a Studies curriculum. It may be a program of directed 500. No credit granted to those who have completed starting point for conversation. This course is offered readings with reports, or it may be a research project or are enrolled in Dutch 112. (8). (LR). as part of the University’s Summer Language Institute and long paper. Courses in the past covered different Dutch 100 is an intensive course intended as an (SLI). There are no special enrollment procedures for areas like Dutch-Indonesian literature, the language introduction and first step to Dutch language and the UM students. As part of the “intensive” experience, of Rembrandt and his contemporaries, Dutch Dutch speaking world for students with no prior students may be expected to participate in between English and German, etc. Courses must be knowledge of Dutch. The course is organized around extracurricular activities such as excursions or supervised by a faculty member and the student must the monolingual textbook Code Nederlands, which language tables. Cost:2 WL:1 (Broos) have the faculty member’s agreement before electing emphasizes everyday vocabulary. Also, lessons from the course. Cost:1 WL:2 the texts are supplemented by tape programs and 339. Independent Study. (2-4). (Excl). special computer exercises. To enliven the class, (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. This course serves the needs of students who wish to

German Courses (Division 379)

101. Elementary Course. All students with prior variety of texts and basic conversational situations. does not satisfy the LS&A language requirement. coursework in German must take the placement test. Cost:2 WL:1 Cost:1 WL:1 No credit granted to those who have completed or are enrolled in 100 or 103. (4). (LR). 111. First Special Reading Course. Undergraduates 112. Second Special Reading Course. German 111 German 101 is an introductory course for students must obtain permission of the department. (4). (Excl). or the equivalent (placement test). (4). (Excl). who have not previously studied German. The The objective of this course is to teach students to The objective of this course is to teach students to course focuses systematically on the development of read simple German expository prose. Students are read German for research purposes with the aid of a the four basic language skills (listening, speaking, introduced to the essentials of German grammar, dictionary. Course content includes an intensive reading, and writing), while emphasizing content and syntax, and vocabulary, both in class lectures and in review of grammar and syntax followed by meaning at all levels of the language acquisition texts. The class is taught in English, and students translations from texts in the humanities, the natural process. The course will include guest lectures on are required to read but not write and speak German. and social sciences. Choice of reading texts is topics in German culture aimed at the cognitive and This course is intended for all students, from determined in part by the composition of class. intellectual level of adult language learners. Students incoming undergraduates to graduate students who Course requirements include daily assignments, will practice conversational skills, drill grammar, wish to fulfill a German foreign language requirement. quizzes, and a examination requiring the translation discuss reading selections in German, and participate There are no prerequisites, but students should be of sight passages with the aid of a dictionary. Cost:1 in a variety of activities that stretch linguistic ability, as prepared for a substantial workload (readings, WL:1 grammar, and vocabulary memorization). Course well as intellectual curiosity. By the end of the term 205. Conversation Practice. German 102 or 103. students have a firm foundation in some of the requirements include daily assignments, quizzes and a midterm on grammar and vocabulary, and a final Students previously enrolled in a 300- or 400-level fundamental elements of German grammar and are conversation course may not register for 205 or 206. able to understand and respond appropriately to a examination requiring the translation of sight passages without the aid of a dictionary. This course (1). (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. 58 / Germanic Languages and Literatures

In this course, you will practice situations in which you intermediate German. The second-year program is course may not register for 305 or 306. (1). (Excl). need to ask for information, express opinions, designed to increase students’ proficiency in Offered mandatory credit/no credit. This course does summarize important details, and formulate understanding, speaking, writing, and reading not satisfy the language requirement. May be elected arguments. The topics cover: current events, German. Students are expected to increase the level for credit twice. everyday situations, German etiquette, and important of accuracy at which they can understand German The goal of this course is to increase students’ cultural information. The materials for the class will texts and express themselves in their area of interest. confidence in speaking on any topic and, therefore, come from German websites as well as various The language of instruction is German. See the course will focus on a variety of topics ranging materials from the instructor This class is open to individual descriptions of the sections for topics and from practical language situations to current cultural students who are at a German 231 or 232 level and course requirements. Both sections of 232 are being events to areas of students’ academic interests. those who intend to participate in the junior-year offered as part of the University’s Summer Language Students will work on expanding vocabulary, finding abroad program. Course requirements are: active Institute (SLI). There are no special enrollment synonyms and understanding/using varying spoken class participation, thorough preparation, and oral procedures for University of Michigan students. styles, which are necessary to appreciate life in presentations. Cost:1 WL:1 German-speaking communities. The materials for the Section 201 – Mathematical and Scientific German. class will come from German websites as well as 230. Intensive Second-Year Course. German 102 This course serves as an excellent introduction to the various materials from the instructor. Course or 103. No credit granted to those who have tools that are vital for pursuing further science-based requirements are: energetic class participation, completed or are enrolled in 221, 231, or 232. (8). work in German – practical or academic. Recently, thorough preparation, e-mail in German with the (LR). one of the reasons why students have taken this instructor and fellow students, and oral presentations. This is an intensive intermediate course, equivalent to course has been to prepare themselves for summer Cost:1 WL:1 two terms of second-year college German, which will internships available with German companies or for reinforce and extend the grammar, vocabulary, study abroad in technical and scientific fields. In this 329. Independent Study. Permission of chairman. speaking, and reading skills developed in first-year course we will spend several weeks reading (1-2)(Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for German. There will be a wide variety of readings, discussing, and actually doing some basic math, credit. ranging from newspaper articles to literary, historical, computer, physics, astronomy, and biology work in Independent study for students who need work in a philosophical, and scientific texts; there will also be German. In addition, we will also pause along the certain area to complete their degrees and are unable an entertaining and interesting variety of German way to consider the nature of science and the cultural to acquire it from a regularly scheduled course. movies and videos. As part of the “intensive” values that can underlie it as well as the ethical experience, students will be expected to participate in implications that a rapidly increasing amount of 351. Business German. German 232. (3). (Excl). activities such as regular language tables, movie technology and knowledge has on our society today. This course will focus on the culture of Germany and screenings, and excursions. Regular attendance is The necessary vocabulary and grammar will be its reflection in the structure and imperative. Cost:2 WL:1 provided along the way. Only a very basic interactions/transactions in the contemporary German background in math or science is assumed. Grades business world (both within Germany and within the 232. Second-Year Course. German 221 or 231 or will be based on participation, homework, quizzes, EU). Emphasis will be on developing a sensitivity to the equivalent (placement test). No credit granted to and exams. Cost:1 WL:1 German culture which will enable the students to those who have completed or are enrolled in 230 or interact successfully in the German business world. 236. (4). (LR). All sections of German 232 address 305. Conversation Practice. German 232; Authentic materials will be used, and there will be special topics, e.g., music, philosophy, science, concurrent enrollment in a 300-level course is field trips. Cost:1 WL:1 (VanValkenburg) current political issues, etc. encouraged but not necessary. Students who have Second course of a two-term sequence in previously participated in a 400-level conversation

Scandinavian Courses (Division 471)

349. Independent Study. Permission of instructor. Studies curriculum. It may be a program of directed course. This course is also used by concentrators for (2-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for readings with reports, or it may be a research project developing preliminary research and a prospectus for credit. and long paper. Either must be supervised by a the senior thesis. This course serves the needs of students who wish to faculty member, and the student must have the develop special topics not offered in the Scandinavian faculty member’s agreement before electing the

Courses in History (Division 390) 300-Level Courses and Above are for Juniors and Section 202 – The Civil War Era, 1845-1877. This A course number in the 500s does not indicate a Seniors course will explore the causes, conduct, and more difficult or advanced course than one in the consequences of the American Civil War. The social 400s. 393. Topics in U.S. and Latin American History. and economic causes of the so-called “Political Crisis (3). (Excl). May be elected for credit twice. of the 1850s” will be analyzed as a means of 593. Topics in U.S. History. Upper-class standing. Section 201 – U.S. Labor History: The Case of explaining the southern states' secession as well as (3). (Excl). May be elected for credit twice. Michigan Auto Workers, 1900-Present. The history of Lincoln’s determination to save the Union. The Section 201 – U.S. Labor History: The Case of Michigan auto workers will illustrate the history of strategic, operational, and tactical conduct of the war Michigan Auto Workers, 1900-Present. For Summer American workers through the twentieth century. will be major points of emphasis, as will the war’s Half-Term, 1998, this section is offered jointly with Topics covered will include the shift from craft to impact on politics, the economy, and society, both History 393.201. (Meyer) mass production, work and technology, AFL and CIO North and South. Finally, the course will explore the efforts at unionization, the rise of the UAW, the Section 202 – The Civil War Era, 1845-1877. For period of Reconstruction and consider its Summer Half-Term, 1998, this section is offered transformation of the social composition of the revolutionary impact on the nation. (Fitzpatrick) workforce, and the crises of deindustrialization and jointly with History 393.202. (Fitzpatrick) downsizing since the early 1970s. (Meyer) Summer 1998 / 59

Courses in History of Art (Division 392) History of Art 101, 102, 103 and 108, while covering completed or are enrolled in 102. (3). (Excl). sources will be introduced as appropriate. different areas, are all considered equivalent In scope and approach not applicable as a History of Requirements for the course are a midterm exam and introductions to the discipline of art history. These Art concentration prerequisite, this course is designed a take-home final exam. Cost:1 WL:2 (Blanchard) four introductory survey courses consider not only art for those who, as part of a broad liberal education, objects as aesthetic experiences but also the wish to enhance their sensitivity to artistic expression. Section 202 – Rembrandt and 17th-Century Dutch interactions among art, the artist, and society. The Concentrating upon twelve extraordinary creative Art. (2 credits). This course will be an intensive lecture and discussion sections explore the personalities in the history of European painting seven week study of Rembrandt's oeuvre and studio connections between the style and content of works (Giotto, Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Titian, El practices as well as the pictorial production of his of art and the historical, social, religious, and Greco, Caravaggio, Artemisia Gentileschi, Rubens, students and/or followers. The aim of this course is intellectual phenomena of the time. Attention is also Rembrandt, Goya, Cezanne, and Picasso), and two-fold. First, we will attempt to locate Rembrandt’s given to the creative act and to the problems of vision emphasizing themes particularly relevant to each of artistic production, both paintings and prints, in and perception which both the artist and his/her these artists, it seeks to suggest the vastness and relation to larger trends in 17th century Dutch and public must face. profundity of their contribution to human Flemish art. This survey will allow us to question the understanding. A complete syllabus, the text (F. “Dutchness” of Rembrandt’s pictorial production. We Although it would be logical to move from History of Hartt, A History of Painting, Sculpture, and will also compare Rembrandt’s career as an artist to Art 101 to History of Art 102, this is not required. One Architecture, vol. II, PB), directed optional reading, a that of his famous Flemish counterpart Peter Paul course in European/American art (101 or 102) and small set of prints, and photo-study facilities will Rubens in order to see how these different one course in Asian or African art (103 or 108) serve complement the lectures, and students will be personalities along with their studios artist to that of as a satisfactory introduction to the history of art for evaluated by way of a midterm and a final exam. his famous Flemish counterpart Peter Paul Rubens in non-concentrators (concentrators should see the Cost:2 WL:4 (Bissell) order to see how these different personalities along department’s handbook for more information on with their studios created and marketed an artistic requirements). The introductory courses are directed 394. Special Topics. (1-3). (Excl). May be elected for identity. Second, we will investigate the conception of toward students interested in the general history of credit more than once. “Rembrandt” within the historiography of Dutch art culture and are especially valuable cognates for Section 201 – Picturing Chinese Femininity and and how our understanding of the artist has changed students in the fields of history, philosophy, literature, Masculinity: Gender and Painting in the Song and since the seventeenth century and why. Most and musicology as well as the creative arts. Yüan Dynasties. (2 credits). How are the *feminine* recently, the question of whether a painting is an and *masculine* represented in Chinese art? This actual “Rembrandt” or a work by a student and/or Course requirements and texts vary with individual course will consider how 10th-14th century Chinese follower has been posed by the Rembrandt Research instructors, but an effort is always made to introduce paintings combine gendered imagery and text/image Project as well as in museum exhibitions. The students to works of art in the collections of the tropes. We will begin by studying the setting of figure implications of this question of authenticity will be university as well as in the museums of Detroit and paintings in gendered space and the coding of explored and problematized ultimately raising Toledo. Photographic material is available for study landscapes and bird-and-flower paintings as questions about how pictorial value is produced. in the Image Study Gallery, G026 Tisch Hall. masculine or feminine. We will then focus on how Class time will consist of lectures and discussions of Examinations usually include short essays and slides images of women (an often marginalized genre of the readings and possibly a trip to the DIA or the print which are to be identified, compared, and discussed. Chinese art) help to construct Chinese ideas of both room at the University Museum of Art. Students will femininity and masculinity, with some attention to the be expected to actively participate in daily Open to All Undergraduates; Not Open to contributions of female patrons, collectors, and discussions in addition to preparing a midterm, final Graduate Students. painters. Because in imperial China artists used exam, and a term paper (ten pages) or two shorter strategies drawn from the poetic tradition in their papers. Cost:2 WL:2 (Hildebrecht) 150. Great Masters of European and American paintings, students will read and analyze translations Painting. No credit granted to those who have of Chinese poetry. Other translations of primary

Latina/Latino Studies (see American Culture)

Courses in Linguistics (Division 423) 112. Languages of the World. (2). (SS). course we will attempt to understand the many 395. Individual Research. Permission of instructor. See Linguistics 112 (Spring Term). different roles language plays in our social and (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for psychological lives. At the same time we will also a total of six credits. 211. Introduction to Language. (2). (SS). learn some of the fundamentals of language structure Adequately prepared students can pursue individual The study of language offers a way of looking at which are basic to an appreciation of large-scale research with a member of the faculty. Individual some of the most significant aspects of human language issues. Course assignments will likely students should consult with faculty about ongoing experience. Language reflects and structures the include biweekly homework and hourly exams. There projects in which they can participate. Reading and way we think. It creates and is created by power will be a combination of course texts including reports appropriate to the individual topic are relationships expressed through gender, race, class, background information as well as a selection of required. A paper situating the research in the and geography. Language offers us avenues for readings. literature and describing the project and the student's resistance as well as oppression. Through this role in it will normally be required.

Courses in Mathematics (Division 428) See Elementary Course statement in Spring Term. credit can be earned for a prerequisite to a course functions and their graphs. This course is restricted taken after the course itself. to students enrolled in the Bridge Program. NOTE: WL:2 for all courses. 103. Intermediate Algebra. Only open to designated 105. Data, Functions, and Graphs. Students with A maximum total of 4 credits may be earned in summer half-term Bridge students. (2). (Excl). credit for Math. 103 can elect Math. 105 for only 2 Mathematics courses numbered 110 and below. A This course is an in-depth review of high school credits. No credit granted to those who have maximum total of 16 credits may be earned for algebra. It covers linear, quadratic, and polynomial completed Math. 175. (4). (MSA). (QR/1). calculus courses Math 112 through Math 396, and no 60 / Mathematics

This is a course on analyzing data by means of 399. Independent Reading. (1-6). (Excl). more sophisticated level and to combine several functions and graphs. The emphasis is on (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. techniques to solve problems. Some proofs are given mathematical modeling of real-world applications. Designed especially for honors students. and students are responsible for a thorough The functions used are linear, quadratic, polynomial, understanding of definitions and theorems. Students logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric. Algebra 417. Matrix Algebra I. Three courses beyond Math. should have a good command of the material from skills are assessed during the term by periodic 110. No credit granted to those who have completed Math 215, and 216 or 316, which is used throughout testing. Students completing Math. 105 are fully or are enrolled in 217, 419, or 513. (3). (Excl). (BS). the course. A background in linear algebra, e.g., prepared for Math. 115. Text: Contemporary See Mathematics 417 (Spring Term). Math 217, is highly desirable. Content. Topics Precalculus. Students will need graphing calculators 419/EECS 400/CS 400. Linear Spaces and Matrix include a review of curves and surfaces in implicit, and should check with the Math Department office to Theory. Four terms of college mathematics beyond parametric, and explicit forms; differentiability and find out what is currently required. Math 110. No credit granted to those who have affine approximations; implicit and inverse function theorems; chain rule for 3-space; multiple integrals; 115. Calculus I. Four years of high school completed or are enrolled in 217 or 513. One credit granted to those who have completed Math. 417. (3). scalar and vector fields; line and surface integrals; mathematics. See Elementary Courses above. computations of planetary motion, work, circulation, Credit usually is granted for only one course from (Excl). (BS). Background and Goals. Math 419 covers much of and flux over surfaces; Gauss’ and Stokes’ among Math. 112, 115, 185, and 295. No credit Theorems, derivation of continuity and heat equation. granted to those who have completed Math. 175.(4). the same ground as Math 417 but presents the material in a somewhat more abstract way in terms of Some instructors include more material on higher (MSA). (BS). (QR/1). dimensional spaces and an introduction to Fourier See Mathematics 115 (Spring Term). vector spaces and linear transformations instead of matrices. There is a mix of proofs, calculations, and series. 116. Calculus II. Math. 115. Credit is granted for only applications with the emphasis depending somewhat 471. Introduction to Numerical Methods. Math. one course from among Math. 116, 119, 156, 176, on the instructor. A previous proof-oriented course is 216, 286, or 316; and 217, 417, or 419; and a working 186, and 296. (4). (MSA). (BS). (QR/1). helpful but by no means necessary. Content. Basic knowledge of one high-level computer language. (3). See Mathematics 116 (Spring Term). notions of vector spaces and linear transformations: (Excl). (BS). spanning, linear independence, bases, dimension, 215. Calculus III. Math. 116, 156, or 186. (4). (MSA). Background and Goals. This is a survey of the matrix representation of linear transformations; basic numerical methods which are used to solve (BS). (QR/1). determinants; eigenvalues, eigenvectors, Jordan See Mathematics 215 (Spring Term). scientific problems. The emphasis is evenly divided canonical form, inner-product spaces; unitary, self- between the analysis of the methods and their 216. Introduction to Differential Equations. Math. adjoint, and orthogonal operators and matrices, practical applications. Some convergence theorems 116, 119, 156, or 186. (4). (MSA). (BS). applications to differential and difference equations. and error bounds are proved. The course also See Mathematics 216 (Spring Term). 425/Stat. 425. Introduction to Probability. Math. provides an introduction to MATLAB, an interactive program for numerical linear algebra, as well as 333. Directed Tutoring. Math. 385 and enrollment in 215, 255, or 285. (3). (MSA). (BS). See Mathematics 425 (Spring Term). practice in computer programming. One goal of the the Elementary Program in the School of Education. course is to show how calculus and linear algebra are (1-3). (Excl). (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for 450. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers I. Math. used in numerical analysis. Content. Topics include a total of three credits. 216, 286, or 316. (4). (Excl). (BS). computer arithmetic, Newton’s method for non-linear An experiential mathematics course for elementary Background and Goals. Although this course is equations, polynomial interpolation, numerical teachers. Students would tutor elementary (Math. designed principally to develop mathematics for integration, systems of linear equations, initial value 102) or intermediate (Math. 104) algebra in the Math. application to problems of science and engineering, it problems for ordinary differential equations, Lab. They would also participate in a weekly seminar also serves as an important bridge for students quadrature, partial pivoting, spline approximations, to discuss mathematical and methodological between the calculus courses and the more partial differential equations, Monte Carlo methods, 2- questions. demanding advanced courses. Students are point boundary value problems, Dirichlet problem for expected to learn to read and write mathematics at a the Laplace equation.

Music It is possible for LS&A students to elect a can be used in an area distribution plan. LS&A Courses in Music History/Musicology, Composition, concentration program in music, and this program is students may elect music PERFORMANCE courses Music Theory, and Performing Arts Technology are described in the LS&A Bulletin. In addition, music for degree credit, but this credit counts toward the listed in the Time Schedule under the School of courses are frequently elected by LS&A students not maximum twelve non-LS&A credit hours that can be Music. concentrating in Music. Courses in Music applied toward an AB/BS degree or twenty non-LS&A History/Musicology, Composition, and Music Theory credit hours that can be applied toward a BGS The following courses count as LS&A courses for are elected for LS&A credit. Some of these courses degree. LS&A degree credit.

Courses in Music Theory (Division 696)

351. Analysis of Tonal Music. Music Theory 238, In-depth analysis emphasizing elements of structures variety of analytical problems; readings on tonal 240, 334. (2). (Excl). evident in various important examples, offering a forms. WL:4 (Petty)

Native American Studies (see American Culture)

Near Eastern Studies

Arabic, Armenian, Persian, Turkish, and Islamic Studies (APTIS) (Division 325)

101(Arabic 101). Elementary Modern Standard Arabic 101-102 sequence provides an accelerated Standard Arabic and its basic vocabulary and Arabic, I. (4). (LR). Laboratory fee ($12) required. introduction to the phonology and script of Modern fundamental structures. There will be increased Summer 1998 / 61

emphasis on developing speaking, reading, and Section 201 – Islam in America, II: African American communication needs of travelers and business writing skills through simple short texts, situational Muslim Communities. This course will review the people and general information of Arab countries. dialogues and interactive communicative activities. history of Muslim presence in that community from The second part includes topics such as business Textbooks: R. Rammuny, Sounds and Letters. A the slave era, to early and contemporary conversion customs and practice, commercial advertisements, Programmed Introduction and P. Abboud et al, experience, and to the rise throughout this century of business correspondence, business negotiations, Elementary Modern Standard Arabic. Part One. new and indigenous African American Muslim commercial and economic reports, etc. Students who (Rammuny/Staff) communities. The impact on the African American successfully complete this course will be able to community of the Ahmadiyya da’wa (mission to teach perform well in a variety of situations, both social and 102(Arabic 102). Elementary Modern Standard Islam) in North American will be discussed. We will business. Textbooks: R. Rammuny, Business Arabic Arabic, II. APTIS 101. (4). (LR). Laboratory fee ($10) also discuss the unique outreach of Islam to African- I & II. (Rammuny/Staff) required. Americans in prison as an avenue to conversion. The See APTIS 101. (Rammuny/Staff) “Arabization” of the African American Sunni 410(Arabic 509). Business Arabic, II. APTIS 409. community will be studied as a process of traditional (4).(LR). 201(Arabic 201). Intermediate Modern Standard See APTIS 409. (Rammuny/Staff) Arabic, I. APTIS 102. (4). (LR). Laboratory fee ($16) Islamic education (study of Arabic, Qur’an, Hadith, required. Shari’a/Fiqh, Sufism, and Islamic socialization). 417(Arabic 415). Colloquial Levantine Arabic, I. The sequence 201-202 continues the expansion of Outside the Sunni community, the process of ongoing APTIS 202 or 403. (3).(LR). basic vocabulary and grammar through short prophecy and revelation, and competing systems of This sequence provides extensive oral and readings including news items, correspondence, indigenous Islamic interpretation will be documented communicative practice based on situational narration, and description. Primary goals are to have through the devotional literature, music, and dialogues as used by native speakers in Jerusalem, students develop the ability (1) to communicate/speak iconography of the Nation of Islam, Ansarrullah Amman, Damascus, and Beirut. In the first part, the in Arabic with native speaks of Arabic on familiar Community, and Five Percent Nation of Gods and basic principles of pronunciation, grammar and topics, (2) to understand familiar spoken Arabic, (3) to Earths. Islamic cultural diversity will be shown functional vocabulary are emphasized through oral read and understand specific content on an through African American Muslim experience: and pattern practice drills. Then emphasis shifts to intermediate level, and (4) to communicate in writing segregation/veiling vs. non-segregationist/non-veiling, practical use of the dialect through interactive and provide correct responses within the scope of the Islamic dress/foodways vs. American dress and food communicative tasks involving teacher-student, content of this course. Course grade is based on habits, non-politicized Islamic Umma vs. the Jihadist student-student, and group exchanges. There is a class attendance and participation, written Black "Nation," and Islamic musicality in qur’anic special focus on cultural and social conventions. The assignments, tests and quizzes, and a final exam. tajwid and Sufi dhikr/sama’ vs. African American goal is to develop the ability to communicate with Textbook: P. Abboud et al, Elementary Modern song, rap and dance as Islamic vehicles of native speakers of Levantine Arabic with some ease. Standard Arabic. Part One and Two. (Farghaly) expression. (O'Connor) Textbooks: McCarus-Rammuny, A Course in Levantine Arabic. (Rammuny/Staff) 202(Arabic 202). Intermediate Modern Standard 409(Arabic 409). Business Arabic, I. APTIS 102 or Arabic, II. APTIS 201 or 104. (4). (LR). Laboratory 104. (4). (LR). 418(Arabic 416). Colloquial Levantine Arabic, II. fee ($9) required. This sequence is offered for students and other APTIS 417. (3).(LR). See APTIS 201. (Farghaly) members of the community who have completed two See APTIS 417. (Rammuny/Staff) years of Arabic and wish to continue Arabic study for 291. Topics in Arabic, Persian, Turkish and career and professional purposes. The first part of Islamic Studies. (3). (Excl). the course focuses on topics related to the basic

Courses in Philosophy (Division 442) Philosophy is about as broad a subject as one can society. Philosophy 355 focuses on a number of under the control of reason. This will help us to find in a university curriculum. It addresses a wide contemporary moral and social issues. Philosophy further understand how freedom of the will is possible array of questions, some quite familiar (Does God 365 focuses on philosophical thinking about religion. in a deterministic universe. (Shah) exist? Why be moral? What is art?), others less so Summer offerings are limited to 50 students, and (What is a thing? Is space a substance?). It also sometimes enroll as few as 15. 355. Contemporary Moral Problems. No credit falls within philosophy to examine the methods and granted to those who have completed or are enrolled practices of virtually all academic disciplines. 180. Introductory Logic. Credit is granted for only in 455. (2). (HU). Because of this breadth, a person can study one of Phil. 180 or 201. (2). (HU). (BS). In contemporary American society, people often philosophy in ways involving the styles and This course is an introduction to topics related to the disagree about important moral issues. This course techniques of thought of most other fields of inquiry. evaluation of arguments. It is intended to perform two will explore the most prominent of these issues – For example, the work of a philosopher concentrating functions: to acquaint the students with logic as a gender equality, affirmative action, abortion, in logic is much like that of the student of topic of study, and to provide them with greater euthanasia, and the moral status of the natural mathematics. A philosopher primarily interested in critical tools and improved reasoning abilities for use environment. We will analyze the contemporary the philosophy of religion will often be doing much the in any field. The course begins by discussing the debates on these issues and in doing so get a clearer same things as a theologian or a student of the difference between "good" and "bad" arguments and idea about the nature of moral concepts such as history of religion. Political philosophy is regarded by goes on to cover methods for telling whether a given “autonomy,” “liberty,” “equality,” and “justice.” There some as including political activity itself. Many other argument is a "good" or a "bad" one. These methods will be two papers and a final exam. (McShane) such examples exist. In addition, philosophy include the use of symbolic logic. There will be lectures, discussions, and a variety of exercises. 365/Rel. 365. Problems of Religion. (2). (HU). examines the practices of other activities, such as the This course will focus on doctrines common to fine arts, that are sometimes thought of as different Texts and methods of evaluation to be determined. (Mabrito) Judaism, Christianity, and Islam: that there is one from typical academic disciplines. However, for the God, a personal being who created the universe, who most part the activities characteristic of philosophy 181. Philosophical Issues: An Introduction. No has revealed himself to his creatures, and who are peculiar to the discipline. The only way to know credit granted to those who have completed or are requires certain conduct of them. We will explore what it's really like is to give it a try. enrolled in 182, 202, 231, 232, 234, or 297. (2). (HU). various questions raised by these doctrines, In the Summer Term, the Department offers a This is an introductory class in which we will examine including: can God's existence be reconciled with the number of courses that do not carry prerequisites -- some of the central roles that reason plays in our existence of evil? Is there compelling evidence for Philosophy 180, 181, 355, and 365. Philosophy 180 lives. Issues covered will include evidential vs. God's existence? Should we have evidence of God's is an introduction to critical thinking and logic. pragmatic reasons for belief, scepticism about the existence in order to believe in God? What is faith, Philosophy 181 is a general introduction designed to external world, the nature of moral reasons (what and does being religious require it? Do we have any acquaint students with a representative sample of reasons do we have to be moral), and freedom of the evidence for miracles? Is there an afterlife? Though philosophical problems concerning the nature of will. We will be concerned with trying to understand previous background in philosophy is helpful, it is not reality, knowledge, the self, morality, religion, and how one might be free in belief and action and yet be required. (Ruhmkorff) 62 / Physics

Courses in Physics (Division 444) 415. Special Problems for Undergraduates. work with faculty, the results of which could provide Honors students get introductory experience with Permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). the basis for a senior thesis project. If work is not research work with faculty, the results of which could (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six completed in this term, student would register for 497 provide the basis for a thesis used to fulfill that part of credits. in the next term. the Honors requirement. If work is not completed in This course emphasizes experimental or theoretical this term, the student would register for 499 in the research under the supervision of a faculty member. 497. Senior Thesis II. Permission of departmental next term. Generally a small facet of a large research concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). undertaking is investigated in detail. This is an (INDEPENDENT). 499. Introduction to Research for Honors independent study course, and instructor permission A continuation of Physics 496. Students who do not Students. Permission of physics concentration is required. The appropriate form is available in the complete their thesis research in Physics 496, may advisor. (2-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). Physics Student Services Office, 2061 Randall Lab. continue to 497. If continuing, a grade of Y is given Honors students get introductory experience with for Physics 496 and a final senior thesis grade given research work with faculty, the results of which could 496. Senior Thesis I. Permission of departmental upon completion of the research. provide the basis for a thesis used to fulfill that part of concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). the Honors requirement. (INDEPENDENT). 498. Introduction to Research for Honors Students get introductory experience and research Students. Permission of departmental concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT).

Courses in Political Science (Division 450) Primarily for First and Second Year Students be a systematic comparison of the political impact of regular course offering. Students wishing to enroll for structural economic reform in key developing areas in a directed study course are urged to work out the 111. Introduction to American Politics. (4). (SS). Asia: Taiwan, China, and selected ASEAN countries. details of the course before the start of the term. This course examines a wide range of topics related No prior knowledge of China, Taiwan, or Indonesia is Cost:1 WL:1 to politics and government in the United States. We required. Cost:2 WL:1 (Landry) will begin by examining the theoretical framework of 592. Advanced Internship in Political Science. American government, with an emphasis on the U.S. 442. Governments and Politics in Western Two courses in political science at the 400 level or Constitution and the Federalist Papers. From there, Europe. Any 100-level course in political science or above and concentration in political science; or we will examine the role individual citizens and upperclass standing. (3). (Excl). graduate standing. Permission of supervising government officials play in the American system, This course examines the institutional structures, instructor and review by the Department's internship paying close attention to how various institutions processes, and actors involved in making public advisor. (2-6). (Excl). No more than four credits of shape political activities and public policies. While policy in Western European countries. We will also internship may be included as part of a concentration this course will primarily focus on the national consider the significant changes that are brought to plan in political science. (EXPERIENTIAL). All government, recent developments and debates over European politics by the growth in importance of the internship courses may be elected for a maximum federalism and the role of state and local European Union. The primary concern will be the total of eight credits. governments will also be addressed. Cost:2 WL:1 effectiveness of linkages between citizens and This class offers students with summer internships in (Nemec) government. The method of instruction is primarily Washington the opportunity to build on their lecture, although considerable class discussion will internship experiences to gain UM course credit. The Primarily for Juniors and Seniors also take place. Grades will be based on several class will combine students’ internship experiences short papers/presentations and an exam. Cost:2 with reading scholarly research on American 412. The Legal Process. Two courses in political WL:1 (Bennett) government and politics. Our goals will be to discover science. (3). (Excl). how well the political science literature describes the Legal Process combines the study of legal theory with 492. Directed Studies. Two courses in political “real world” of American government, and to discuss selected case studies in American and comparative science and permission of instructor and the Director what hands-on experience with the world of politics law. The course examines the nature of legal of Undergraduate Studies. (1-6). (Excl). No more than can add to this scholarly work. Requirements: Basic interpretation, the organization of legal institutions, four credits of directed study may be elected as part knowledge of American government and permission the role of constitutions in structuring governments of a concentration program in Political Science. of the instructor. The class is limited to 15 students and legal systems, and the relation between law and (INDEPENDENT). Political Science 491 and 492 may and admission will be on a first-come/first-served politics. Cost:2 WL:1 (Fuentes-Rohwer) be elected for a total of eight credits. basis. Cost:2 WL:3 (Sherman) Political Science 491 and 492 may be elected for a 440. Comparative Politics. Any 100-level course in total of eight credits. No more than four credits of This course can also be elected as an independent political science or upperclass standing. (3). (Excl). directed study credit may be elected as part of a study with any of the department's faculty, and The purpose of this course is to familiarize students concentration program in Political Science. A directed students must contact faculty members directly and with politics in different types of political systems in study on any subject agreed upon by a student and work out course requirements before enrolling. key developing countries. The theme of PS 440 will an advising instructor that does not duplicate a

Courses in Psychology (Division 455) The Department of Psychology offers two regular a natural science course and stresses experimental research projects. introductory courses: Psychology 111 and psychology. In Psychology 114 the coverage of basic This course provides a broad introduction to the field Psychology 112. Psychology 112 is offered as a material is rapid, leaving some time for specialized of psychology. During the term we will cover such natural science and stresses experimental topics. topics as perception, development, physiology and psychology; Psychology 111 is approved for social behavior, personality, and social psychology. In science distribution but treats both perspectives with 111. Introduction to Psychology. Psych. 111 addition, we will look at some of the metaphors and about equal weight. Students may not receive credit serves, as do Psych. 112 or 113, as a prerequisite for principles that have guided research and theory for both Psychology 111 and Psychology 112. Either advanced courses in the department and as a within psychology (e.g., the mind as computer; the of the two courses meets the prerequisite prerequisite to concentration. No credit granted to role of the unconscious; the person as pleasure requirement for concentration and serves as a those who have completed or are enrolled in 112, seeking; the role of nature and nurture). Cost:2 prerequisite for advanced courses. Honors students 113, 114, or 115. (4). (SS). Psych. 111 may not be and others with permission of the instructor may take included in a concentration plan in psychology. 204. Individual Research. Introductory psychology Psychology 114 or 115. Psychology 115 is offered as Students in Psychology 111 are required to spend and permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). May not be five hours outside of class participating as subjects in included in a concentration plan in psychology. Summer 1998 / 63

(INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six young children through direct experience and contact either Dr. Zucker or Dr. Blow at 998-7952. credits. introductions to child development and education. (Zucker) Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared Cost:1 WL:5, Permission of instructor required for all students to undertake individual research under the students. Contact at 998-7161 or [email protected]. 404. Field Practicum. One of the following: direction of a member of the staff. Students are (Leach) Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and provided with the proper section number by the staff permission of instructor. (1-12). (Excl). Offered member with whom the work has been arranged. 330. Introduction to Biopsychology. Introductory mandatory credit/no credit. May be used as an Students are responsible for properly registering for psychology. (4). (NS). (BS). experiential lab in psychology. Credits may not be this course. This course is an overview of major topics in used toward either psychology concentration. Biopsychology. Biopsychology is an approach to the (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of 206. Tutorial Reading. Introductory psychology and study of psychological processes based on the twelve credits. permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). May not be assumption that the mind is an emerging property of Students may make arrangements to work in field included in a concentration plan in psychology. the brain and that the brain is an organ shaped by settings where psychological principles may be (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six biological evolution. Thus, the task of Biopsychology observed and utilized. Information about procedures credits. is to explain behavior, affect, and cognition in terms of for electing Psychology 404, 405, and 409 is obtained Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared distal (evolutionary and comparative psychology) and at 1044 East Hall (764-2580). students to undertake individual plans of study under proximal (physiological psychology and behavioral the direction of a member of the staff. Students are neuroscience) causation. Major topics include: 405. Field Practicum. One of the following: provided with the proper section number by the staff Principles of evolutionary theory; Neuroanatomy; Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and member with whom the work has been arranged. Neurons and communication between neurons; permission of instructor. (1-12). (Excl). Offered Students are responsible for properly registering for Perception and movement; Affect and emotion; mandatory credit/no credit. May be used as an this course. Motivation and reward; Sex, and ingestive behavior; experiential lab in psychology. Credits may not be Mechanisms of action of psychoactive drugs; used toward either psychology concentration. 305. Practicum in Psychology. Introductory Learning and memory; Language; Biopsychology of (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of psychology. (1-4). (Excl). A total of six credits of mood disorders and psychoses. NOTE: This course twelve credits. Psychology letter-graded experiential courses may be is intended primarily for sophomores and second- Students may make arrangements to work in field counted for the Psychology concentration. term freshmen who have ALREADY taken an settings where psychological principles may be Psychology 305 must be taken for at least three introductory course to psychology. This course is a observed and utilized. Information about procedures credits to count as an experiential lab in the prerequisite for most upper-level courses in for electing Psychology 404, 405, and 409 is obtained psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be Biopsychology. Cost:2 WL:1 (Badiani) at 1044 East Hall (764-2580). repeated for a total of six credits. Section 201 – Field Work in Multicultural 350. Introduction to Developmental Psychology. 408. Field Practicum in Research Communities. (3 credits). See Psychology 305.101 Introductory psychology. No credit granted to those Techniques/Natural Science. Psychology 330 or (Spring Term). who have completed or are enrolled in 255. (4). (SS). 340 or 350 or 360 or 370 or 380 or 390. (1-4). (Excl). This course provides an introduction to the Offered mandatory credit/no credit. Credits do not Section 202 – Farmworkers Outreach. (3 credits). milestones of human development from conception to count for the concentration, but the course may be This course seeks to enhance students' death. We describe physical, cognitive, and social used for an experiential lab if taken for three credits. understanding of the lives of migrant farmworkers and growth of normal children with special attention to (EXPERIENTIAL). Credit is granted for a combined their families. The subject matter will be approached various cultural contexts of development and the rich total of twelve credits of Psychology 404, 405, 408 interactively as the students read, discuss and listen diversity of individuals. The content is primarily and 409, and for a maximum of fifteen credits for to invited speakers in Spring, followed by a Summer drawn from research and theories in developmental Psychology 211, 404, 405, 408 and 409. This practicum in the fields. Health issues will be an psychology. We hope that students can integrate course may be taken for a maximum of two terms important aspect of the course as well as cultural and their knowledge of psychology and their observations and/or four credits with the same instructor. community strengths. Some Spanish is required; of human development with the content of this This field practicum course offers an opportunity to transportation will be provided. All classes are in the course. In addition, we will discuss implications for integrate experiential and academic work within the evenings. Undergraduates will be expected to read child-rearing, education, and social policy-making so context of a field setting. Students make their own one book and coursepack, write weekly reflective that you can apply the knowledge to meaningful arrangements to work in a psychology research lab; papers on readings and class and a final 8-10 page problems. WL:1 (Kalil) meet regularly with a faculty sponsor and research paper linking experiences with readings. Graduate group to discuss their experiences; read materials students will also write a 15-20 page paper 372. Advanced Laboratory in Psychopathology. which are relevant to the research topic and researching relevant topics and read two books. Psych. 370. A basic statistics course (e.g., Stat 402) techniques being used; and create some form of Grades will be based on attendance, participation, is recommended although not required. (3). (Excl). written product that discusses the research and the new skill building, journals and papers. Main text: Satisfies a Psychology research-based laboratory student's participation in the research process. Fields of toil: A migrant family's journey (Isabel Valle, requirement. Students may obtain a list of faculty sponsors offering 1994). (Nerenberg) Section 201. See Psychology 372.101 (Spring research experience in the Undergraduate Office, Term). 1044 East Hall. An override from a Psychology Section 210 – Alcoholism and Other Behavior Department faculty member is required to register. Disorders in Community Settings, II. (3 credits). Section 210 – Alcoholism and Other Behavior Prerequisite: Psychology 372. See Psychology Disorders in Community Settings, I. This course 409. Field Practicum in Research Techniques. 305.102 (Spring Term). (Zucker) offers undergraduates the opportunity to participate in One of the following: Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, an ongoing community-based research program. The 370, 380, or 390; and permission of instructor. (1-4). 307. Directed Experiences with Children. project involves detailed screening for alcohol (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. This Introductory psychology and permission of instructor. problems among older adults attending primary course may be used as an experiential lab in (3-4). (Excl). A total of six credits of Psychology letter- health care clinics throughout Southeast Michigan. psychology. Credits may not be used toward either graded experiential courses may be counted for the The study hopes to provide a better understanding of psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be Psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be whether brief interventions for elderly patients with repeated for a total of twelve credits. Credit is granted repeated for a total of 7 credits. alcohol problems are effective. Also, we will attempt for a combined total of twelve credits of Psychology Section 201 – Working with Children. Directed to determine which specific characteristics of 404, 405, 408 and 409, and for a maximum of fifteen experience with children aged eighteen months to five individuals predict who will change their drinking credits of Psychology 211, 404, 405, 408, and 409. years at the University of Michigan's Children Center behavior as a result of this intervention. In addition to May be elected for a maximum of two terms and/or and Children's Center for Working Families for 1.5 hours of class time each week, work involves four credits with the same instructor. approximately eight to twelve hours per week on a participation in several aspects of the data collection The course provides experience and education in regular basis. Seminar relating theoretical issues to phases of the project. The project requires research techniques. The student works with the applied practice is held every two weeks. No approximately nine hours of time commitment per instructor on various aspects of psychological prerequisites required. This course is designed to week. Ideally, students involved in this work should research, completes readings, keeps a journal and introduce students to young children in a warm and be able to enroll for a two-term sequence, taking completes a paper which integrates the readings and caring classroom environment facilitated by Psychology 372 in Summer and Psychology 305 in experiences in the research setting. professional early childhood teachers. The major Fall. Completion of both 372 and 305 will satisfy the emphasis is on developing an understanding of Psychology Lab requirement. For further information, 64 / Psychology

442. Perception, Science, and Reality. Introductory psychologists know about how people think – both in which must be given to the undergraduate office. psychology. (3). (NS). (BS). terms of the cognitive processes involved in thinking Students are provided with the proper section number This course carries concentration credit for and the outcomes of goal-directed thought – and to by the staff member with whom the work has been Psychology concentrators and natural science credit consider how we can improve our thinking skills. arranged. Students are responsible for being for non-Psychology concentrators. The course Thinking covers a wide range of topics. In this properly registered for this course. focuses on basic perceptual phenomena and course, we will focus on categorization, inductive and theories. It also examines the general relationship deductive reasoning, problem solving, and decision 507. Faculty Directed Advanced Tutorial Reading. between perception and scientific observation. making. The course will involve both lecture format Permission of instructor and approval of the Topics include: Sensory transduction and and opportunity for discussion. Evaluation will be Department of Psychology Committee on psychophysics, Gestalt organization, constancy and based on two exams and a final paper. Cost:2 WL:1 Undergraduate Studies; and one of the following: contrast effects, expectation, selective attention, (Patalano) Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390. (1- perceptual learning, and symbolic representation. 6). (Excl). A combined total of six credits of Psych. While the course is oriented toward the natural 488/Soc. 465. Sociological Analysis of Deviant 505 and 507 may be included in a concentration plan sciences, it also considers social, philosophical and Behavior. Introductory sociology or introductory in psychology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated aesthetic perspectives, since at its most general level, psychology as a social science. (3). (SS). for a total of six credits. human perception concerns the questions of how and See Sociology 488. (Chimonas) Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared why human beings use sensory information to students to further explore a topic of interest in 505. Faculty Directed Advanced Research. psychology under the direction of a member of the conceive of, and experience immediate reality the Permission of instructor and one of the following: way they do. The instructor assumes no particular staff. The course requires a final paper, a copy of Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390. (1- which must be given to the undergraduate office. psychology background, and non-psychology 6). (Excl). May be used as an experiential lab by concentrators are welcome. Grades will be Students are provided with the proper section number faculty petition to the Committee on Undergraduate by the staff member with whom the work has been determined on the basis of two short papers (each Studies. A combined total of six credits of Psych. 505 worth 30% of the grade) and one longer paper (worth arranged. Students are responsible for properly and 507 may be included in a concentration plan in registering for this course. 40% of the grade). Questions concerning this class psychology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a can be e-mailed to Robert Pachella using total of six credits. [email protected]. Cost:2 WL:5 (Pachella) Independent Study/Directed Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared Reading 447. Psychology of Thinking. Psych. 340. (3). (NS). students to undertake individual research of their own (BS). design under the direction of a member of the staff. The department of psychology offers several options The goals of this course are to review what The work of the course must include the collection for independent study/directed reading. See Spring and analysis of data and a written report, a copy of Term listing.

Courses in Religion (Division 457) The Studies in Religion Program provides students cultures. The concern of the program is not to 365/Phil. 365. Problems of Religion. (2). (HU). with a basic knowledge of the history, psychology, inculcate a particular doctrine or faith but rather to See Philosophy 365. (Ruhmkorff) philosophy, and anthropology of religion; promotes an broaden and deepen a student’s knowledge and understanding of diverse religious traditions; and understanding of religious traditions. examines religious questions which arise in all

Residential College students are given priority in all Waitlists of Residential College courses are Residential College courses during the Early maintained in the Residential College Counseling

Core (Division 863)

Foreign Language: Intensive Language Courses enrolled in Russian 101, 102, 111, or 112. (8). (LR). who have completed or are enrolled in Russian 201 See Russian 103. or 202. (8).(LR). 193/Russian 103. Intensive First-Year Russian. No See Russian 203. credit granted to those who have completed or are 293/Russian 203. Intensive Second Year Russian. Core 193 or Russian 102. No credit granted to those

Courses in French (Division 371)

Elementary Language Courses who have begun instruction at the high school level. 230. (4). (LR). College or university transfer students who have See French 231 (Spring Term). Students who intend to continue a language begun in received credit for one term are encouraged to enroll high school must take the Placement Test to in French 103. (4). (LR). 232. Second-Year French, Continued. French 231; determine the language course in which they should See French 102 (Spring Term). or assignment by placement test. No credit granted to enroll. French 102 is NOT open to students who those who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or have begun instruction in high school. It is strongly 230. Intensive Second-Year French. French 102 or 230. (4). (LR). recommended that students who began French at 103. No credit granted to those who have completed See French 232 (Spring Term). another college or university also take the placement or are enrolled in 112, 231, or 232. (8). (LR). test. Students must check with the Course The course is designed to provide insight into the Cultural and Literary Studies Coordinator for any exceptions to the Placement Test culture of French-speaking peoples; content-based 274. French and Francophone Societies and level. themes develop cultural awareness and encourage Culture. French 232. (4). (HU). May be repeated for students to formulate opinions on a variety of 101. Elementary French. Students with any prior a total of eight credits. contemporary issues through reading, video, Section 201 – Rebels Without a Cause: The study of French must take the Placement Test. Credit discussion, and writing. Classroom activities stress is not granted for more than two courses from French Generation Gap in Francophone Africa. Despite communication across the four skills with a strong huge societal differences, many similarities exist 101, 102, and 103. (4). (LR). oral/written component. See French 101 (Spring Term). between the problems American and African youth 231. Second-Year French. French 102 or 103; or face in dealing with the “older generation.” This 102. Elementary French, Continued. French 101. assignment by placement test. No credit granted to course considers why such differences do little to No credit granted to those who have completed or are those who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or alter this problem and how they aid to better enrolled in 103. French 102 is NOT open to students understand the dynamic. (Bishop)

Courses in Italian (Division 399)

Elementary Language Courses in 103. Italian 102 is NOT open to students who have students to formulate opinions on a variety of begun instruction at the high school level. Open only contemporary issues through reading, video, Students who intend to continue a language begun in to students who have completed 101 at the University discussion, and writing. Classroom activities stress high school must take the Placement Test to of Michigan. College or university transfer students communication across the four skills with a strong determine the language course in which they should who have received credit for one term are oral/written component. enroll. Italian 102 is NOT open to students who have encouraged to enroll in Italian 103. (4). (LR). begun instruction in high school. It is strongly See Italian 102 (Spring Term). 231. Second-Year Italian. Italian 102, or permission recommended that students who began Italian at of course supervisor. No credit granted to those who another college or university also take the placement 230. Second-Year Italian. No credit granted to those have completed 112 or 230. (4). (LR). test. Students must check with the Course who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or 232. See Italian 231 (Spring Term). Coordinator for any exceptions to the Placement Test (8). (LR). level. The course is designed to provide insight into the 232. Second-Year Italian, Continued. Italian 231 or culture of Italian-speaking peoples; content-based permission of course supervisor. No credit granted to 102. Elementary Italian. Italian 101. No credit themes develop cultural awareness and encourage those who have completed 112. (4). (LR). granted to those who have completed or are enrolled See Italian 232 (Spring Term).

Courses in Spanish (Division 484)

Elementary Language Courses or university transfer students who have received 232. Second-Year Spanish, Continued. Spanish credit for one term are encouraged to enroll in 231; or assignment by placement test. No credit Students who intend to continue a language begun in Spanish 103. (4). (LR). granted to those who have completed or are enrolled high school must take the Placement Test to See Spanish 102 (Spring Term). in 230 or 112. (4). (LR). determine the language course in which they should See Spanish 232 (Spring Term). enroll. Spanish 102 is NOT open to students who 230. Intensive Second-Year Spanish. Spanish 102 have begun instruction in high school. It is strongly or 103. No credit granted to those who have recommended that students who began Spanish at completed 112, 231, or 232. (8). (LR). Other Language Courses another college or university also take the placement The course is designed to provide insight into the 275(361). Grammar and Composition. Spanish 232. test. Students must check with the Course culture of Spanish-speaking peoples; content-based A maximum of six credits of Spanish 270, 275, and Coordinator for any exceptions to the Placement Test themes develop cultural awareness and encourage 276 may be counted toward graduation. (3). (Excl). level. students to formulate opinions on a variety of Spanish 275 is intended to increase the accuracy of contemporary issues through reading, video, students' Spanish and to increase vocabulary and 101. Elementary Spanish. (4). (LR). discussion, and writing. Classroom activities stress See Spanish 101 (Spring Term). cultural knowledge through readings. The course is communication across the four skills with a strong centered on a grammar-review text. Students do 102. Elementary Spanish, Continued. Spanish 101. oral/written component. readings in Spanish, prepare translations and other No credit granted to those who have completed or are 231. Second-Year Spanish. Spanish 102 or 103; or exercises, and expand vocabulary. Time is allotted to enrolled in 103. Spanish 102 is NOT open to assignment by placement test. No credit granted to class discussion of readings and especially to the students who have begun instruction at the high those who have completed or are enrolled in 112 or treatment of recurrent problems of grammar. Classes school level. Open only to students who have 230. (4). (LR). are taught in Spanish. The final grade is based on completed 101 at the University of Michigan. College See Spanish 231 (Spring Term). weekly translations, tests, and class participation. 66 / Russian and East European Studies (REES)

Slavic Languages and Literatures

Courses in Russian (Division 466)

Language Russia. Assessment is based on in-class be able to participate readily in conversations with performance, quality of written assignments, tests native speakers of Russian, to write relatively 103/RC Core 193. Intensive First-Year Russian. No and examinations, and a final oral proficiency complex Russian, and to read most kinds of Russian credit granted to those who have completed or are interview. The work load is heavy, and timely texts quite fluently with the aid of a dictionary. enrolled in 101, 102, 111, or 112. (8). (LR). completion of the daily assignments is essential for An intensive course, covering the material usually success, but students who have a solid grounding in Literature covered in regular year-long first-year courses. Using the basics of Russian grammar and who are ready for as the primary text Russian Stage One, this course the demands of an intensive course will find this 355. Supervised Reading of Russian Literature. will take the beginner to a level of basic fluency in all course very rewarding. Permission of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). four language skills (speaking, listening, reading, (INDEPENDENT). May be elected for credit twice. writing). Speaking skills are given special emphasis. 303. Third-Year Intensive Russian. Russian 203. Students develop a term-long reading and writing Student will also be introduced to all of the basics of No credit granted to those who have completed or are project on a topic or topics in Russian literary or Russian grammar (declension, conjugation, and other enrolled in 301 or 302. (8). (Excl). linguistic studies, in consultation with a member of the fundamental structural patterns). Assessment is This proficiency-oriented course reviews and faculty. Readings may include substantial amounts of based on in-class performance, quality of written deepens knowledge of Russian grammar and syntax, Russian. Weekly meetings with the supervisor may assignments, tests and examinations, and a final oral introduces word-building and idioms, and be conducted in English or Russian. Writing proficiency interview. The work load is heavy, but the substantially expands vocabulary through the use of assignments made according to the number of credit committed student who begins this course with no original twentieth-century prose readings, hours elected, but must correspond to the writing knowledge of the language whatever will make rapid contemporary films, electronic and print media, rock expectations of upper-level department courses. and very satisfying progress. music, and other authentic popular and everyday materials. Great emphasis is placed upon active 492. Senior Honors Course. Approval of 203/RC Core 293. Intensive Second Year Russian. student participation in class and on the even departmental Honors Committee. (3). (Excl). Russian 102 or 103. No credit granted to those who development of all four language skills: reading, (INDEPENDENT). Credit is granted for a combined have completed or are enrolled in Russian 201 or writing, speaking, and listening. Many class activities total of six credits of Russian 491 and 492. 202. (8). (LR). and homework assignments are modeled on the During 492 (the second half of the year-long honors An intensive course, using Russian Stage Two as the linguistic requirements and real-life situations of the course) the student produces a draft of a thesis of fifty primary text. The course aims to expand dramatically New Russia. Russian is the only language used in to one hundred pages on a topic in literary or students’ command of practical Russian vocabulary class. Commitment to participation inside the class linguistic studies, and then, in consultation with a and the committed student should, by the end of room and to hard work on assignments at home and thesis supervisor and the honors advisor, the final Russian 203, be able to function relatively in the language laboratory is essential. Students are version of the thesis. Regular meetings with comfortably in essential real-life Russian language evaluated on the basis of in-class performance, supervisor, participation in informal seminars, and situations. Authentic language materials are used written assignments, tests and examinations, and an successful submission of thesis lead to the award of extensively, and students who have successfully oral proficiency interview conducted at the end of the an honors degree in Russian. An oral defense may completed this course are ready to consider study in course. Students who complete Russian 303 should be required. Cost:3 WL:3

Courses in Sociology (Division 482) Introductory Courses elected through Soc. 102, 202, 203, and 401, last term. No credit granted to those who have provided that the course topics are different. completed or are enrolled in Stat. 100, 265, 311, 402, 101. Person and Society: An Introduction to Section 101 – Sociological Perspectives on Fitness, 405, or 412, or Econ. 404 or 405. (3). (MSA). (BS). Sociology Through Social Psychology. Open to Dieting, and Eating Disorders. Physical appearance is (QR/1). first- and second-year students. Juniors are strongly the individual's “presentation card.” Even though a The purpose of the course is to provide literacy in the encouraged and seniors must take Soc. 400 or 401. person's physical characteristics are, to a large evaluation of quantitative evidence as it relates to the No credit for seniors. (3). (SS). extent, biologically determined, their meaning is world of alternative, testable ideas. Students are This course is designed to give you an introductory socially constructed. This course will explore the familiarized with a variety of descriptive statistics overview of the social psychological perspective factors that give rise to this social construction, (interpretation of tables, measures of association, within sociology. In the first part of the course, we will including culture, social institutions, interpersonal regression, etc.), inductive statistics (theory of discuss the different theories and concepts for relationships, and psychology. The course will also sampling, significance tests) and the empirical origin understanding the nature and causes of human focus on the culture of thinness and how it affects of statistical data (surveys, consensus, observational behavior, social interaction, and the relationship gender and race differentially. Topics include: the studies). Several forms of decision-making based on between individuals and society. The latter part of the social relevance of physical appearance; the body quantitative and non-quantitative evidence are course will focus more closely on how social- through a cultural prism; and the role of psychology, compared and contrasted. No special background or structural forces – like race, culture, class, and interpersonal relationships, and culture in shaping preparation is needed. Students capable of handling gender – influence a person's attitudes, behavior, perceptions of the body. (Villanueva) arithmetic have all the mathematical skills required for sense of self, and social interactions. The general the course. Problem sets are routinely assigned to format of the course will be a combination of lectures, For Undergraduates Only illustrate the concepts of the course. Additionally, the discussions, audio-visuals, and take-home exercises, course will provide students with an introduction to and there will be two exams. (Lopez) 210. Elementary Statistics. Sociology Honors students should elect this course prior to beginning statistical packages easily used on desktop 202. Contemporary Social Issues I. (3). (Excl). the Honors Seminar sequence. Sociology computers. NO PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE WITH Credit is granted for a combined total of eight credits concentrators should elect this course prior to their THIS TECHNOLOGY IS NECESSARY. This will Summer 1998 / 67

provide an opportunity analyze and discuss some real of northwest Europeans who immigrated up to the cities; the impact of deindustrialization and the data sets. Course grades are determined by mid-19th century; the second one, that which globalization of the world economy; the demographic performance on three major exams (including the consisted of southern and east Europeans at the end changes brought about by suburbanization, migration, final) and some quizzes given in the discussion of the 19th century and beginning of the 20th; the and immigration; and the effects of changes in federal sections. The new format generates four credit hours third one, the movement from the south to the north and state policies. Similarly, we will examine how from two lectures and two hours of discussion per of Black Americans and Mexicans precipitated by the urban schools are affected at the local level by week. (Eyster) two world wars; and the fourth one, from 1965 on, is poverty, crime, and the deterioration of community still ongoing in the present, of immigrants mostly from institutions. (Lewis) 303/CAAS 303. Race and Ethnic Relations. An Latin America and Asia. At all times, our effort is to introductory course in sociology or CAAS. (3). (SS). understand the immigrant past of these ethnic 465/Psych. 488. Sociological Analysis of Deviant (R&E). groups, both for what it tells us about the past as well Behavior. Introductory sociology or introductory This course focuses on the historical and as their present and possible future. Course psychology as a social science. (3). (SS). contemporary structuring of racial and ethnic requirements: the written requirements for this course This course utilizes a sociological approach to inequality in the United States. The course has two consist of two exams. Both the exams will be in-class deviance to explore social organization and control. main goals. First, to provide students with a tests, consisting of short answer questions that will Examining the ways in which societies create sociological framework for understanding both draw from the lectures and our discussion of the deviance, we will review a number of theoretical historical and contemporary racial dynamics. readings. Each exam will be worth 50 points. perspectives to explain why and how deviance exists. Secondly, to introduce students to the social history (Dickerson) We will then turn to the processes by which of racism in the United States. Central to this individuals become deviant, with close attention to discussion will be the understanding of racism not as social organization and institutions of control. Finally, “prejudice”, “ignorance”, or an “attitude”, but rather as For Undergraduates and Graduates we will investigate the various ways in which societies a comprehensive historical system that has changed 458. Sociology of Education. One introductory have tried to reduce deviance, usually with little over time. The course will begin by highlighting the course in sociology. (3). (Excl). success. Course requirements include weekly principal concepts sociologists use in their analysis of Any understanding of the issues currently confronting discussion papers, midterm and final exams, a term race and ethnic relations. Next, it will examine the public schools in the United States must be linked to paper, and individual presentations. (Chimonas) historical and contemporary experiences of several discussions of larger social issues. Understanding racial minority groups in the United States – namely, 468. Criminology. (3). (SS). educational success and failure, both at the level of The purpose of this course is to cultivate an interest African Americans, Chicanos/Mexican Americans, the school and the level of the child, requires Puerto Ricans, and Asian Americans. Finally, the in the sociology of crime and deviance, while understanding the political, social, and cultural developing critical and analytic thinking skills. The course will conclude by discussing and critically context within which educational institutions operate. assessing several public policies developed to topics are selected to: promote awareness of the The course will explore the relationship between political and ideological dimensions of criminology address racial inequality in the Post-Civil Rights Era urban areas, urban families, and urban schools. and the scholarly literature that has been written and crime control; examine crime and criminal justice Paying close attention to ways that social inequality with an eye to social inequality; appreciate difference about them (e.g., Busing, Affirmative Action). are produced and reproduced in society, our goal is (Forman) in explanations of and responses to crime; and to analyze the issues confronting urban schools and understand the organizational features of the criminal 304/Amer. Cult. 304. American Immigration. (3). members of urban school communities with an eye justice system and the dilemma of punishment. The (SS). towards the role of schools a agents of socialization, course will explore a number of topics including: That America is a nation of immigrants is one of the stratification, and social control in American society. problems in defining crime and interpreting crime most common place yet truest of statements. In this The goal is to develop an explanation of the current rates; theories of crime and deviance; the social course we will survey a vast range of the American state of education in urban America using relevant control of crime (e.g., prisons and the juvenile justice immigrant experience: that of the Irish, Germans, theory. As we explore the problems encountered by system); race, class, and gender and crime; and the Jews, Italians, Chinese, Japanese, Blacks, Puerto urban schools, we will attempt to link theory to first- future of crime and deviance in the United States. Ricans, Cubans, and Mexicans. Immigration to hand observations and published accounts. We will (Rosales) American can be broadly understood as consisting of examine the effect on schools of several current four major waves; the first one, that which consisted issues, including the transformation and decline of

Courses in Statistics (Division 489) 100. Introduction to Statistical Reasoning. No rather than on covering a wide variety of different academic areas and some attention is given to credit granted to those who have completed or are methodologies. The course format is six hours of statistical process control methods. The course enrolled in Soc. 210, Stat. 265, 311, 402, 405, or 412, lecture per week and two hours of laboratory per format includes six hours of lecture per week and or Econ. 404 or 405. (4). (MSA). (BS). (QR/1). week. Cost:2 WL:3 three hours of laboratory per week. The laboratory This course is designed to provide an overview of the section deals with the computational aspects of the field of statistics. Course topics include methods of 402. Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis. course and provides a forum for review of lecture analyzing and summarizing data, statistical reasoning No credit granted to those who have completed or are material. For this purpose, students are introduced to as a means of learning from observations enrolled in Econ. 404 or 405, or Stat. 265, 311, 405, the use of a micro-computer package and the (experimental or sample), and techniques for dealing or 412. (4). (NS). (BS). (QR/1). Macintosh computer. Cost:2 WL:3 with uncertainties in drawing conclusions from In this course students are introduced to the concepts collected data. Basic fallacies in common statistical and applications of statistical methods and data 425/Math. 425. Introduction to Probability. Math. analyses and reasoning are discussed and proper analysis. Statistics 402 has no prerequisite and has 215, 255, or 285. (3). (MSA). (BS). methods indicated. Alternative approaches to been elected by students whose mathematics See Mathematics 425 (Spring Term). statistical inference are also discussed. The course background includes only high school algebra. emphasis is on presenting basic underlying concepts Examples of applications are drawn from virtually all

Courses in Theatre and Drama (Division 695) Courses in Theatre and Drama are listed in the Time Section 201 – Before O'Neill/After Shepard. This Williams, and Hellman. Topics of class discussion Schedule under the School of Music in the subsection survey course will examine the origin and will include: the emergence of a nativist theater Theatre and Drama. development of U.S. Drama in the twentieth century. tradition, the role of ethnicity, the situation of the Beginning with playwrights like O'Neill, Glaspell, Rice, female playwright, the conflict between commercial The following course counts as an LS&A course for Odets, and Treadwell, the class will focus on the and artistic values, and the move to a more pluralistic LS&A degree credit. interrelationship of U.S. culture in American Drama and inclusive theater, one in which previously 423/English 449. American Theatre and Drama. and American Drama in U.S. culture, especially as it marginalized voices move to center stage. Additional (3). (HU). manifests itself in the mid-century plays of Miller, playwrights on the reading list include Hansberry, 68 / Theatre and Drama

Albee, Mamet, Shepard, Fornes, Lanford Wilson, Kushner, Wang, and August Wilson. Cost:3 (Brater)

Courses in Women's Studies (Division 497) 240/Amer. Cult. 240. Introduction to Women's Independent Study/Directed Reading 441. Honors Research Tutorial. (1). (Excl). Studies. (3). (HU). (R&E). (TUTORIAL). Designed as an introduction to the new feminist The Program in Women's Studies offers several Prerequisite: Women's Studies 240. Prepares scholarship on women, this is an interdisciplinary options for independent study/directed reading. second term junior Women's Studies concentrators to course which acquaints students with key concepts write an honors thesis. Students choose a thesis Directed Reading. Women's Studies 385, 386, 387 and theoretical frameworks to analyze women's topic before beginning this tutorial. They then work (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). condition. We will explore how women's status has independently with an appropriate faculty member to Offer advanced Women's Studies students an changed over time, but we will concentrate on the develop the research skills specific to their topics opportunity to purpose independent, interdisciplinary situation of contemporary American women. The (e.g., analytic, library, or computer skills). By the end projects. course will not only provide students with an analysis of the term students should have a well-defined of women's oppression, but will suggest strategies for 385 has prerequisites of Women's Studies 100 or research design and the skills to carry it out. ending sexual inequality. Topics include: violence 240, one 300-level Women's Studies course, and Requirement: a short written thesis prospectus. against women, workplace discrimination, the permission of instructor. 386 has prerequisite of 490 and 491. Honors Thesis. (2-4). (Excl). feminization of poverty, health care and sexuality, and Women's Studies 385. 387 has prerequisite of (INDEPENDENT). the intersections of gender with capitalism, racism, Women's Studies 386. and imperialism. Prerequisite: Senior honors Women's Studies concentrators. Provides Women's Studies honors concentrators an opportunity for independent study under close supervision from their faculty advisor while preparing an honors thesis. Spring/Summer 1998 / 69

LS&A Course Guide Spring/Summer Term, 1998

College of Literature, Science, and the Arts 70 / American Culture

Courses in American Culture (Division 315)

Unless otherwise stated, the permission required for programs as the Washington and New York 489. Senior Essay. Senior concentrators and Amer. the repetition for credit of specifically designated Internship Program and Project Community. Students Cult. 350. (3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). courses is that of the student's concentration or BGS must make individual arrangements with these This course is designed for concentrators who desire advisor. programs. a more directed research experience with individual faculty at the end of their undergraduate career. It 383. Junior Honors Reading and Thesis. Junior 389. Reading Course in American Culture. allows a senior concentrator in American Culture the standing and grade point average of at least 3.0. (3). Permission of instructor. (1-4). (Excl). opportunity to write a research paper under the (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit with direction of a particular faculty member. Reading of selected works on American Culture. permission. Conferences, written reports, and term papers. An independent study course available to 493. Honors Readings and Thesis. Senior standing undergraduates who are interested in designing a and a grade point average of at least 3.5 in honors 388. Field Study. Sophomore standing. (1-4). (Excl). reading list for the purpose of exploring new areas in concentration. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May Offered mandatory credit/no credit. (EXPERIENTIAL). the field of American studies. Each student makes be repeated for a total of six credits. May be repeated for credit with permission. individual arrangements with a faculty member in the Independent interdisciplinary study supervised by two Field experience in organizations, institutions, and student's area of interest. or more tutors leading to an original paper. A grade is service agencies under such University of Michigan not posted until the end of the second term.

Anthropology

Courses in Biological Anthropology (Division 318)

398. Honors in Biological Anthropology. Senior own research. Students who are interested in joining A maximum of three credits of independent reading standing and permission of instructor. (3). (Excl). the senior honors program should consult with the may be included in a concentration plan in (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit twice. departmental honors advisor for biological anthropology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for Seniors who choose to enter the honors program anthropology. Previous participation in the college a total of six credits. undertake a senior project under the supervision of a honors program is not a prerequisite for joining the Laboratory training and work in the techniques used member of the faculty. Most often this takes the form senior honors program. in various aspects of research in biological of an original paper of greater scope than is possible anthropology. in an ordinary term paper, and it gives the student 471. Undergraduate Reading and Research in experience in conducting and writing up his or her Anthropology. Permission of instructor. (1-3). (Excl).

Courses in Cultural Anthropology (Division 319)

Courses are arranged by groups: Introductory honors thesis project. By the end of the term, the historical background to enable a senior honors Courses, Ethnology-Regional Courses, Ethnology- students will have decided on a project, and begun thesis. In 399, students work on an original thesis Theory/Method, Ethnology-Topical Courses, preliminary work on it. In consultation with the honors topic. A student, in consultation with the honors Linguistics, Archaeology, and Museum and Reading advisor the student may request any member of the advisor, may request any Department of and Research Courses. Anthropology Department to serve as a main thesis Anthropology faculty member to serve as a thesis advisor or second reader. In the next term, the advisor. Periodically students convene to discuss Museum, Honors, Reading, Research, and Field students will convene periodically in seminar with the their research progress. At the end of the term, each Courses honors advisor to discuss their research projects and student completes a written honors thesis and get feedback from the group, as well as staying in presents a seminar summarizing it. Original field 398. Honors in Cultural Anthropology. Permission contact with the honors advisor and second reader. research, library sources, or collections in the of instructor. (3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be By the end of the term, each student should have Museum of Anthropology may be used for honors repeated for a total of six credits with permission of completed the research and write-up for their thesis projects. Prior excavation or archaeological concentration advisor. so that they can make a formal summary presentation laboratory experience is not required for participation. Section 001 – Honors Ethnology. This honors course of it for the group. Original field research or library sequence in cultural anthropology is designed for work may be used for honors projects. 499. Undergraduate Reading and Research in undergraduate anthropology concentrators who are Anthropology. Permission of instructor. (1-3). (Excl). specializing in cultural anthropology and have applied Section 002 – Honors Archaeology. This honors A maximum of three credits of independent reading for senior honors in the Department of Anthropology. course sequence in archaeology is designed for may be included in a concentration plan in This course is divided into two parts. In the Fall undergraduate anthropology concentrators who are anthropology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for Term, the students will meet once a week in seminar specializing in archaeology and who have applied for a total of six credits to read and discuss a selection of significant senior honors in the Department of Anthropology. In Independent reading and research under the direction monographs and papers in ethnology, and a selection 398, the students will meet in seminar to discuss the of a faculty member. Ordinarily available only to of writings on fieldwork methods and research construction of analytical models appropriate for students with background in anthropology. strategies in ethnology. This seminar provides archaeology and to analyze methods for solving background for the students to define their own senior problems. This seminar provides the intellectual and

Courses in Chemistry (Division 334)

218. Independent Study in Biochemistry. member whose project is in the biochemistry area. Chemistry 218 is for biochemistry concentrators, and Permission of instructor. For students with less than The Chemistry Department encourages students to research projects must be approved by a junior standing. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be get involved with undergraduate research as early as biochemistry advisor. Exact details such as nature of repeated for a total of four credits. possible. The Advising Office, 1500 Chemistry, research, level of involvement of the student, and This course provides an introduction to independent provides information to help students in meeting with criteria for grading are individually determined in biochemistry research under the direction of a faculty faculty members to discuss research opportunities. consultation with the faculty member. The student is Spring/Summer 1998 / 71

expected to put in a minimum of three hours per week student must receive direct supervision by all of the who must elect it for a total of four credits spread out of actual work for a 14-week term for each credit faculty who have agreed to sponsor the project. Final over two or more terms. The student is expected to elected. At the end of each term, three copies of a evaluation of the research effort and the report, as put in at least three hours a week of actual work for written report are submitted – one for the Advising well as the grade for the course, rests with the faculty each credit elected. At the end of each term, a Office, one for the student, and one for the faculty member from the Chemistry Department. Cost:1 written report evaluating the progress of the project is supervisor. WL:3 submitted; one copy to the faculty member, one copy for the Advising Office and one copy for the student. For a student to receive biochemistry credit for Chem 398. Undergraduate Research in Biochemistry. Interim reports need not be lengthy, but the final 218, the student must work on a research project Junior standing, and permission of a biochemistry report for Chemistry 399 is expected to be more supervised by a member of the biochemistry concentration advisor and the professor who will detailed and longer than the reports in 219. concentration research faculty and the project must supervise the research. (1-4). (Excl). be approved by a biochemistry advisor. Final (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of four For a student to receive Chemistry credit for evaluation of the research effort and the report, as credits during junior or senior year. Chemistry 399, the student must work on a research well as the grade for the course, rests with the Elected starting in the junior or senior year, this project supervised by a faculty member of the biochemistry research faculty member. Cost:1 WL:3 course is an optional requirement for Biochemistry Chemistry Department, either alone, or in students and a requirement for Honors Biochemistry collaboration with a colleague within the department, 219. Independent Study in Chemistry. Permission students, who must elect it for a total of four credits from another department, or from another school. of instructor. For students with less than junior spread out over two or more terms. The student is This collaboration must be an ongoing one, and the standing. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be expected to put in a minimum of three hours a week student must receive direct supervision by all of the repeated for a total of four credits. of actual work for each credit elected. At the end of faculty who have agreed to sponsor the project. Final Research in an area of interest to, and supervised by, each term, a written report evaluating the progress of evaluation of the research effort and the report, as a Chemistry faculty member. The Chemistry the project is submitted; one copy to the faculty well as the grade for the course, rests with the faculty Department encourages students to get involved with member, one copy for the Advising Office (1500 member from the Chemistry Department. Cost:1 undergraduate research as early as possible. The Chemistry), and one copy for the student. Interim WL:3 Advising Office, 1500 Chemistry, provides information reports need not be lengthy, but the final report for and help to students in meeting with faculty members Chemistry 398 is expected to be more detailed and 498. Undergraduate Honors Thesis in to discuss research opportunities. Exact details such longer than the reports in 218. Biochemistry. Chem. 398 and permission of as nature of the research, level of involvement of the instructor. To be elected in the term in which an student, credits awarded, and criteria for grading are For a student to receive biochemistry credit for Chem Honors student presents a thesis on undergraduate individually determined in consultation with the faculty 398, the student must work on a research project research. (1). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). member. The student is expected to put in at least supervised by a member of the biochemistry To be elected in the term in which an Honors three hours a week of actual work for a 14-week term concentration research faculty and the project must biochemistry student presents a thesis on for each credit elected. At the end of each term, be approved by a biochemistry advisor. Final undergraduate research. Cost:1 WL:3 three copies of a written report are submitted – one evaluation of the research effort and the report, as for the Advising Office, one for the student, and one well as the grade for the course, rests with the 499. Undergraduate Thesis. Chem. 399 and for the faculty supervisor. biochemistry research faculty member. Cost:1 WL:3 permission of instructor. To be elected in the term in which an Honors student presents a thesis on For a student to receive Chemistry credit for 399. Undergraduate Research. Junior standing, and undergraduate research. (1). (Excl). Chemistry 219, the student must work on a research permission of a chemistry concentration advisor and (INDEPENDENT). project supervised by a faculty member of the the professor who will supervise the research. (1-4). To be elected in the term in which an Honors student Chemistry Department, either alone, or in (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total presents a thesis on undergraduate research. Cost:1 collaboration with a colleague within the department, of four credits during junior or senior year. WL:3 from another department, or from another school. Elected starting in the junior or senior year, this This collaboration must be an ongoing one, and the course is a requirement for B.S. Chemistry students,

Courses in Comparative Literature (Division 354)

496. Honors Thesis. Comp. Lit. 495 and Honors 498. Directed Reading. Permission of instructor. (1- which the student will execute with the tutorial concentration in comparative literature. (3). (Excl). 4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). assistance of the instructor. The student will be (INDEPENDENT). This course is intended for Comparative Literature required to submit a written proposal of his or her In the Honors Thesis course the Honors student concentrators. It offers a student the opportunity to course to the Program office. For further information, typically develops the seminar work done in Comp. work closely with a faculty member associated with contact the Program in Comparative Literature, 2015 Lit. 495 (Senior Seminar) into a longer, more Comparative Literature on a comparative topic Tisch. thorough study under the auspices of a faculty thesis chosen by the student in consultation with the director. Students who need help in arranging for a professor. Together they will develop a reading list; thesis director should contact the Comparative establish goals, meeting times, and credit hours Literature office, 2015 Tisch, 763-2351. (within the range); and plan papers and projects

Courses in Economics (Division 358)

M. Honors Program, Seminars, and Independent economics. (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be the quality of the thesis, as evaluated by the thesis Research repeated for a total of eight credits. advisor with whom the student has arranged to work. This course is for undergraduates writing senior 498. Honors Independent Research. Open only to honors theses. Each student's grade for the course students admitted to honors concentration in and levels of honors achieved will depend entirely on

Courses in Environmental Studies (Division 366)

Environmental Studies 420 and 421 offer Courses on environmental issues are offered by many appropriate courses are offered at irregular opportunities for independent study. In these courses many different departments and programs in LS&A as intervals under unpredictable headings. the student is responsible for defining a plan of study, well as in other colleges of the university. Students enlisting others with similar interests if appropriate, interested in the environment should explore each 420. Practicum in Environmental Problems. and locating a faculty member willing to supervise the issue of the Time Schedule thoroughly, because Environ. Studies 240 and cognates pertinent to the work. study. Permission must be granted by Director prior to enrollment. (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May 72 / Environmental Studies

not be repeated for credit. The student is responsible for defining a plan of appropriate, and locating a faculty member to Independent study of critical environmental problems. study, enlisting others with similar interests if supervise the work.

Courses in History (Division 390)

300-Level Courses and Above are for Juniors and repeated for credit only with permission of the History 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, and 399 may be Seniors Associate Chairman. counted toward a concentration plan in history. (1-6). This is an independent 1-4 credit course open only to (Excl). May be repeated for a total of six credits. 395. Reading Course. Open only to history history concentrators by written permission of the This course is a workshop for thesis writers. It concentrators by written permission of instructor. instructor. concentrates on practical and theoretical problems of Only 12 credits of History 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, research and writing with special reference to and 399 may be counted toward a concentration plan 399. Honors Colloquium, Senior. Honors student, methodological questions. in history. (1-4). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be Hist. 398, and senior standing. Only 12 credits of

Courses in Mathematics (Division 428)

399. Independent Reading. (1-6). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for credit. Designed especially for honors students. WL:2

Courses in Physics (Division 444)

415. Special Problems for Undergraduates. work with faculty, the results of which could provide Honors students get introductory experience with Permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). the basis for a senior thesis project. If work is not research work with faculty, the results of which could (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six completed in the Spring/Summer Term, student provide the basis for a thesis used to satisfy that part credits. would register for 497 in the Fall Term. of the Honors requirement. If work is not completed This course emphasizes experimental or theoretical in Spring/Summer Term, the student would register research under the supervision of a faculty member. 497. Senior Thesis II. Permission of departmental for 499 in Fall Term. Generally a small facet of a large research concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). undertaking is investigated in detail. This is an (INDEPENDENT). 499. Introduction to Research for Honors independent study course, and instructor permission A continuation of Physics 496. Students who do not Students. Permission of physics concentration is required. The appropriate form is available in the complete their thesis research in Physics 496 may advisor. (2-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). Physics Student Services Office, 2061 Randall Lab. continue to 497. If continuing, a grade of Y is given Honors students get introductory experience with for Physics 496 and a final senior thesis grade is research work with faculty, the results of which could 496. Senior Thesis I. Permission of departmental given upon completion of the research. provide the basis for a thesis used to satisfy the part concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). of the Honors requirement. (INDEPENDENT). 498. Introduction to Research for Honors Students get introductory experience and research Students. Permission of departmental concentration advisor. (2-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT).

Courses in Political Science (Division 450)

Primarily for Juniors and Seniors four credits of directed study credit may be elected as student and an advising instructor that does not part of a concentration program in Political Science. duplicate a regular course offering. Students wishing 491. Directed Studies. Two courses in political (INDEPENDENT). Political Science 491 and 492 may to enroll for a directed study course are urged to work science and permission of instructor and the Director be elected for a total of eight credits. out the details of the course before the start of the of Undergraduate Studies. (1-6). (Excl). No more than A directed study on any subject agreed upon by a term.

Courses in Psychology (Division 455)

Independent Study/Directed Reading exploration of a topic of interest in Psychology. used for experiential labs. PSYCHOLOGY 409 IS Faculty present a proposal for student work to the RESERVED FOR RESEARCH PRACTICA. Field The department of psychology offers several options Department's Committee on Undergraduate Studies, Practicums and Psych 505, 507 have prerequisites of for independent study/directed reading. which approves projects prior to registration. one of the following: Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and permission of instructor. A 204. Individual Research and 206. Tutorial The field practicum courses (Psych 404, 405, 408, combined total of 6 credits of Psych. 505 and 507 Reading. Arrangements may be made for and 409) offer an opportunity to integrate experiential may be included in a concentration plan in adequately prepared students to undertake individual and academic work within the context of a field psychology. research or plans of study under the direction of a setting. Students make their own arrangements to member of the staff. Students are provided with the work in various community agencies and The following limitations apply to Experiential and proper section number by the staff member with organizations; meet regularly with a faculty sponsor to Directed Reading/Independent Study credit: whom the work has been arranged. Students are discuss their experiences; read materials which are responsible for properly registering for this course. relevant to their experiences; and create some form 1. A maximum 15 credits of Experiential courses of written product that draws experiences together at may be counted toward a degree; a maximum 8 505. Individual Research and 507. Tutorial the end of the term. Obtain materials as early as credits may be earned from one project, and only Reading. Arrangements may be made for possible as it generally takes students some time to one such Experiential project may be elected adequately prepared students to undertake individual meet requirements necessary to register for the each term. research or plans of study under the direction of a course. An override from a Psychology Department member of the staff. Work in 505 must include the 2. A combined total 30 credits of Experiential and faculty member is required to register. Credits do not collection and analysis of data and a written report. Directed Reading/Independent Study courses count for the concentration although courses may be Work in 507 provides an opportunity for further Spring/Summer 1998 / 73

may be counted in the 120 credits required for a experience with children aged eighteen months to five count for the concentration, but the course may be degree. years at the University of Michigan's Children Center used for an experiential lab if taken for three credits. and Children's Center for Working Families for (EXPERIENTIAL). Credit is granted for a combined 3. Experiential and Independent courses are approximately eight to twelve hours per week on a total of twelve credits of Psychology 404, 405, 408 excluded from area distribution plans. regular basis. Seminar relating theoretical issues to and 409, and for a maximum of fifteen credits for applied practice is held every two weeks. No Psychology 211, 404, 405, 408 and 409. This 204. Individual Research. Introductory psychology prerequisites required. This course is designed to course may be taken for a maximum of two terms and permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). May not be introduce students to young children in a warm and and/or four credits with the same instructor. included in a concentration plan in psychology. caring classroom environment facilitated by This field practicum course offers an opportunity to (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six professional early childhood teachers. The major integrate experiential and academic work within the credits. emphasis is on developing an understanding of context of a field setting. Students make their own Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared young children through direct experience and arrangements to work in a psychology research lab; students to undertake individual research under the introductions to child development and education. meet regularly with a faculty sponsor and research direction of a member of the staff. Students are Cost:1 WL:5, Permission of instructor required for all group to discuss their experiences; read materials provided with the proper section number by the staff students. Contact at 998-7161 or [email protected]. which are relevant to the research topic and member with whom the work has been arranged. (Leach) techniques being used; and create some form of Students are responsible for properly registering for written product that discusses the research and the this course. 372. Advanced Laboratory in Psychopathology. student's participation in the research process. Psych. 370. A basic statistics course (e.g., Stat 402) Students may obtain a list of faculty sponsors offering 206. Tutorial Reading. Introductory psychology and is recommended although not required. (3). (Excl). research experience in the Undergraduate Office, permission of instructor. (1-6). (Excl). May not be Satisfies a Psychology research-based laboratory 1044 East Hall. An override from a Psychology included in a concentration plan in psychology. requirement. Department faculty member is required to register. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a total of six Section 010 – Alcoholism and Other Behavior credits. Disorders in Community Settings, I. This course 409. Field Practicum in Research Techniques. Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared offers undergraduates the opportunity to participate in One of the following: Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, students to undertake individual plans of study under an ongoing community-based research program. The 370, 380, or 390; and permission of instructor. (1-4). the direction of a member of the staff. Students are project involves detailed screening for alcohol (Excl). Offered mandatory credit/no credit. This provided with the proper section number by the staff problems among older adults attending primary course may be used as an experiential lab in member with whom the work has been arranged. health care clinics throughout southeast Michigan. psychology. Credits may not be used toward either Students are responsible for properly registering for The study hopes to provide a better understanding of psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be this course. whether brief interventions for elderly patients with repeated for a total of twelve credits. Credit is granted alcohol problems are effective. Also, we will attempt for a combined total of twelve credits of Psychology 305. Practicum in Psychology. Introductory to determine which specific characteristics of 404, 405, 408 and 409, and for a maximum of fifteen psychology. (1-4). (Excl). A total of six credits of individuals predict who will change their drinking credits of Psychology 211, 404, 405, 408, and 409. Psychology letter-graded experiential courses may be behavior as a result of this intervention. In addition to May be elected for a maximum of two terms and/or counted for the Psychology concentration. 1.5 hours of class time each week, work involves four credits with the same instructor. Psychology 305 must be taken for at least three participation in several aspects of the data collection The course provides experience and education in credits to count as an experiential lab in the phases of the project. The project requires research techniques. The student works with the psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be approximately nine hours of time commitment per instructor on various aspects of psychological repeated for a total of six credits. week. Ideally, students involved in this work should research, completes readings, keeps a journal and Section 010 – Alcoholism and Other Behavior be able to enroll for a two-term sequence, taking completes a paper which integrates the readings and Disorders in Community Settings, II. (3 credits). Psychology 372 in Spring/Summer and Psychology experiences in the research setting. Prerequisite: Psychology 372.010. The University of 305 in Fall. Completion of both 372 and 305 will Michigan Alcohol Research Center (UMARC) satisfy the Psychology Lab requirement. For further 505. Faculty Directed Advanced Research. provides a continuing opportunity for students to gain information, contact Dr. Zucker at 998-7952. Permission of instructor and one of the following: valuable research experience in a community setting (Zucker/Blow) Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390. (1- as part of the Health Profile Project. The project will 6). (Excl). May be used as an experiential lab by focus on the nature and extent of alcohol problems 404. Field Practicum. One of the following: faculty petition to the Committee on Undergraduate among patients 60 years of age and older, and Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and Studies. A combined total of six credits of Psych. 505 assess specifically the effectiveness of a brief permission of instructor. (1-12). (Excl). Offered and 507 may be included in a concentration plan in intervention designed to help older adults with mandatory credit/no credit. May be used as an psychology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a drinking problems. The project provides students the experiential lab in psychology. Credits may not be total of six credits. opportunity to obtain research experience in the used toward either psychology concentration. Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared social and health sciences fields. Students will (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of students to undertake individual research of their own administer brief questionnaires to elderly persons in twelve credits. design under the direction of a member of the staff. primary care offices, and they also may have the Students may make arrangements to work in field The work of the course must include the collection opportunity to conduct telephone follow-up interviews settings where psychological principles may be and analysis of data and a written report, a copy of with participants in the brief intervention study. Other observed and utilized. Information about procedures which must be given to the undergraduate office. requirements include: interest in social sciences or for electing Psychology 404, 405, and 409 is obtained Students are provided with the proper section number health sciences; the ability to travel to project sites at 1044 East Hall (764-2580). by the staff member with whom the work has been (car preferred); excellent interpersonal skills; and arranged. Students are responsible for being experience interacting with the public. Furthermore, 405. Field Practicum. One of the following: properly registered for this course. students will gain valuable research experience in the Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390; and areas of geriatrics and alcohol problems. This course permission of instructor. (1-12). (Excl). Offered 507. Faculty Directed Advanced Tutorial Reading. is the second term of a two-term practicum sequence. mandatory credit/no credit. May be used as an Permission of instructor and approval of the The sequence meets both lab requirements for experiential lab in psychology. Credits may not be Department of Psychology Committee on psychology concentrators. Those who register for the used toward either psychology concentration. Undergraduate Studies; and one of the following: course will be required to attend a research meeting, (EXPERIENTIAL). May be repeated for a total of Psychology 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, or 390. (1- a one-hour lecture, and 7.5 hours of field work each twelve credits. 6). (Excl). A combined total of six credits of Psych. week during the academic term. Students also are Students may make arrangements to work in field 505 and 507 may be included in a concentration plan required to write a research paper. (Zucker/Blow) settings where psychological principles may be in psychology. (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated observed and utilized. Information about procedures for a total of six credits. 307. Directed Experiences with Children. for electing Psychology 404, 405, and 409 is obtained Arrangements may be made for adequately prepared Introductory psychology and permission of instructor. at 1044 East Hall (764-2580). students to further explore a topic of interest in (3-4). (Excl). A total of six credits of Psychology letter- psychology under the direction of a member of the graded experiential courses may be counted for the 408. Field Practicum in Research staff. The course requires a final paper, a copy of Psychology concentration. (EXPERIENTIAL). May be Techniques/Natural Science. Psychology 330 or which must be given to the undergraduate office. repeated for a total of 7 credits. 340 or 350 or 360 or 370 or 380 or 390. (1-4). (Excl). Students are provided with the proper section number Section 001 – Working with Children. Directed Offered mandatory credit/no credit. Credits do not by the staff member with whom the work has been 74 / Psychology

arranged. Students are responsible for properly registering for this course.

Courses in Russian and East European Studies (REES) (Division 468)

301. Directed Reading. Permission of instructor. (1- total of six credits. member, of a specialized topic in Russian, Soviet, or 3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). May be repeated for a Independent study, under the guidance of a faculty East European studies.

Courses in Women's Studies (Division 497)

Independent Study/Directed 385 has prerequisites of Women's Studies 100 or 386. Directed Reading. WS 385. (1-3). (Excl). Reading 240, one 300-level Women's Studies course, and (INDEPENDENT). permission of instructor. 386 has prerequisite of This course offers students an opportunity to pursue The Program in Women's Studies offers several Women's Studies 385. 387 has prerequisite of independent, interdisciplinary reading projects on options for independent study/directed reading. Women's Studies 386. subjects related to women.

Directed Reading. Women's Studies 385, 386, 387 385. Directed Reading. WS 100 or 240, one 300- 387. Directed Reading. WS 386. (1-3). (Excl). (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). level Women's Studies course, and permission of (INDEPENDENT). instructor. (1-3). (Excl). (INDEPENDENT). This course offers students an opportunity to pursue Offer advanced Women's Studies students an This course offers students an opportunity to pursue independent, interdisciplinary reading projects on opportunity to purpose independent, interdisciplinary independent, interdisciplinary reading projects on subjects related to women. projects. subjects related to women.